Purifier

H .M .
D 0218
FINAL DWG
& MANUAL
SAMGONG
MANUFACTURED UNDER THE LICENCE OF
MITSUBISHI KAKOKI KAISHA LTD.
~'~ 1 ь~~ ~у _~~ j ~~ ~~ ~ ~ ~Jk I ~~l ~~

DEPT N0 . SHIP DESIGP! DEPT SHIP TY РЕ
5x50 MACH .. OUTFITTING DESIGN DEPT 46K PRODUCT/CHEMICAL TANKER
TEI_ . N0 . SHIP NO . SHIP NAME
3918 0218 BRITISH SECURITY
NAME OF DRAWING
APPROVED ~
Y .W .CHO
CHECKED ~ C .J .YUUN
0 01 L PURIFIER
v
O
O
~ N
a
0
DRAWN S .H .IM SCALE DRAW 1 NG N0 . REV . N0.
NONE MAKER DWG . FINAL

~YUN~~i
MIPO DOCKYARD C0 LTU CONSOLIDATED ~ _6 j
~ HMD ULSAN KOREA

-- CONTENT --
Section 1. Final drawing for H.F.O Purifier
Section 2. Final drawing for MAIN L.O Purifier
Section 3. Operation Manual 1

~ Precaution for safety
~ Configuration and structure of SELFJECTOR
~ Motor, starter, automatic control panel
~ Multi-Monitor

~ Functions of components
~ Operating setting items and adjusting procedures
~ How to start and stop
.--
~ Functional, operational апд maintenance
_. _.__ information o~ automatic control panel
GBC-1 &GSH-1
Section 6. Maintenance Manual

~ How to disassem~e and reassemble
~ Maintenance and checkup procedure
~ Trouble shooting

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P - 1 / 59
46,000 DWT PRODUCT/CHEMICAL TANKER
OWNER BP SHIPPING CLASS LR
MESSRS HYUNDAI MIPO DOCKYARD CO ., ~~~ . SHIP N0 . 0217222, 0331 X336
О
PLAN HISTORY
REV.NO . DESCRIPTION DATE PAGE APPROVED
RECEIVED ORDERS FROM SHIPYARD . MAR .19,2003 ~
SUBMITTED DWG . FOR APPROVAL TO SHIPYARD . MAR .28,2003 ~
RECEIVED APPROVED FAX . WITH COMMENTS FROM SEP .26,2003

SHIPYARD.
1 REFLECTED YARD' S COMMENTS ON WORKING DWG . SEP .27,2003

REVISED PAGE 1, 2, 8, 10, 13, 18, 21, 22, 23, 25,
31, 37, 39, 42, 47, 50, 51, 52, 54
SUBMITTED WORKING DWG . TO SHIPYARD . SEP .29 ,2003 y~,~.
SC1~`'QI'1.ID FIl~1AL 1~ . AL1~D DETAIL ~ 'IO SEILPYYAi~. FEB . ]2,200!+
A~JDID PPLO : 12A-12J, 16~, 16B, 17A, 17B,

41A-41J, 45A, 45B, 46А, 46B ,.
ISSUED
_ ►_ _
2J~4 . 5. 0 g
S,G 1vlGC. ,
C:ESl~i
D-013

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — 2 / 59
N0 . OF CLIENT
DOCUMENTS AND DRAWING COPIES
FOR REFERENCE HYUNDAI MIPO DOCKYARD CO ., LTD.
FOR APPROVAL 15
FOR WORKING 15 PJT. NAME(SHIP N0 .)

1
0217N222, O~~iN336
FOR FINAL 7(5)
SERVICE Q'TY
N0 .1, N0 .2 2
HEAVY FUEL OIL PURIFIER
MODEL N0 .
SJ 30 G
NOTICE
Refer to the following pub ication
before designing and setting out
the installation work aboard the ship.

MUTUAL AGREEMENT
--- SAMGONG—MITSUBISHI SELFJECTOR
MACHINERY ELECTRIC
OUTLINE OF FITTING—OUT ABOARD
0 zСо
N
а
~
..
MAKER ' S WORK N0 .
1
PU—HM—O217N 222, O~~1N 336—31
Е
0
C ~
-Ф о
i~
U
и
DESCRIPTION DATE BY CHECKED APPRO E
© 03 .03 .27 ~(~~

DRAWING COVER SCALE DWG . N0. REV .
SAMGONG NONE SJ—101—1G ~

D - 114

CONTROL N0 . ~MO217P — 3 ~ ,~-
SUPPLY LIST
* N0 . NAME Q'TY REMARKS
With Multi—Monitor
1 Oil Purifier 2
(including L.M)
2 Automatic Control Device 2 Control Panel and Valves
3 Temperature Transmitter 2 For temp . high/low alarm
4 Em 'cy stop push button box 2
5 Tools 1
6 Spare Parts 2
и
с~
v
m
с~
n.
Q
,~
гa
Eш
и
л
и
0
bc
0
v
NOTE
The items marked in a circle in the first column(*) show items to be

и
м C
0 z 0
supplied by SAMGONG CO ., LTD.
a1
ш
Е
0
C
_N
Ф O
~~ иU
DESCRIPTION DATE BY ~,~~ CHEC~ APPROV~

© 03.03 .27 %
SUPPLY L1 ST SCALE DWG . No . REV.
SAMGONG NONE SSJG001
D - 114

CONTROL N0 . ~MO217P — ~' / ~-~
uSE SPECIFICATIONS
TYРЕ/MODEL SAMGONG—MITSUBISHI SELFJECTOR TYP Е : SJ30G

N
0
THROUGHPUT Rated capacity Sep .temp 14000
CAPACITIES 14 cSt/40'C 40'C 7800
Actual Marine diesel oil
C
Ш ( L/H )
3 capacity Heavy fuel oil 180 cSt/50'C 4500
Q
N ------------------- ------
~.
380 cSt/50'C 2500
------------------- ------
500 cSt/50'C 98'C 2550
------------------- ------
600 cSt/50'C 2250
700 cSt/50'C 2050
Lubricating Cross H . Pre. 100/150 cSt/40'C -
---- -------------------- g 0' C ------
oil Det. 100/150 cSt/40'C 3550
Trunk P . Det. 100/150 cSt/40'C 95'C 2950
PUMP (L/H) Feed pu GP10G GP20G GP30G GP50G 100E
(Gear pump) 1300 00 5700 8200 11600
Suction head -4 M
Discharge pump (Centripetal pump) Delivery head 20 M
BOWL No of Revolution : 10000 rpm Bowl weight 60 Kg
MOTOR AС 440 V, 60 Hz, 3~, Output 5 .5 Kw, 4 Pole, IP54, F—Class
ELECTRIC Power source AC 440 V, 60 Hz, 3 Phase
SOURCE Control source AC 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 Phase
CABLE Detector & Solenoid valves Gland

ENTRANCES Panel Gland
CLASS OF SHIP LR TOTAL WEIGHT 390 kg(with motor)
NAME PLATE For use English For notice English
FINAL COLOR Munsell No . Machinery (7 .5BG7/2), Panel (RAL7032)
UTILITY Flange Oil JIS 10K Water JIS 5K
connection Sludge outlet JIS 5K
Pressure Water :0 .35—0 .5 MPa Air : 0.5—0 .9 МРа
. . ____ (3.5—5.0 Kg/cm 2 ) (5 .0—9 .0 Kg/ ст 2 )
REMARKS 1 . Set . value of oil inlet temp . alarm(Temp . transmitter)

Temp . transmitter Set Temp . transmitter Set
High alarm(H .F .0) 120 Low alarm(H .F.0) 75
О
C
O High ala~m(D .0) 70 Low alarm D .0) —
z
Hi h alarm(L .0 105 Low alarm L .0) 60
О
Е
0
C _N
O
и
N
U
li
DESCRIPTION DATE BY CHECKED APPROVE
© SPECIFICATIONS 03.03 .27 ,,(!,Ei/►м /1~ %
(Model SJ30G /GH) scA~E Owc . ~o . REV.

D - 114

CONTROL N0. ~MO217P — ,S`' / ,j
Test items Test particulars
Continuous Load running test(performance state) for about two hours

running test continuously is carried out, during which the number of
revolutions, voltage, electric current, temperature of the
shaft bearing, abnormal noises, vibrations and other
running conditions are measured o~ checked up.
Start—up Keeping the voltage and frequency(in case of A .C.) of

test electric motor at the rated or approximate value, the
motor is started up at no—load and the accelerating
condition of revolving part at the time of start—up is
inspected and further the time, voltage and electric
current which were required for attaining the planned
number of revolutions after the start—up are measured.
Brake test The power source is cut off during the operation at
the planned number of revolutions and while applying
and not applying the brake, the time required for
attaining a complete stopping is measured and the
working condition is inspected.
Working test The opening and closing functions of the valve cylinder
for valve and condition of sludge discharge are inspected by
cylinder operating the water supply valve during the continuous
operation.
и Overhauling After completion of the above mentioned tests, the gear

о
U inspection cover is opened and the outside of spiral gear is
и
с~ inspected.
а
z Remarks This test will be carried out with temporary pipings.

Q
Oil to be tested will be as follows
Е
ш О The machine oil ISO VG46 will be used after being
и
.~
0
Е й heated up to the viscosity of about 24 centistokes.
Ф О
л~•
.~
C Inspection attended by customer
v0
Feed operation will be conducted for only one
machine of each model and no—load operation will
0
be conducted for the remaining machines of each
C
О model.
Z
O
C _N
О
и
N
U
~~
DESCRIPTION DATE BY CHECKED APPROVED
© TESTING METHOD SCALE DWG . NO . REV.
SAMGONG NONE SL003000 O

D - 114

File name Purifier model SJ10- JG Withou{ :ar Pump
Scole None Control system GBC Without Dischrge Detector
1 . EQUIPMENTS
~ 1 . SELFJECTOR
2. WATER VALVE UNR (for sealing/replacement woter,
' i~ ~ ~ AUTOMATIC ~ ____ ELECTRIC opening and closing bowl)
, , STARTER a
~ I CONTROL I r POWER SOURCE ~. ~u~~l-~o~~oR (Eм )
PANEL
L_ PANEL i~ 4, TEMP. TR4NSMIT~ER (for temp. high/low alarm)
-~ ~ L--i I~;_F~ ~i ~sv4 ~~
1 , 1 ~ 5. EMERGENCY STOP PUSH SUTTON BOX
I ;I ~ 1 1 ! ~ I ~ ~ ~ ; ~ S AF1 I
6.
1 I
_ ~.
—~---~ ~ E i ~ ~~ 1 I 1
~_~__?~__~ i 1 8.
I I ____~ ~ l
~_w~~__ Q s.
2• P sv~ sv2~ sw!
i
~ _ i i
_ ~ ~ ~~1 ~ _; F 2 . CONNECTIONS
~ 15A
i ~—}'~'~
S S S
_ _ - _
L ~ '
~ I
I
'
I
'
I
~ I ~
' '
A ~iR~r oi~ i~LET
(F.0 from settling tank)
~ i ~ ~ 1 ~ T_TJ B PURIFlED OIL OUTLET
I ~ ~ L_ J (F.0 to service tank)
L
1 • 1
~ 1
I ; C SLUDGE ~ WATER OUTLET
'-~j I ' D OPERAl1NG WATER ОUTLET (to sludge tank)
Q ~ i ~ I E wATER i~t.E~(o .~s - o.s spa (~.s - s .o ~ 9 /cm 2 ))
I ~
~ ' F COMPRESSED AIR INLET
E ~ ~ ~ (o .~ - o .~ ~Pa (s .o - s .o ~y/cm2))
~
L ~ - MM - -;--~
'
I
~
I
~
c ciRCULAno~
(F.0 : to settling tank)
a I ~ ~ . sY~~oLS ~
B ' I = SYS sY~eoL SAME sY~ sY~~oL SAME p
~ ,t J
O D4 GLOBE VALVE ~ STRAINER Z
-~
1 ~
l M) ' ~ ~ ~7рр удEyE ~ SIMPLEX OIL STRAINER ~
1
~/ 1
1 r
, 1
i D~ С OСК VALVE DUPLEX OfL STRPJNER
Z
A b ~__ __~___~__J
` -- I tai ~-wAY ~ES~ coca v/v ~ ~E~P . co~~ROL v/v O
C P N CHECK VALVE © PRESSURE GAUGE
~ ~EEOLE vALVE © co~~ou~o cnucE _
PRESS. REDUCING V/V MO MOTOR p

I N
N BUTTERFLY VALVE OIL,SLUOGE,DRAIN,WATER
J
s 2-WAY SOLENOID V/V ~.-.~ AIR LINE ~
a
G I I 3-WAY CYLINDER V/V +~--~- CAPILLARY LINE
~ s 3-WAY SOLENOID V/V ---- ELECTRIC WIRING

JL
* MM :Indicate feed gua~tity V
~ AIR FILER
and treating temp. D C
DESCRIPTION DATE BY CHECKED APPROVED ~
~SAMGONG~ © FLOW DIAGRAM 03 .03 .27 ,~/(,/~i~i>y ~~'` • l/~l~

' SUPPLY scALE cwc . No . REV.
~. J (GBC—1 )
SAMGONG NONE 5351359

CONTROL N0 . НМ 0217 Р — ? / ~` 9
с3 ЬЗ е3
_ 1
~ . —~~ ~ 1
/" ~ i
ы о ~ ~
\ ~
а 1 —~ 1 ~ и
D
U ' — -- - - ~
~ оо
.~ - --- i --- - о
с~ 1
1 ~ ~
0 а 11 а 10
v
ш 4 — Фа 12
,-
ш а4 а3
aI~
Е 1 ш
~ rn
~ o
r
~ v
и
N
C^ ~
tem .sensor
Г- ---
Pressure sensor 11 -- -
~ 1 1 1
_~_ ~ Multi—Monitor ~
~ о ~ g ~— --- '~---- А
-- -- ' ----/~у
-®
~
~~)--~
О 1 У и д
o
0
и E _
с.v ~ аб а7 д2 ~
m
и о
D С
Е
О
и
л
O
Е и
ш - 0
.~
w
C
0
о_ v PIPING CONNECTIONS &BORE
Oestri tion ~ode~ s,ilo~~ac S,JS O~~oc s~1oo~ 15oc
~' — — — —
B' — — — —
и A Dirty oil inlet 25A 40A 50A
N
B Purified oil outlet 25А 40A 50A
C Sludge &Water outlet 100A 100A 150A
ш
Е D Operating water outlet 25А 25А 40A
O
C
N E Operating water inlet 15A 15A 15A
N О
U
1t и
© GENERAL THREE VIEW scA~E Ошс . ио . REV.
SAMGONG NONE ~206892
D - 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P —
DIMENSIONS OF GENERAL THREE VIEW DRAWING
SJ10G /GH SJ20G/GH SJ30G/GH SJ50G/GH SJ60G/GH SJ70G /GH SJ100G/GH SJ120G/GH SJ150G/GH
а1 996 1002 1027 1216 1216 1236 1407 1407 1444
а2 435 435 435 500 500 500 623 623 643

а3 378 378 93 480 480 480 565 565 590
а4 584 635 б 35 723 820 820 899 899 914
а5 245 245 245 315 315 315 330 330 330

аб 165 165 165 200 200 200 220 220 220
0 а7 155 155 155 160 160 160 160 160 165
ш
ш а8 280 280 280 300 300 300 290 290 315
о
а9 100 100 100 135 135 135 150 150 150
ш
rn 240 240 240
а 10 180 180 180 210 210 210
r0., 240 240
а 11 180 180 180 210 210 210 240
а 12 24 24 24 24 24 24 28 28 28
r 469 469
Ь1 378 378 378 399 399 399 469
3
Ь2 223 223 223 335 335 335 490 490 490
Ь3 330 330 330 420 420 420 500 500 500
с1 75 75 75 75 75 75 100 100 100
с2 198 198 198 233 233 233 258 258 258
с3 511 511 511 546 546 546 556 556 556
д1 67 67 67 145 145 145 80 80 80
д2 335 335 335 400 400 400 490 490 510
е1 340 340 340 430 430 430 445 445 445
и
с~ е2 110 110 110 145 145 145 155 155 155
v е3 270 270 270 300 300 300 380 380 380
m
О
UNIT (m m)
д
Q
1а
1~
Е
ш
и
л
и
0
с
0
U
THE CONCERNED DRAWING N0 . OF GENERAL THREE VIEW
ш With Gear pump Without Gear pump

c See DWG . No .
O GSH GSH(W)
Z GAP,MAN GBC GSH GSH(W)
GAP,MAN GBC
SJ10—150E/GH 5206750 5206412 5206429 5206895 5206893 206892 5206894 5206896
и
Е
v
C N
N O
U
1i и
DESCRIPTION DATE BY / CHECKED APPROVED
© 03 .03 . 27 .,t! /`~sH ..•~-F--~ (' :)
DIMENSION OF GENERAL THREE VIEW
scA~E owc . ~o . ~ REV.
SAMGONG NONE SG108001A ~
D— 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — ~~? /
Hex . Bolt Anchor( Stud)Bolt

~
Lock Nut
Q ¢ Nut
Washer
m I m
Rubber Plate
'~ (Maker supply)
v
.. .. .. v
.Foundation
Welding qp
~~ Welding
°E °E
Моде 1 А В С D °Е F Weight(kg)
SJ10G/GH 44 50 15 60 80 М20 350
SJ20G/GH 44 50 15 60 80 М20 370
SJ30G/GH 44 50 15 60 80 М20 390

SJ50G/GH 44 55 15 60 80 М20 590
SJ60G/GH 44 55 15 60 80 М20 600
SJ70G/GH 44 55 15 60 80 М20 670
SJ100G/GH 52 60 20 80 100 М24 900

SJ120G/GH 52 60 20 80 100 М24 910
SJ150G/GH 52 60 20 80 100 М24 1100
* Note
1 . Before mounting the foundation bolts and installing the purifier, be sure to
check that the foundation(support base) is level . Mount the foundation bolts
and following procedures .(Refer to above Fig . and Tab e)
1) Mount the foundation bolts to the foundation(support base) by welding.
-' 2) Make sure that the installation rubber seats(standard accessories) are
mounted.
3) The foundation bolts are double tightened by use of lock nuts . Don 't
tighten them so firmly that the elasticity of the rubber seats is lost.
0C 2. Follow the tightening procedures described below.
О
Z
1) First tighten the nuts all the way by hand.
о 2) Then tighten the nuts a quarter of a turn(90') by use of a spanner.
Е
0
C Ш
In this case, it is important that the nuts in four places are equally
N O tightened.
~~ иU
© 03.03 .27 .~/~~~ _.--1~'

PURIFIER FOUNDATION(1) SCALE DWG . NO. REV.Q
SAMGONG NONE SG01314

D - 114

Where a bowl is not transferred Where a bowl is transferred

overhead other machine overhead other machine
K N
(Motor removal space) (Horizontal shaft
removal
it1 space)
220
180
4—~18 Thickness
с~ I~ 16 (mm'
o
а
o z
й ~ ~-~ 00 N
,ti ___ Г
ш Е
vO и
°~'
E й
ш o
'~ C
---- VIEW "Z " DISMANTLING STAND
7 O
0_ U DIMENSIONS
Weight(kg)
Моде1 А В С D D' Е E' F G Н I J К L М N 0
Bow1 Motor
SJ10G/GH 1370 382 949 996 23 1430 67 265 370 379 155 2 8 0 292 216 480 330 45/ 71
SJ20G/GH 1390 382 955 1002 1 1430 1 7 280 376 413 155 245 873 292 216 480 330 50/ 85
ш SJ30G/GH 1440 382 980 1027 1 5 1460 1 . 0 305 401 413 155 245 873 292 216 480 330 60/ 85
SJ50G/GH 1700 449 1171 1216 1 2 1720 2 0 380 478 485 160 315 1095 347 312 570 340 110/120
SJ60G/GH 1700 449 1171 1216 1 2 1720 2 0 380 478 505 160 315 1070 347 312 570 340 120/120
SJ70G/GH 1730 449 1190 1236 1 1 1740 2 0 405 487 505 160 315 1070 347 312 570 340 135/120
SJ100G/GH 2010 536 1361 1407 1 1 1990 30 500 598 588 160 330 1199 387 327 643 350 240/180
SJ120G/GH 2010 536 1361 1407 71 1990 30 500 598 588 160 330 1199 387 327 643 350 250/180
SJ150G/GH 2090 536 1398 1444 1749 2030 330 535 635 588 165 330 1164 387 327 643 350 310/180

o~.0~.2~ .,►~~G'' , C~oi
© MAINTENANCE SPACE & DIMENSIONS scA~E ~wc . ~o. REV.

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — ~/ /
Моде 1
SJ10-70G /GH
SJ100 - 150E /GH
DET.
Е
а~
vO ш
.~
И
T
И
L
Ф O~.
.` ч-.
C
v0
DESCRIPTION DATE BY CHECKED APPROVED /
0 .03.27 ~/~~,~,,, ~4--''` (!/(/)

© OUTLINE OF SLUDGE LINE &
scA~E Owc. ~o. REV.
OPERATING WATER DRAIN
D - 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — /~ /
Roy
R1 ROl
R11 ~ ~~ R02
~
R 12 ~~ R06
R03 ~ R04
~
RO ~ ~ R09
R07 ~ R17
~ ,~ ~
1` _- .11
11
~~
( __ ~~
'
~ ~
R1 -/ '~ ~ R18
'~ .
R1 ~~~ ~', - R19
R13 ,~
~ , ,,
R14 -~ ~~ '
~-
R2
R23 R24 R22 R21 R2a
I~ _
Ilj
0и I I`
`~ j
(Without gear pump)

~1/~v : tet^
E No . Parts name Material Q'ty No . Parts name . Material Q'ty

й v
v ил Stainless steel casting 1 R14 Oil gauge — 1set
0 R01 Distributor
E и 1
R02 9owl hood Special stainless steel 1 R15 Vertical shaft Special alloy steel
а~
.` RO Disc Stainless steel tset R16 Ball ~eari~g(1) Bearing steel 1

7 Spring steel 6
о. R04 bowl body Special stainless steel 1 R17 Upper spring
R05 Main seal ring Nylon 1 R18 Bea~ing(2) Bearing steel 1
R06 Main cylinder Special stainless steel 1 R19 Bearing(3) Bearing steel 1
R07 Pilot valve ass ' y Copper alloy 2sets R20 Lower spring Spring steel 1
R08 Gravity disc Stainless steel 1 set R21 Horizontal shaft Carbon steel 1
0
R09 Wates supplying device Bonze casting 1 set R22 Spiral gear Special bronze casting 1
R10 Impeller(2) Bronze casting 1 R23 Friction ~ ock Copper alloy 1 set
R11 Impelie~(1) Bronze casting 1 R24 . Ball bea~ing(1) Bearing steel 2
R12 Sludge cover Aluminium alloy casting 1

ш R13 Frame Cast iron 1
03 .03 .14 ,~!~,;,, ~-r~ , yE,.~t
SECTIONAL DRAWING
SCALE DWG . NO . REV.
(Model SJ 10—1506)
D— 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — % 2A
320 317 318 408 319 313
324 314 345 312 315
331
333
332
334
219
220
401 208
210
211
218 202
203
.~
m
с~
Е
ш
и
л
и
O~. .
.. .,
C
O
д
1
Ш
_
NOTE
O 1 . *304 . *305 ONLY SJ10G~SJ30G
и
DESCRIPTION DATE BY CHECKED APPROVE ,~
© 04 .0~ .~ ~ ~.xx~~c ~ ~L~ /

FRAME & COVER ASSEMBLY sca~E ~wc. ~o. REV.
D - 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — i2~ s`'~j'
See Dwg . No . :5206352

SYMBOL PARTS LIST MATERIAL Q 'TY PARTS N0.
201 Frame Cast iron 1 032559001
202 Bolt Structural steel 4 F1012045C
203 Sprin washer Carbon steel wire 4 H1012D1
204 Set screw Co er—a11oy 4 E10081013
205 Gasket Fiber 4 L01400805
206 Plu Cast iron 1 NA0015C1
207 Gear cover Cast iron 1 205545001
209 Gasket Fiber 1 455820001
210 Plu Structural steel 1 453714001
211 0 rin NBR 1 A10032A
213 Drain i e Carbon steel i e 1 456331001
214 Oil gauge retainer Cast iron 1 450538001
217 Si ht lass Glass 1 403809001
218 Rubber late NBR 4 420695001
220 0 rin NBR 1 A10032A
225 Bracket Cast iron 1 206546001
227 0 ring NBR 2 A10034A
241 Base plate Structural steel 1 350205001
301 Slud a cover Aluminium allo castin 1 032441001
302 Socket ca screw Chromium mol bdenum steel 4 F3010025G
303 0 rin NBR 1 A20495A
304 Handle Stainless steel 2 450557001
308 Lower hood Cast iron 1 206570001
309 Socket ca screw Chromium mol Ьдепит steel 4 F3008020G
310 0 rin NBR 1 A20100A
311 0 rin NBR 1 A10034A
312 U er hood Cast iron 1 205604001
313 Socket set screw Chromium mol Ьдепит steel 1 E400610G5
314 Socket cap screw Chromium molybdenum steel 3 F3008020G
315 0 rin NBR 2 A10024A
317 Cover nut Structural steel 1 315938001
318 0 rin NBR 1 A10016A
319 Inlet ipe Stainless steel 1 337177103
320 Nut Carbon steel 1 G1022A110
321 Impeller(2) Bronze casting 1 337179001
-- 322 Im eller(1) Bronze casting 1 337178001
323 0 rin NBR 1 A10031A
324 Connectin pipe(2) Stainless steel 2 337566102
326 Union nut Cast iron 2 409275001
327 0 rin retainer Structural steel 2 450567001
328 Connecting tube(2) Stainless steel 1 337567102
331 0 ring retainer Structural steel 1 456030001
332 Joint Structural steel 1 456029001
FRAME 8c COVER PARTS LIST SCALE DWG . N0 . REV

D— 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P - ~2C
See Dwg . No . :5206352
SYMBOL PARTS NAME MATERIAL O ' TY PARTS N0.

333 0 rin NBR 1 A10028A
401
Connectin tube 1 Stainless steel JIS 10K 2 319988106
403 Teflon tube Teflon 1 NF0010L0
403 Elbow connector Copper—allo 4 N0001011
405 Slud a pipe Rubber 1 315078001
406 Hose band Structural steel 3 NB0100G0
407 Connecting flange Structural steel 1 205480102
408 Sealing water tube Co er—a11oy 1 350269003
408 Elbow union Copper—alto 1 N80012111
408 Half union Copper—allo 1 N90012111
410 Male connector Copper—allo 1 ND001011
411 Elbow connector Соррег —allo 1 N0001013
414 Nozzle joint Cop er—alloy 1 456664001
415 Nozzle joint Copper—alloy 1 456664003
418 Nipple Stainless steel 1 N4C015H1
419 Elbow Stainless steel 1 N1A015H1
420 Water connectin tube Stainless steel 1 352264106
421 Solenoid valve Bronze castin 3 JDSPE7115
* In case of 345(orifice), refer to the list(SGORF001).
ом u
m
й ~
й Е
v
o и
.°~'
Е й
~ –
~' ~
'~ C •
~
о_
o
v
д- ш
C
1
о
W Z
Ш
Е
O
C ~
N о
- U
i~ и
04 .02 .1 1 ~.7G2~I~l~[ ~~ ,~~ ~~~
FRAME & COVER PARTS LIST SCALE DWG . NO . REV.
D— 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P - /.~D
Pump GP10G GP20G GP30G GP50G GP70G GP100G

NO .
Parts ~o . Parts no . Parts no . Parts no . Parts no . Parts no.
Purifier ----------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------
Model India . size India . size India . size India . size India . size India, size
45697001 414213002 456971001 — — —

SJ10G/GH ----------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------
6 .2 7 .6 10 .5 — — —
45697001 414213002 456971001 456972001 — —

SJ20G/GH ----------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------
6 .2 7 .6 10 .5 12 .8 — -
- 414213002 456971001 456972001 456973001 —

SJ30G/GH ----------- ------------ ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------
- 7 .6 10 .5 12 .8 15 -
- — 456971002 456972002 456973002 456974002

SJ50G/GH ----------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------
- — 10 .5 12 .8 15 20
— — — 456972002 456973002 456974002

SJ60G/GH ----------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------
- — — 12 .8 15 20
— — — 456972002 456973002 456974002

SJ70G/GH ----------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------
- — — 12 .8 15 20
— — — 456972003 456973003 456974003

SJ100G/GH ----------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------
- — — 12 .8 15 20
— — — — 456973003 456974003
и SJ120G/GH ----------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------
с~ - — — — 15 20
U
m — — — — 456973003 456974003
с~
о_ SJ150G/GH ----------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------
- — — — 15 20
z
Q
Е
ш
и
л
и
0
.~
C
O
U
O ш
C
~
I ZО
N
Р
O
C Ф
р~ O
- U
i~ и
04 .02 .1 1 B . x xI9~L ~l ~. . ~lJp~
ORIFICE PARTS LIST SCALE DWG . N0 . REV
SAMGONG NONE SGORF001
D— 114

CONTROL N0 . НМ 0217 Р /,SLG
134
121
120 ~
122 ~
133
116
114 ~
112
115
110
108
111 1
j
~
124 i
~~ ~ i
113 ~
,I
119 ' ~ 11 ~ 1 11
109 '' ~ ~ 11 ~
1~ ~ j ! 11
и; ~ ~' i 1
„
1~~1j ~ 11
103 ~'~~' i1
117 '~~
~i ~~ I~ ;;~~ -- —
118 ~1 j I 1 11
~ ~
107
101 ~ _ _- - ~
/ 1 1
1 ~
104 106 102 123
130 132 131 127 126 129 128
125 ~
---- ~
о
Z
z
ДЕТА 1~ "А "
О
0
C
N
Ш
иU
O
~~
о 4 . ог .~ ~ г~. х ~т~с ~ ~1~ Г~г

© BOWL ASSEMBLY scA~E Owc . N о . REV.
D - 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — /,z~'
See Dwg . No . :5206346

SYMBOL PARTS NAME MATERIAL Q ' TY PARTS N0.
101 Bowl bod S ecial stainless steel 1 130637001
102 0 rin Viton 1 455859001
103 Knock in Stainless steel 1 436171001
104 Drain nozzle Co er-allo 2 450553002
ж1
105 __Main cylinder _Special stainless steel 1__ __ 204839001 ___
106 Pin Stainless steel 1 452350001

107 0 rin NBR 1 455878002
108 Distributor Stainless steel castin 1 131449001
110 Ke Stainless steel 1 455880001
111 Disc 1 Stainless steel 1 set 205600102
112 U er disc Stainless steel 3 205613102
113 To disc Stainless steel 1 205601104
114 0 rin NBR 1 A30070B
115 Bowl hood S ecial stainless steel 1 130635001
116 0 rin NBR 1 A80243B
117 0 rin NBR 1 455883001
118 Main seal rin N Ion 1 455879001
119 Bowl nut Carbon steel 1 205602001
120 Li ht li uid chamber Bronze castin 1 337111001
121 Gravit disc Stainless steel 1 set *2 *2
122 Disc nut Carbon steel 1 337110001
123 Bowl bush Co er-allo 1 436170001
124 Ca nut Stainless steel 1 450427001
125 Valve uide Co er-allo 2 317750001
126 0 rin Viton 4 A1001 1 F
127 0 rin Viton 4 A42017F
128 Pilot valve Titan 2 450428001
130 Valve sheet N Ion 2 436000001
132 Valve nut Carbon steel 2 450489001
133 Packin Teflon 1 455812001
134 Heav li uid chamber Stainless steel 1 337109102
*1 :Special coated parts for heavy fuel oil.
*2 Please refer to the list of gravity discs.
~_ ш
C
~
~~ Z
N
Е
O
C N
N O
U
Li и
04 .02 .11 ~. x xт~c ~ `~ . ~~o j
© BOWL PARTS LIST scA~E ~wc . No. REV.
SAMGONG NONE SG100301 0
D - 114

CONTROL N0 . НМ 0217 Р - /ZC

-~ '-
711 708 708 705 703 710 501 709 706 707 704 702 522
701 ~ 513
517 520
516 ' 505
514 ~ 507
515 ~ 504
519 I 508
518 ~ ~_ 506
521 510
503 509
502 ~'" `~\ 505
512 511
-~-
' 537
~ 529
~ 528
534 ~ 530
--- 533 I ~ 538
~ 532
531
w
0 z
i о
с .~ z
т 535 536 539 527 523 524 526 525

Е
0C
N
Ш O
U
1i и
© 04 .02 .1 1 В . x; х~~[ ~l ~ _ ~
VERTICAL ~ НА ~Г ASSEMBLY SCALE DWG . NO . REV
D — 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P - >2F/
See Dwg . No . :5206348
SYMBOL PARTS NAME MATERIAL 0 ' TY PARTS N0.

501
----------------------- ----------------------------- ----- ---------------
Vertical shaft 60Hz S ecial alto steel 1 131313001
502 Lock washer Structural steel 1 J3008C0
503 Lock nut Structural steel 1 J2008C0
504 Bearin housin 1) Carbon steel 1 200885001
505 0 rin NBR 2 A20155A
506 S rin ~etainer( 1) Stainless steel 6 450524001
507 Spring case Carbon steel 6 450523001
508 Upper s rin Sprin steel 6 411981001
509 Bearin sleeve Carbon steel 1 314257001
510 Bearin case 1) Carbon steel 1 337283001
511 Ball bearin 1) Bearin steel 1 116208J8
512 Ke Carbon steel 1 C106015A2
513 Bearing cover 1 Cast iron 1 200900001
515 Spring washer Carboy steel wire 3 H101201
516 Bearing ca (1) Alluminium alloy castin 1 450525001
517 0 rin NBR 1 A20035A
518 Bearing cap(2) Alluminium allo castin 1 450526001
519 0 ring NBR 1 A20035A
520 Flat s rin Tool steel 1 436164001
521 S acer 1) Carbon steel sheet 1 *1
522 Mist cover Carbon steel sheet 1 314254001
523 Bearin housin (2 Cast iron 1 205592001
524 0 rin NBR 1 A10100A
526 Sprin washer Carbon steel wire 4 H100801
527 Washes Carbon steel 1 H4022A2
528 Bearin case 2 Carbon steel 1 314258001
529 Bearin 2 Bearin steel 1 142305J1
531 Bearin case (3) Carbon steel 1 337117001
532 Ball bearin 3 Bearin steel 1 127305J2
533 Pin Tool steel 2 B3006016A
534 S асег 2 Carbon steel sheet 1 436493001
535 S rin seat Carbon steel 1 436153001
536 Steel ball Bearing steel 1 J1016J0
537 Bearin cover (2) Carbon steel 1 436149001
538 Collas Carbon steel 1 436150001
539 Lower s rin S ring steel 1 456501001
701 Operatin water disc Bonze castin 1 314263001
702 Socket ca screw Stainless steel 3 F30080166
703 0 eratin water nozzle Bronze casting 1 337115001
704 Socket ca screw Stainless steel 3 F60050206
" -- 705 Operating water chamber Bronze castin 1 337114001
706 Bolt Stainless steel 4 F10040086
707 Tongued washer Stainless steel 4 HSO0462
708 0 ring NBR 2 A90080A
709 Chamber cover Bronze casting 1 337116001
710 Socket set screw Chromium molybdenum steel 1 E400608G7
ш 711 Packin Fiber 1 436155001
O C
I О
с~ z *1 Please refer to the accessories list
ш
Е
0
C N
ш 0
V= и
~
VERTICAL SHAFT PARTS LIST

04.0 .11 ~.xxz~t X ~y~~/
SCALE DWG . N0 . REV
D— 114

CONTROL N~ . HMO217P — /ZZ
617 625 618 623 624 622 602 603 616 615 614 613 601 626 611
621 635
603 634
620 602
619 609
628
606
a
Е
607
627
604 630
3
605 608
610
612
236 235 234 236 233 240 239 238
w
с~ Z
O
~ z
(..7 . .
о
Е
BRAKE
0
C ~
O O
- U
i~ и
DESCRIPTION DATE BY CHECKED APPROVE `
04 .02 .E ~ ~.xxт~c ~ G_~C /
HORIZONTAL SHAFT &
SCALE DWG . NO . REV
BRAKE ASSEMBLY
D - 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P - /2.,7'
See Dwa . No . :5206410
SYMBOL PARTS NAME MATERIAL O~TY PARTS N0.
232 Brake boss Cast iron 1 205548001

234 Brake spin Piano wire 1 04095
235 Brake shaft Structurol steel 1 457032001
236 S rin in Tool steel 2 64005032E
237 Brake handle Cast iron 1 317755001
238 Brake linin Resine 1 315957001
239 Living boss Cast iron 1 315960001
240 Set screw 2) Copper—allo 2 E10051211
601 Horizontal shaft Carbon steel 1 200858001
602 Ball Bearin (1) Bearin steel 2 116307J1
605 Lock washer Structural steel 1 J3007~0
606 Retaining rin C Carbon steel wire 1 D303502
607 Socket set screw Chromium mol bdenum steel 1 E400620G6
608 Bearing housin 3) Cast iron 1 132497001
609 Oil seal NBR 1 K1456510A
610 0 rin NBR 1 A20280A
611 Bearin retainer Structural steel 1 451058001
613 Gear boss Cast iron 1 205522001
3 F1010030C
614 Bolt Structural steel 3
616 ------- --------------- -------------------- -------- ----- ---------------
S iral ear 60Hz S ecial bronze castin 1 205464001
617 Collas Carbon steel 1 450481001
618 Friction ulle Cast iron 1 200859001
619 Friction boss Cast iron 1 200863001
620 Socket set screw Chromium moi Ьдепит steel 1 E401012G7
621 ----------------------- ----------- ----------------- ----- ---------------
385078105
Friction dock 60Hz Co er—allo 3
622 Bearing housin (4) Cast iron 1 200856001
623 Bolt Structural steel 4 F1010025~
624 0 rin NBR 1 A20140A
627 Collar Carbon steel 1 451277001
629 Motor flan a Cast iron 1 205662001
630 Cover Structural steel 1 201655001
632 Cover cap Structural steel 1 450451001
633 Set screw 3 Carbon steel wire 4 E200412CA
"-- 634 Bolt Structural steel 4 F1010020C
635 Gasket Fiber 1 450991001
и
~} C
o O
1 Z
г ..
ш
Е
O
C Ф
-Ш
6
U
i~ сл
DESCRIPTION DATE BY CHECKED APPROVED/"`
© PARTS LIST 04 .02 .11 B.~xI~L ~~ /
HORIZONTAL SHAFT & BRAKE SCALE DWG . N0 . REV i
D — 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P - /3 /
1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
INSULATION F CLASS
VOLTAGES AC 440 V
TEMP . RISE B
AMBIENT Max . 50'C
HERTZ 60 Hz
STARTING METHOD D .O .L
ENCLOSURE TOTALLY ENCLOSED TYP Е
N0 . OF PHASE 3 PHASE
RATING CONTINUOUS
PROTECTION IP54
POLES 4 POLES
APPLICABLE ST' D IEC STANDARD
1 OUTLINE
Fr .No . D F GE Key si
112 М 28 j6 8 4 8х7х
132~/ М 38 k6 10 5 10 х 8 к
160 М/L 42 k6 12 5 12 х8 х 80
180 М 48 k6 14 5 .5 14 х9 х 80
* Note
1 . Key and keyway tolerance N9
1 DIMENSIONS
Motor Motor Motor Motor Actual power
Frame Output Oil purifier
RPM Amps Gland rated starting starting efficient consumption
No . (Kw) current current time (~) (kw) model
112M 3 .7 1760 6 .8 20b 6 .8(A) 50 .0(A) 6(Min) 90 .2 2 .8 SJ10G

1325 5 .5 1770 10 .0 20c 10 .0(A) 71 .0(A) 6(Min) 90 .7 4 .4 SJ10GH,20-30G
132M 7 .5 1765 13 .6 25a 13 .6(A) 96 .0(A) 7(Min) 91 .2 5 .6 SJ20-30GH,50G
160M 11 .0 1775 19 .7 25b 19 .7(A) 150 .0(A) 7(Min) 91 .2 9 .8 SJ50GH,60-70G/GH
16(SL 15 .0 1775 26 .5 30a 26 .5(A) 210 .0(A) 8(Min) 91 .7 10 .5 SJ100-1206
180M 18 .5 1775 32 .4 30c 32 .4(A) 240 .0(A) 8(Min) 92 .4 13 .9 SJ100-120GH,150G/GH
Bearing No .
Frame Weight
AC AD AE Е L LB LC М N Р S Т TA
No . DE ODE ( К9)
112 М 251 197 109 60 414 354 189 215 180 j6 250 15 4 13 6307ZZC3 6206ZZC3 50
132~ 292 216 109 80 495 415 221 265 230 j6 300 15 4 16 6208ZZC3 6208ZZC3 71
132 М 292 216 109 80
533 453 221 265 230 j6 300 15 4 16 6208ZZC3 6208ZZC3 85
160 М 347 312 192 110 660 550 283 300 250 j6 350 19. 5 16 6309ZZC3 6309ZZC3 120
160~ 347 312 192 110 704 594 305 300 250 j6 350 19 5 16 6309ZZC3 6309ZZC3 145
180 М 387 327 192 110 719 609 324 350 300 j6 400 19 5 16 6310ZZC3 6310ZZC3 180

03 .03 .27 ,/!./~,~i ► ~~ . ~j
© INDUCTION MOTOR
( AC 440V, 60~z ) SCALE DWG . N0 . REV.
SAMGONG NONE 5206911 ~

176 N0 . HMO217P -
CONTROL . /1,t /
160
143 P PP
~. MITSUBISHI КАКОУ,1 КА 1$ НА ,~ Т D.
о
ог тиг~
~ ~"~>
D
О ик.
4-~12
35 2-CABLE GLAND
PG16 R1/4
PRESS,SENS~P.x2
o аааа
~1/4
аао
®®©
® аоооаааоаоаооо
а © оао © о ® а►о ► ~ ®©®
ТЕ ~•1P,SENSG~Rx1
1 .A~T~MATiC or GAP-1 Tvoe ~2 .MANUAL Т ~ ое
1 PDWER SOURCE (DC24V) POWER SDURCE(DC24V)

2 GND 2 D
3 OIL LEAKAGE ALAP.1~1 CONTP.OL FANEL ~ q IL AKAGEALARM(COMMO(J) . STAP ER
-- OR ALARM PANEL
~ OIL FEED SIGNAL ~ OIL FEED GNAL

7 TEMP,SENSOR (BLACK) 7 TEMP,SENS q R LACY.)
TEMP .SENS q R TEMP,SEIVS q R
8 TEMP,SENS q R (RED> 8 TEMP,SENS q R (R )
9 OIL INLETPRESS .SENSOR(BLACK) 9 0[L INLET PRESS .SENSOR ACK)
q IL INLET q IL INLET
10 OIL INLET PRESS .SENSDR (GREEN) 10 OIL INLET PRESS .SENS (GR )
PRESS .SENS q R PRESS,SENS q R
11 OIL INLET PRESS,SENS~R (P,ED) 11 SIL INLET PRESS . NS()R (RED>
12 OlL OUTLET PRESS.SENS~R (BLACK) lZ O1L OUTLET PR .SENSOR (BLACK)
q IL OUTLET qI OUTLET
13 OIL OUTLET PRESS,SENSOR(YELLOW) 13 OILDUTLET ESS .SENSOR(YELLOW)
PRESS .SENS qR PR S,SENSOR
14 OIL OUTLET PRESS .SENS qR (RED) 14 OIL DU T PRESS .SENSOR (RED)
15 OlL LEAKAGE ARARM(~CDNTACT SIDE) 15 011 AKAGE ARARM(n CONTACT SIDE)
16 O1L LEAKAGE ARARM(~CONTACT SIDE) 16 LEAKAGE ARARM (b CONTACT S[DE) STAP,TE
.17 —
MULTI -MONITOR 0 3 .0 3 .17 ,(i.l~ K/~~~~+ ,~~lr''~
SCALE DWG . N0 . EV~

(MM1)
D – 11

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — /,S` /
Valves Solenoid valve 3—way Air filter 3—way

solenoid valve cylinder valve
Use For For 3—way For For dirty oil

operating water cylinder valve operating air
Bore 15A 8A 8A 25A
Voltage or
Air supply
inlet press . AC 110 V
0 .5N0 .9 Mpa.
60 Hz
(5.ON9 .0 Kgf/cm 2 )
Action Magnetized — — Air supply

—~ Open B --~ C
Air less
B —~- A
Weight 1 .5 Kg/set 0.3 Kg/set 0.4 Kg/set 25А 14 Kg/set
Quantity 3 sets 1 set 1 set 1 set
с~
0и
6 sets 2 sets 2 sets 2 sets
m
и 3 sets 3 sets
9 sets 3 sets
ш Е
v0 ш
и
Е й Symbol SV1, SV2, SV3 SV4 AF1 CV1
ш 0
.`
С
7 о Remarks SV1 :for opening
о_ U
bowl
SV2 for closing
bowl
SV3 for sealing/
replacement
water
03.03.27 ~3i~ ~~ .~~'

VALVE SPECIFICATIONS _ ~~
© SCALE DWG . NO . REV.

(Auto . Control Device—GBC)
SAMGONG NONE SSJG014P
D — 114

CONTROL N0 . ~MO217P - /~' /
GLAND
15~ ( Ф 9-11>
йУ 1 RC1/2
wn~ ► ~~~ q PENING BOWL
SV2 ~ Rc1 /2
~► FOR CLOSING BC1WL

и
Rc1 /2
о ~ SV3,
с~ —
~ в ~1ь► FOR SEALING WATER

--~ ~ ~
0
С0 '-' JIS 5К
R4
~ h 15 А
___~ ~~ . ~ i~
G L A .N D
`/
15~~ ( Ф 9-11) ;,~
P,EDUCING VALVE
m
с~ 167 ±3
with STRAINER
409 ±5
ил
и
0
c
0
U
DESCRIPTION DATE 8Y CHECKED APPROVED
.0~ .17 ~~/~ /h„ ~~-` , ~~

OUTLINE OF WATER VALVE UNIT o~
® SCALE DWG . NO . REV.
(GBC–1)
SAMGONG NONE 5206907 0

CONTROL N0 . НМО217 Р — /('А +~
SOLENOID VALVE (SV1, SV2, SV3)
Ф 50 74
V01 V09
VO6
V ~ , ,
А А
V08 ~
V05 ~
V07
VO2
VO4
_у _
и
V03 ~ `~
70
REDUCING VALVE
V21 ~ т
~ V27
V23
л
1 ~
1 1
- I ~
1 1 1
, . ~_
_ ~
V26 `V
V28
V25 (64)
150
V24
V22
BY CHECKED APPROVED
DATE
DESCRIPTION
о4.о2 .11 ~ . ххт~н ~ .у С~%

© DETAIL OF WATER VALVE scALE ~wc. ио. REV.
u — i

CONTROL NO . HMO217P - ~
SOLENOID VALVE See Dwg . No . 5206911

V01 Coil assembly — 1 OJDSP7017
VO2 Diaphragm assem Ыy NBR 1 OJDSPE003
V03 Valve body Cast bronze 1 OJDSP6001
VO4 Pilot spring Stainless steel 1 OJDSPE005
V05 Plunger Stainless steel 1 OJDSP4019
V06 Plunger spring Stainless steel 1 OJDSP4021
V07 Valve bonnet Copper alloy 1 OJDSP4020
V08 Handle — 1 OJDSP5010
V09 Terminal box — 1 OJDSP7022
REDUCING VALVE

V21 Diaphragm assem Ыy — 1 RU1502003
V22 Disc Viton 1 RU 1502004
V23 0 ring NBR 1 RU1502005
V24 0 ring NBR 1 RU1502006
V25 0 ring NBR 1 RU1502009
V26 Body Cast bronze 1 RU1502001
V27 Pressure gauge Copper alloy 1 RU1502010
V28 Strainer Stainless steel 1 RU1502008
с~
и
0
о U
m
й ~
ш
v .,~и
o
Е й
~ o
w
'~ C
~ O
0- U

04 .02 .11 ~.x;~I~V1 ~~ ~ .~~(~/
WATER VALVE PARTS LIST SCALE DWG . N0 . REV
D – 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P - /d /
(18
сА с ~ »B„
OUTLET INLET
(To feed valve) o~ (Supply Air
0 .5—0 .9 M Pa
(5 .0—9 .OKg/cm2 ))
»A »
:.,
~ „B„
EXHAUST
P R
190 128
102 5 .5 3 .5 79 26 .5 101 .5
2—~5 .5
2—~5 .5
2—Male connector BOLT/NUT(M5)
Rc1/4 " x10 1
GLAND 15F 1
(~9—11) o ~ o
Angle о i о Angle
__ _ (75x75x6t) 3—Male connector О i (75x75x6t)

о
Rc1/4 "~~10
VIEW "A-A' •
(3—WAY SOLENOID VALVE(SV4)) 1
VIEW "В - В"

(AIR FILTER(А~1))
OUTLINE OF AIR FILTER(AF1) & 03 .03.27 ,д!,(~,e:, ,r ,~/~~

© SCALE DWG . N0 . REV.
SOLENOID VALVE(SV4)
SAMGONG NONE SG201342 0
D —

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P - ~ ,¢
53
V41
i
V42
V43 ~
V44 '
i
V45
V46
V47
i
V48
с~и
_ _
~ с~
с~ ~
o v
и т
o n.
Г a
й ~
ш Е
v °3
O и
Е й
AIR FILTER
~ o
b
'~ C .SYMBOL PARTS NAME MATERIAL Q ' TY PARTS N0.
~ O
д U
V41 Body Aluminium alloy casting 1 KWF550201
V42 Bowl gasket NBR 1 KWF550202
V43 Deflector Copper—alloy 1 KWF550203
V44 Filter retainer Resin 1 KWF550204
V45 Filter element Resin 1 KWF550205
V46 Metal bowl Zinc alloy casting 1 KWF550206
V47 0 ring NBR 1 KWF550207
V48 Drain cock ' Copper—alloy 1 KWF550208

04 .02 .1 1 B.xxL~I~L ~~ ~/ , ~j)
© DETAIL OF AIR FILTER(AF1) SCALE DWG . N0 . REV .
SAMGONG NONE 5201441 O

V59
V51 V58
V53 м0
V55
V54
V52
V56
V57
55
3—WAY SOLENOID VALVE (SV4)

~V51 Pilot valve — 1 PMS23001
V52 Body Aluminium alloy casting 1 PMS23003
V53 Base Aluminium alloy casting 1 PMS23004
V54 Sleeve Stainless steel 1 PMS23005
V55 Spool Stainless steel 1 PMS23006
V56 0 ring NBR 4 PMS23007
V57 Spring Stainless steel 1 PMS23008
ш V58 DIN socket — 1 PMS23009
Е
о V59 Locking button — 1 PMS23010
C N
N 6
U
~~ (П
04 .02 .11 ~.x~~.~r ~ .~~,%
© DETAIL OF SOLENOID VALVE(SV4) scA~E ~wc . No . REV.
SAMGONG NONE 5201442 0
D— 114

File name : H-08A Purifier model SJ10 ,OF/FP/FH

Scale Control system : FAP/FSC/FSP/FSH/FSHP
37 Handle scale AL 1
36 Name late Scale AL 1
35 O—rin NBR 1
34 0—riп NBR 1
33 O—riп NBR 1
32 0—rin VITON 2
31 0—riп VITON 1
30 0—riп VITON 1
Air supply B -~ C
29 Piston rin GRAFOIL 1
28 Nut SS400 1
Air less B -~ A
27 S rin washer SS400 1
26 Lock nut SS400 1
25 Nut SS400 1
24 Disc lock nut SS400 1
23 Hex. bolt SS400 6
22 Hex . bolt SS400 4
20 Напд lе wheel FC200 1
19 Ad'ust screw 03602 1
A CIRCULATION 18 Piston SS400 1
17 S rin seat SS400 1
B INLET
16 S rin SWOSC 1
C TO PURIFIER 15 Gland bush 03602 1
14 Gasket PTFE 1
13 Packin G .P MOLD 4
12 Seat rin 03602 1
11 Packin s rin SUS304 1
JS10NS /,П unit :mm
10 Stem SUS304 1
п9 Size L G1 G H 09 Disc uide 03602 2
08 Disc holder 03602 1
iK 25 А 152 4 115 295 2
07 Disc PTFE
40А 182 150 295 O~ Bottom seat 03602 1
05 To seat SCS13 1
50А 216 1 8 158 295 04 Piston cover FCD400 1
10 К 25А 160 1 115 295 03 Yoke FCD400 1
02 Bottom flan a FCD400 1
40 А 190 6 150 295
01 Bod FCD400 1
50 А 220 178 158 295 N0 . DESCRIPTION MATERIAL 0 'TY
tIPTION DATE BY CHECKED
0 03 .03.27 ,~f!~Nf
i -WAY CYLINDER VALVE(CV1) SCALE DWG . N0.
й SAMGONG NONE SHLVPCD1

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — .Q /
ш
v0
Е
и
ч=
.`
0_
* NOTE 5 ELEMENT PT100 S2 1

4 SOCKET 1
1. TEMP . 0—200'C
3 CABLE GLAND 1 15C
2. ELEMENT PT 10052 at 0'C 2 TERMINAL BLOCK 1

_N 1 HEAD AC 1
O
и~ NO . DESCRIPTION MATERIAL Q 'TY REMARK
/ ~
03 .03 .27 ./l./l ~ ..--~",~ - -~ICGJ
© TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER scA~E ~wc . ~o . REV.
SAMGONG NONE SKDTT10
D — 114

File name TC—01 Purifier model SJ1C~ 50G With TR

Scale None Control system GSC
о
1
сл

rile name : TC—03 Purifier model S~ ~ ~— ~ 50G With TR

Scale None Control system GBC All Class except KR

File name : TC–07A Purifier model SJ10 50G New type

Scale None Control system GBC
' The Rated Speed Automatically Repeat
S Е L F J Е С Т О R
Interval ТООО
и Discharge Т001 i i i i i i i i i i
оС
~ ~~ ~
i~ i~ ~~
1 1 1 ~
Т002
L 1 ~ 1 1 ~ 1 1 1 ~ 1 1 1
~ Replacement water i i i i i i i i i ~~ i i i t i~ ~ ~ i
О_ Т003 i i , i i i i i , i i i
о Sealing water ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
О ii ii ii i ii i i i ii ii ii ii i~ ii i i i, i i ii i~ i~ i~ ii
i +~
~ Bowl Washing Т004 i
~ i~ i i
0
U Interval of Su 1 in i
С014
~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
i i i i i i i i i i
и Water for с1 о ~ng ~ow1
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ i i~
О ~ Intermittent Supplying of
Т016
~ i i i i i i ~ i i i ~ ~ i i
+'
~ Е Water for closing Bowl i i i ~ i i ~ i i i i ~ i i i ~ j ~~ i i
Q Interval of Sludge
С015
~
Dischar е
i i i~ i
~ ~
1~ ~ i i~ 1~ i~ 1
~ ~ i ~
i
~
i
~
t~ i
~ ~
i~ ~
Bowl Washing i 1 i 1 1 i I 1~ i~ i 1 I I 1 1 i i
С023
~ ~
~ ~~
i ~ i i i i 1 ~ ~ i ~ i i ~ ~ i ~ ~ ~ ~
Counter ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~
ш Operating Water for ~~ i ~ i ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ i i i

1
~
I
~ ~ ~ ~
i
1 i
i
i
i
i
i
~ ~ i
I
~ i
i
~ 0 enin Bowl ~~ ~ ~ i ~ 1 1 I 1 ~ 1 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
>° Operating Water for I i i ~ i i i i i i i i ~ i i i i i

~ Closin Bowl SV2 1 ~ ~ i ~ ~ ~ i ~ I I ~
о Sealing Replacement
1
~ Water SV3 ~
~
~ I ~
i~ I ~ ' ' ~ ~ I I ~
и
O
SV4 ~ ~ ~ ~
° Control of Feed Valve
Z
Signal for Motor Stop N'0

N .0
~ ~7
O
~
Sealing ~ Feeding ~ Motor Stop
Start SELFJECTOR by a starter ~ Feeding , Operating Z
provided separately. Water for Operating O
Sealing O aenin g
Operating Water Water Water for
Bowl Opening
for Closin Bowl
Turn the power source switch on Bowl =
the automatic control panel to "ON " Operating Operating Wates
for Closin Bowl Replacement
Water for Water
Opening O
After confirming that SELFJECTOR Bowl Operating N
has attained the rated speed Wates for Press the push button Replacement
press the push–button switch Replacement v
-D
Replacement Opening switch AUTO . STOP" Water
Water
' AUTO . START " Water Bowl (Automatic Stopping
Operating water is Set .) 1
for Closin bowl
Y
Action of Timers
Time–u

© TIMING CHART 03.03 .26 G-H-I,r,G ~-~'~ w, o~, -~
AUTOMATIC OPERATION &STOPPING scA~E Owc . ~o. REV
Pre–set Time
SAMGONG (GBC—I—TR) NONE SPGBC30A ~

File name TC—076 Purifier model SJ 10 50G New type


File name TC—13 Purifier model SJ10 50G Temp .' Cable Glands
Scale 1 /7 Control system GBC Temp .Low
410 1 • : 2—~12
~ _ 250 11 4 .5
1 300 I
Г '1
ADDR . — DATA
1 O
2 O
оа ~
"д " ~ i
i _J o O 0
й и т
© SAMGONG CO ., LTD .
3
J
5 0
7® 8~ 9® 6®
1 N0. LETTER ON NAME PLATE DEVICE N0.

4 ~и ~а~а оы , ~.
1 AUTO. CONTROL PANEL

2 N0.1(N0 .2)H .F.O PURIFIER
3 NOTICE
STARTING
12 40 WHEN OIL PURIFIER HAS
ACQUIRED RATED SPEED,
PRESS PUSH SUTTON
CABLE GLANDS "AUTO START"
15х9,20 х7 4 SAMGONG CO ., LTD.

5 EM ' CY STOP P~1
CONT. SOURCE
6 SW1
OFF ON
~ MM FUNCTION SW2
OFF
8 MOTOR START P82
9 BUTT. V/V CLOSE RL10
' NOTE J DATE BY CHECKED APPROVED

0
1 . PANEL ENCLOSURE IP44 03 .06 .17 G•K• (~G ~' , м~" ~,
~ 2. IF TEMP . HIGH o~ TEMP . LOW OUTLINE DIMENSION
SCALE DWG . NO. REV.
f ARE UNNECESSARY, " PASS" SETTING . (GBC-I-TR)
NONE SPGBC40 1

File name TC—15 Purifier model : SJ10 SOG With TR


File name TC—19E Purifier model SJ10 SOG With TR

N0 .1(N0.2) H .F.O AUTO .CONT .PANEL T/B MODULE

► i
ТВХ
и ;~.
N
°
w SECOND
~+ MOTOR RUN TEMP . COMMON LEAK Т(Н) Т(~)
5ТОР (AUTО ) ОUTPUT А ~ААМ
И
20 гпА
о оо ооо ооо
мв w7 ss s~ з~ зв 42 44 46 ав А2 52 54 5s sa sa ss s4 ss se ~о O
о о о о о о о о о о о о о о о
о М7 о О О О О о О О А1 о АЗ О о О о 61 о о
о
W8 ~6 58 38 41 43 45 47 53 55 57 59 63 Q 65 67 69 Q 71 Z
—i
О6 + f
Т"
~ ~ гвТ l— ! ~^
~~ Z
Г~ ~ ' ~ Ем'cr i о
N ;' ~
ti ~
~J ~J QD ~~ ~ ГОР i
1 1
~~-~~1
i E1 Е2 ~~ —~/` ~ 2
~
__ 1 •г о
~~ ~ j~ N
— САВиис вУ MAKER ~ 15 ~ с~ ~ .. о v
о
:CABLING BY YARD o i~ J
а г~
ао ~~ 1
~~ ОМ ЕМ' СУ Ui
~' ~ ~ ГОР ВОХ ~ ~ ~ ~
•2 DC24V SUPPLIED ВУ YARD SHALL BE REQUIRED N
-1~
ии
оi WIRING DIAGRAM (2/2) 03.06.17 1 К -~ ~~ GN .~

SCALE DWG . N0 . REV.
(GBC -I-TR)
и SAMGONG NONE SPGSH60

,'i1e name ТС —28 Purifier model ~~ . .,—~ 50G With Т/R

~ са 1 е None Control system GBG
N0.1(N0 .2) Н .~.О AUTO.CONT .PANEL CPU/DISPLAY MODULE

(~) ► ,
5W1
(а 1 (аз) (а~) F1 (as)
к о—о- Г
(3л) ~ ® ~ ~ ~ сги ~ оisРиУ
б°
i~ R
~
i
i
У.
~ ~(~~
~ Xи ~ 1 ~ R3
а
~ I I (+)5V
~ и а (-)5V
р
~ ~
С
q Q Q q q
~ ~ ~ ТЗ ~ ~ I~ ~~ I~ I~ I~ I~ ~~ ~~ I~
~s
j _
1
~ ~(~) ~ 3 +) zav
О ~ 0д II ~
~ ~ ~
1 О
(
ri OS
а (-)24V 1 ~ h t
~ (~~ Т2
~ c~ii ~~i 1 с ~zf w й ~ 1 ~ ~ ~i ~ ~ ~ ~ и
= ~
Т (42 (44) F2 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
o--~
~ (+24)
г
г
ЗООVА г < ~
220/110V,
(1 А) F3 ti
w
о~ О
а ..
~ ~~
иш ~
~
ш~~
o ~гЗ ~ д
~¢¢~ (10) (-24) ~л ~ii ~ z р ~о ~ rc U
w
U !О ~ q г
~Z
\1- ~ С г К !ь ~ 10i J 10ьд `~ WУ
(+) ~) 5 ~ ~ й ~ ~ С"i б a ~ o ит Z~i
Zo ит Zw 3 n~ о ;~. т~
~ 0= ~0
гс
7
а w и ~ ~ о ~ их
ТО MULTI MONROR
(OCZa~
с43> ~ с+~)
1А
В~1
Г- - 1
1 1
А У
1 1
L_ -J
ВЕ2
( ах)
с~ в~
~a
v ~ ~
~ ~ ~~ DESCRIPTION DATE BY CHECKED APPROVED
° ~ ~°" © SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/2) o~ .os .~7 G .N_I,ty ,~' ~,

S
~ CALE
~ m DWG. N0 . REV .Q
~
~
SAMGONG (GBC—1—TR) NONE SPGBC70 ~

File name : TC—28 Purifier model SJ10 BOG

N0.1(N0 .2) H .F.O AUTO .CONT .PANEL IN/OUTPUT MODULE

► ,
• NOTE
z FEED - FEEDING
7 LM BLOCK - LEAKAGE ALARM BLOCKING
H 1 ~ ~ M-STOP - MOTOR STOP
r= ~ ~ J
TEMP .OUT - TEMPERATURE OUTPUT
WA WC Т1 10 S1 ~3 1 1 2 W3 W5 MB M3 M4 M5 (4~20mA)
Г --- Т 1 Г -Т
1 1 1 SECOND-AL - PURIFIER ABNORMAL ALARM
1 1 1 (SECOND COMMON ALARM)
1
1
1
РГ100 1
1
1
1
1
1
1~
1 ~~1 _
1
I
I
~
1 8УУ 21 ~-L—~1 1
I
4
11
I 1
4 LM
T(N)
_ LEAKAGE ALARM
(WATER SEAL BROKEN ALARM)
- HIGH TEMP. ALARM(NC)
1 1 1 1 1 1 T(L) - LOW TEMP. ALARM(NC)
L - 1- J L -1 J
WB WD T2 ТЗ 11 S2 S4 17 19 М9 EM 'CY STO Р - EMERGENCY STOP
21 W4 W6
z
z F ~
а v '^
~ w
O
O
OUTPUT
~ о~
5 o
о
а
~ ~2
W U
~ < !-v Й
оI
i 7 8 7 В 1
r т т т ~ Г l
i i i i i i i
i i i i i ~ ~
5Ч 5v 5Ч 5v 42 41
1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 43 44
1 1 1 1 1
(5 В; ~--- ~
L J- -L 1 J TD
PB CONTROL
(58) 1 CONSOLE
Г
- l
~---- ~
~~ ОМ ЕМ'СУ
5ТОР 80Х
APPROVED
03.06.17 0-~~ .l.c~,

© [ SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/2)
(GBC—I—TR)
SCALE DWG . N0. REV.
SAMGONG NONE SPGBC80

Purifier model SJ1C ASH

Scale 1/2 Control system FSH
80 95
70
~OEM ' CY STOP
•NOTE
1. Name Plate :Phenolic
РВ 1 С 2. Em'cy Stop Push Button : Telemeca~ique (TYPE : X65—AA44 with COVER)
E2 3. Cable Gland 15 x 1
(] 1 Г1 4. Box :ACRYLONITRILE
BUTADIENE STYRENE(NON—INFLAMMABLE)
E1 i 5. Color :Maker Standard (Grey)
i 6. Enclosure IP 44
TO N0 .1(N0.2) H .F.O '1 : N0 .1(N0 .2) H .F.O PURIFIER
AUTO. CONT. PANEL ~ PLACE TH Е EMERGENCY STOP OUTSIDE THE RISK AREA J
FOR TH Е PURIFIER.
DESCRIPTION : DATE BY CHECKED APPROVED
© EM ' CY STOP PUSH BUTTON BOX sc oEE Owc . No . REV.

~ S AMGONG NONE SPEMCY01

TOOLS LIST SUPPLY
N0 . PARTS NAME MATERIAL Per Ship
801 Dismantling stand Structural steel 1
802 Bowl nut handle Structural steel 1
803 Jack (1) Structural steel 1
804 Disc nut handle Structural steel 1
805 Light liquid chamber handle Structural steel 1
807 Disc clamp plate Structural steel 1
808 Cap nut spanner Structural steel 1
809 Jack (3) Carbon steel 1
810 Main seal ring cutter — 1
811 Bolt Chromium molybdenum steel 2
812 Protective plate Structural steel 1
814 Jack (6) Carbon steel pipe 1
818 Hook spanner [For SJ10—150E/GH] Carbon steel 1
Hook spanner [For SJ50—150E/GH] Carbon steel 1
819 Push bolt Structural steel 1
820 Push bolt (5) Structural steel 2

0C
О 822 Jack (9) [For SJ50—150E/GH] Structural steel 1
Z
823 Handle (1) Structural steel 1

0
О
c ш
ш 0
i~ и
~
© TOOLS LIST scA~E ~wc. ~o. REV.

SAMGONG NONE SGTL0001
D— 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — ./ ,~ f
SPARE PARTS LIST SUPPLY

SYMBOL PARTS NAME MATERIAL Work set S are set
ROWI
102 0 ring Viton 1 1
107 0 ring NBR 1 1
11 1 Disc (1) Stainless steel 1 set 2
114 0 ring NBR 1 1
116 0 ring NBR 1 1
117 0 ring NBR 1 1
118 Main seal ring Nylon 1 1
a
Е 130 Valve sheet Nylon 2 2
133 Pocking Teflon 1 1
~~ лм ~
211 0 ring NBR 1 1
220 0 ring NBR 1 1
3 227 0 ring NBR 2 2
Г CIVFR
303 0 ring NBR 1 1
311 0 ring N6R 1 1
315 0 ring NBR 2 2
318 0 ring NBR 1 1
323 0 ring NBR 1 1
325 Gasket Fiber 2 2
333 0 ring NBR 1 1
335 0 ring (For GH type only) NBR 1 1
vFR тirл i снл ~т
505 0 ring NBR 2 2
511 Ball bearing (1) Bearing steel 1 1
517 0 ring NBR 1 1
519 0 ring NBR 1 1
529 Bearing (2) Bearing steel 1 1
708 0 ring NBR 2 2
711 Packing Fiber 1 1
1-1(~~17(~NTA1 S НАЕТ

609 Oil seal NBR 1 1
610 0 ring NBR 1 1
621 Friction dock (60~z) Copper—alloy 3 3
© SPARE PARTS LIST scA~E ~wc . ~o . REV.

SAMGONG NONE SGSL001
D - 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P - 3Q ,S`~
SPARE PARTS LIST

SUPPLY
SYMBOL PARTS NAME MATERIAL Work/Set Spare/Set
MOTOR
55 Ball bearing (4) Gearing steel 1 1
SOLENOID VALVE
V01 Coil — 1 1
VO2 Diaphragm assembly NBR 1 1
3-WAY SOLENOID VALVE
V51 Pilot valve – 1 1
V56 0 ring NSR 4 4
REDUCING VALVE
V21 Diaphragm assem Ы y NBR 1 1
3-WAY CYLINDER VALVE
07 Valve disc PTFE 2 2

_ _
с~ и
~ с~ 0 ring NBR 1 1
с~ ~ 34
o v
V' гп
~I¢
й o
о
Е
йл
ACCESSORY LIST SUPPLY
и
0
bc SYMBOL PARTS NAME MATERIAL Pei set
0
v
121 Gravity disc Stainless steel 1 set
521 Spacer(1) Carbon steel sheet 1 set
999 Box (Foy Spare paers &tools) Structural steel 1
DESCRIPTION DATE BY CHECKED APPROVED/

03 .03 .27 ~Q•/~/~i iv . .--ь `' ~ , ~l~(0%
© SPARE PARTS/ACCESSORY LIST SCALE DWG . NO . REV .
D – 114

CONTROL N0 . : HMO217P — 31 / 59
N0 . OF CLIENT
DOCUMENTS AND DRAWING COPIES
FOR REFERENCE HYUNDAI MIPO DOCKYARD CO ., LTD.
FOR APPROVAL 15
FOR WORKING 15 PJT. NAME(SHIP N0 .)

1
0217N 222, O~~1N ~~~
Q FOR FINAL 7(5)
SERVICE Q'TY
N0 .1, N0 .2 MAIN 2
LUBRICATING OIL PURIFIER
MODEL N0 .
SJ 20 G
NOTICE
с~
00
Refer to the following publication
before designing and setting out
0 the installation work aboard the ship.

Е
MUTUAL AGREEMENT
о
.`
- ---- SAMGONG—MITSUBISHI SELFJECTOR
a MACHINERY ELECTRIC
OUTLINE OF FITTING—OUT ABOARD
MAKER ' S WORK N0 .

1
PU—HM—0217N 222, O~~1N ЗЗб —~l
© 03.03.27 /~/~j ~' /

DRAWING COVER scn~E ~wc. ~o. REV
SAMGONG NONE SJ—101—1G ~
D - 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — ~ 2 /
SUPPLY LIST
* N0 . NAME Q' TY REMARKS
With Multi—Monitor
0 1 Oil Purifier 2 (including L.M)
0 2 Automatic Control Device 2 Control Panel and Valves
3 Temperature Transmitter 2 For temp. high/low alarm
0 4 Em' cy stop push button box 2
5 Tools 1
6 Spare Parts 2
с~
с~
0и
шv
O
Ф
w
.3
д
NOTE
The items marked in a circle in the first column(*) show items to be

О
C
O
z supplied by SAMGONG CO ., LTD .
О
Е
0
C N
N д
иU
SUPPLY LIST scA~E owc . No. REV.

D - 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — 33
USE : SPECIFICATIONS
TYРЕ/MODEL SAMGONG—MITSUBISHI SELFJECTOR TYРЕ SJ20G

N
0
с0 THROUGHPUT Rated capacity Sep.temp 8000
CAPACITIES 14 cSt/40'C 40'C 4350
actual Marine diesel oil
C ( L/H )
N
capacity Heavy fuel oil 180 cSt/50'C 2450
о ------------------- ------
380 cSt/50'C 1750
------------------- ------
500 cSt/50'C 98'C 1400
------------------- ------
600 cSt/50'C 1250
------------------- ------
700 cSt/50'C 1150
Lubricating Cross H . Pre. 100/150 cSt/40'C -
---- -------------------- g 0' C ------
oil Det. 100/150 cSt/40'C 1600
Trunk P . Det. 100/150 cSt/40'C 95'C 1650
PUMP (L/H) Feed pu GP10G GP20G GP30G GP50G 100E
(Gear pump) 1300 00 5700 8200 11600
Suction head -4 M
Discharge pump (Centripetal pump) Delivery head 20 M
BOWL No of Revolution : 10000 rpm Bowl weight 51 Kg
MOTOR AC 440 V, 60 Hz, 3~, Output 5 .5 Kw, 4 Pole, IP54, F—Class
ELECTRIC Power source AC 440 V, 60 Hz, 3 Phase
SOURCE Control source AC 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 Phase
CABLE Detector & Solenoid valves Gland
ENTRANCES Panel Gland
CLASS OF SHIP LR TOTAL WEIGHT 370 kg(with motor)
NAME PLATE For use English For notice English
FINAL COLOR Munsell No . Machinery (7 .5667/2), Panel (RAL7032)
UTILITY Flange Oil JIS 5K Water JIS 5K
~ ~°' connection Sludge outlet JIS 5K
~
o и
Е й Pressure Water :0 .35—0 .5 MPa Air : 0.5—0 .9 МРа
~ o - ---- (3 .5—5 .0 Kg/cm 2 ) (5.0—9 .0 Kg/ст2 )
~ C
д U
7 O
REMARKS 1 . Set . value of oil inlet temp . alarm (Temp . transmitter)
Temp. transmitter Set Temp. transmitter Set
High alarm(H .F.0) 120 Low alarm(H .F.0) 75
C
O
Hi h alarm(D .0) 70 Low alarm(D .0) —
I ZO 105 Low ala~m(L .0) 60
High alarm(L .0)
О
Е
0
C Ш
_
N д
U
~~ и
APPROVE
DESCRIPTION DATE BY CHECKED
© SPECIFICATIONS 03 .03 .27 /~/~/G,r+ ~--~-y' 7
(Model SJ20G/GH) scA~E owc. ~o. REV.
D - 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — 3/,~ /
Test items Test particulars
Continuous Load running test performance state) for about two hours
running test continuously is carried out, during which the number of
revolutions, voltage, electric current, temperature of the
shaft bearing, abnormal noises, vibrations and other
running conditions are measured or checked up.
Start—up Keeping the voltage and frequency(in case of A .C.) of

test electric motor at the rated or approximate value, the
motor is started up at no—load and the accelerating
condition of revolving part at the time of start—up is
inspected and further the time, voltage and electric
current which were required for attaining the planned
number of revolutions after the start—up are measured.
Brake test The power source is cut off during the operation at
the planned number of revolutions and while applying
and not applying the brake, the time required for
attaining a complete stopping is measured and the
working condition is inspected.
Working test The opening and closing functions of the valve cylinder
for valve and condition of sludge discharge aye inspected by
cylinder operating the water supply valve during the continuous
operation.
г
и Overhauling After completion of the above mentioned tests, the gear
inspection cover is opened and the outside of spiral gear is
с~ и
с~
с~
inspected.
0
v t
1Z Remarks This test will be carried out with temporary pipings.
Q
и
Oil to be tested will be as follows
О Е
О The machine oil ISO VG46 will be used after being
0 и
Е й heated up to the viscosity of about 24 centistokes.
ш о
w
.7 c Inspection attended by customer
а. UO
Feed operation will be conducted for only one
machine of each model and no—load operation will
О
be conducted .for the remaining machines of each
C
O model .
Z
O
C _N
N 6
и
U
APPROVE
© TESTING METHOD scA~E ~wc . ~o. REV.

SAMGONG NONE SL003000
D - 114

File name Purifier model S~ ~ ~ BOG Withot ~ еиг г' итр
Scale None Control system GBC Without Dischrge Detector
1. EQUIPMENTS
~~ SELFJECTOR
2. WATER VALVE UNIT (for sealing/replacement water,
AUTOMATIC ~ STARTER a ELECTRIC opening and closing bowl)
co~~~o~ ~
PANEL
POWER SOURCE ~. ~u~~l-~o~i~oR (~~)
I____ ~ J ; PANEL ~
4. TEMP . TRANSMITTER (for temp. high/low ala~n)
~ L . -L—~-~a—.l---~ 1 1
~ SV4 --~
5. EMERGENCY STOP PUSH BUTr~N BOX
~ S ~F~ i
~ n ~ 6•
~- -~- - --г - -~ ,
~ 4 9.
~~--- F-- SV3 ; 5V2~ SV1 ; ~ I
~
1 +
~~ F 2 . CONNECTIONS
1
S S S 1
_
15A ~ DIRTY OIL INLET
I Y •~ ;~ A
1 i
~ ~ (LO :from L.0 tank)
1 I 1 T_TJ B
1 ~ I 1 1 PURIFIED OIL OUTLET
(L.o : to L.o tan gy)
' ' ~~
1 1 i C SLUDGE de WATER OUTLET

D OPERATING WATER OUTLET (to sludge tank)
WATER INLE~(0 .35 — 0.5 Mpo (3.5 — 5 .0 Kg/em 2 ))
4 ~ 1 E
F COMPRESSED AIR INLET
Е 1 3.
(0 .5 — 0.9 MPa (5 .0 — 9 .0 Kg/cm2 ))
c ciRCU~n~o~
(L.0 to L.0 tank)
~ 3. SYMBOLS (~
= sY~ sY~~oL NAME SYM sY~~oL ~n~E O
J Z
O D4 GLOBE VALVE ~ STRAINER .-~
D~ STOP VALVE ILII SIMPLEX OIL STRAINER ~

O
r
D6 COCA VALVE DUPLEX OIL STRAINER Z
A b R~ 3—WAY TEST COCK V/V ~ TEMP . CONTROL V/V O
N CHECK VALVE © PRESSURE GAUGE
D~ NEEDLE VALVE © COMPOUND GAUGE _
PRESS . REDUCING V/V м

O MOTOR p
N
N BUTTERFLY VALVE OIL,SLUDGE,DRAIN,WATER -~
v
G а
s 2—WAY SOLENOID V/V ~-.r AIR LINE ~
3—WAY CYLINDER V/V «--~ CAPILLARY LINE ~

~ 3—WAY SOLENOID V/V ---- ELECTRIC WIRING
* MM :Indicate feed gua~tity
® AIR FlLTER
and treating temp. D
. DATE BY CHECKED APPROVED
о ~sa~co~c~ FLOW DIAGRAM 03 .03 .27 ..t!, /~', ~-+— ~ G

SUPPLY scALE ~wc . ~o . R ~ ~S
GBC—1 )
сл sдм coи c NONE 5351359

сОгитА 0 Е Nо. : нмог ~7 Р - 36 / ~9
с3 Ь3 е3
1
~- —_ 1
О I I О —~ ~ ~ о
~ ао
- -- --- ,~- --- i --- - ~ о
л }
0
v а 11 а 10
ш 4 — Фа 12
ш а4 а3
aI~
~
Е 1 ш
I rn
0
sv
и
о ~~
о Io
~ 1~
temp . sensor
~-
Pressure sensor 1 1 -- -
~ 1 1 1
~— ~ Multi—Monitor ~
Ф Ф
о в -- --- ~~--- А
~
а --- i
_~-
ш л
~ ~ ~ и
О
с~
0
и _ E _
~ аб а7 д2 ~°
n
й
D
о Е C
О
0 и
л
Е и
ш 0
.~ C
O
a PIPING CONNECTIONS &BORE
Descri tion Model SJ10~30G SJ50~70G SJ100~150G

A' — — — —
B' — — — —
A Dirty oil inlet 25A 40A 50A
B Purified oil outlet 25А 40A 50A
C Sludge &Water outlet 100A 100A 150A
и
Е D Operating water outlet 25А 25А ~ 40A
0
c ш E Operating water inlet 15A 15A 15A
ш v
и
DESCRIPTION DATE ВУ ,/ CHECKED APPROVED
© GENERAL THREE VIEW scALE Owc . ио . REV.

D — 114

CONTROL NO . HMO217P - 3~ /
DIMENSIONS OF GENERAL THREE VIEW DRAWING
SJ10G/ GH SJ20G/GH SJ30G/ GH SJ50G /GH SJ60G/GH SJ70G /GH SJ100G/GH SJ120G /GH SJ150G/GH
а1 996 1002 1027 1216 1216 1236 1407 1407 1444
а2 435 435 435 500 500 500 623 623 643

а3 378 378 393 480 480 480 565 565 590
а4 584 ~ з ~j Ег 35 723 820 820 899 899 914
а5 245 245 245 315 315 315 330 330 330

аб 165 165 165 200 200 200 220 220 220
0
..
v а7 155 155 155 160 160 160 160 160 165
т
ш а8 280 280 280 300 300 300 290 290 315
о
ш а9 100 100 100 135 135 135 150 150 150
rn
0 а 10 180 180 180 210 210 210 240 240 240
r
г~ а 11 180 180 180 210 210 210 240 240 240
а 12 24 24 24 24 24 24 28 28 28
r
Ь1 378 378 378 399 399 399 469 469 469
3
Ь2 223 223 223 335 335 335 490 490 490
Ь3 330 330 330 420 420 420 500 500 500
с1 75 75 75 75 75 75 100 100 100
с2 198 198 198 233 233 233 258 258 258
с3 511 511 511 546 546 546 556 556 556
д1 67 67 67 145 145 145 80 80 80
д2 335 335 335 400 400 400 490 490 510
е1 340 340 340 430 430 430 445 445 445
е2 110 110 110 145 145 145 155 155 155
е3 270 270 270 300 300 300 380 380 380
с~ UNIT (mm)
0
и
ш Еш
0 ил
.~
Е и
ш 0
w
.` .~C
7 0
U
THE CONCERNED DRAWING NO . OF GENERAL THREE VIEW
ш With Gear pump Without Gear pump

C See DWG . No .
0 GSH(W) GAP,MAN GBC GSH GSH(W)
z GAP,MAN GBC GSH
SJ10—150E/GH 5206750 5206412 5206429 5206895 5206893 206892 5206894 5206896
ш
Е
0
c ш
ш 0v
и
03.03.27 ,,~!/`,.;► ,.-~r-' ,(' >
© DIMENSION OF GENERAL THREE VIEW SCALE DWG . N0 . REV,
SAMGONG NONE SG108001A ~

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — ,3$ /
Hex . Bolt Anchor(Stud)Bolt

~
Lock Nut
a Q
Nut
1 ~
Washer
m I m ~
Rubber Plate
~ i ~ (Maker supply)
Foundation
Welding ~p Welding
~~
°E °E
Моде 1 А В С D °Е F Weight(kg)
SJ10G/GH 44 50 15 60 80 М20 350
SJ20G/GH 44 50 15 60 80 М20 370
SJ30G/GH 44 50 15 60 80 М20 390
SJ50G/GH 44 55 15 60 80 М20 590
SJ60G/GH 44 55 15 60 80 М20 600
SJ70G/GH 44 55 15 60 80 М20 670
SJ100G/GH 52 60 20 80 100 М24 900
SJ120G/GH 52 60 20 80 100 М24 910

с~ SJ150G/GH 52 60 20 80 100 М24 1100
с~
0
и
* Note
1 . Before mounting the foundation bolts and installing the purifier, be sure to
й check that the foundation support base) is level . Mount the foundation bolts
and following procedures .(Refer to above Fig. and Take)
0
Е 1) Mount the foundation bolts to the foundation(support base) by welding.
w
.` " ~ -- 2) Make sure that the installation rubber seats(standard accessories) are
7
a mounted.
3) The foundation bolts aye dour e tightened by use of lock nuts . Don't
tighten them so firmly that the elasticity of the rubber seats is lost.
о
c 2 . Follow the tightening procedures described below.
0
z
1) First tighten the nuts all the way by hand.
о 2) Then tighten the nuts a quaEter of a turn(90') by use of a spanner.

Е
0
C N
In this case, it is important that the nuts in four places are equally
ш 0 tightened.
и
PURIFIER FOUNDATION(1) SCALE DWG . NO . REV.

D - 114

Where a bowl is not transferred Where a bowl is transferred

overhead other machine overhead other machine
K N
(Motor removal space) (Horizontal shaft
removal
~~ soacel
с~
4—~18 Thickness
с~ 16 (mm)
0
и
,.
-- VIEW "Z DISMANTLING STAND
DIMENSIONS
Weight(kg)
Моде 1 А В С D D' Е E' F G Н I J К L М N 0
Bow1 Motor
SJ10G/GH 1370 382 949 996 23 1430 67 265 370 379 155 2 8 0 292 216 480 330 45/ 71
SJ20G/GH 1390 382 955 1002 1 1430 1 7 280 376 413 155 245 873 292 216 480 330 50/ 85
SJ30G/GH 1440 382 980 1027 1 5 1460 1 0 305 401 413 155 245 873 292 216 480 330 60/ 85
SJ50G/GH 1700 449 1171 1216 1 2 1720 2 0 380 478 485 160 315 1 95 347 312 570 340 110/120
SJ60G/GH 1700 449 1171 1216 1 2 1720 2 0 380 478 505 160 315 1070 347 312 570 340 120/120
SJ70G/GH 1730 449 1190 1236 1 1 1740 2 0 405 487 505 160 315 1070 347 312 570 340 135/120
SJ100G/GH 2010 536 1361 1407 1 1 1990 30 500 598 588 160 330 1199 387 327 643 350 240/180
SJ120G/GH 2010 536 1361 1407 71 1990 30 500 598 588 160 330 1199 387 327 643 350 250/180
SJ150G/GH 2090 536 1398 1444 1749 2030 330 535 635 588 165 330 1164 387 327 643 350 310/180
© MAINTENANCE SPACE & DIMENSIONS scA~E owc . No. REV.

D— 11~

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P - !%O /
=v Моде 1
~ ~ SJ10-70G/GH
o ~ SJ100-150E/GF
и
~~
j
г DET.
й ~
1 а
ш
v0
E
ш
.`
7
д

03.03 .27 ./~/~;, ~►'~' .1~ ,
OUTLINE OF SLUDGE LINE &
SCALE DWG. NO . REV.
OPERATING WATER DRAIN
NONE SG01516B
D - 114

CONTROL N0 . НМ 0217 Р — ц/ /
~ Аов
Ао 1
Ао2
R06
R04
R09
R17
R18
R19
R23 R24 R22 R21 R24
0
и
(Without gear pump)

m
E No . Parts name Material Q ' ty No . Parts name . Material C! ' ty

й
0 Stainless steel casting 1 R14 Oil gauge — 1 set
R01 Distributor
E ~ Special alloy steel 1
R02 Bowl hood Special stainless steel 1 R15 Vertical shaft
ш 0 Bea~i~g steel 1
.` R03 l3isc Stainless steel 1 set R16 Ball bearing(1)
Special stainless steel 1 R17 Upper spring Spring steel 6
о_ ci R04 Bowl body
Nylon 1 R18 Bea~ing(2) Gearing steel 1
ROS Main seal ring
Special stainless steel 1 R19 Bea~ing(3) Gearing steel 1
R06 Main cylinder
R07 Pilot valve ass ' y Copper alloy 2sets R20 Lower spring Spring steel 1
1 set R21 Horizontal shaft Carbon steel 1
o R08 Gravity disc Stainless steel
R22 Spiral gear Special bronze casting 1
~ R09 Water supplying device Bronze casting 1 set
•• R10 Impelle~(2) Bronze casting 1 R23 Friction dock Copper alloy 1 set
ш Bonze casting ~ 1 R24 Bnll bea~ing (1) Bearing steel 2
R11 Impelier(1)
E
0 Aluminium alloy casting 1
c ~ R12 Sludge cover
ш ° R13 Frame Cast iron 1
BY CHECKED APPROVED
DESCRIPTION DATE
SECTIONAL DRAWING
SCALE DWG . NO . RE~•~
(Model SJ 10—1506)
D— 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — !~/~j
320 317 318 408 319 313
328
324 314 345 312 315
*304 _ _ _ 302
303\ 330
331
333
332
334
219
220
401 20~
21~
21
410
L_ 412
413
213
_~__
0 ~ I 421
' 411
' 412
414
~ 415
418
419
0 ~~' ~
,~~
NOTE ~ ''
1 . *304, *305 ONLY SJ 10GNSJ30G
04.02 .11 B .?~; xIM ~~ ~l.G~%

© FRAME & COVER ASSEMBLY scA~E ~wc . ~o . REV.

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — l~/L3 ~ .f9
See Dwa . No . :5206352
SYMBOL PARTS LIST MATERIAL Q 'TY PARTS N0.
201 Frame Cast iron 1 032556001

203 S rin washer Carbon steel wire 4 H1012D1
204 Set screw Co e~—allo 4 E10081013
206 Plu Cast iron 1 NA0015~1
207 Gear cover Cast iron 1 205545001
209 Gasket Fiber 1 455820001
211 0 rin NBR 1 A10032A
213 Drain i e Carbon steel pipe 1 456331001
214 Oil au a retainer Cast iron 1 450538001
217 Si ht lass Glass 1 403809001
218 Rubber late NBR 4 420695001
220 0 ring NBR 1 A10032A
225 Bracket Cast iron 1 206546001
227 0 rin NBR 2 A10034A
241 Base plate Structural steel 1 350205001
301 Slud a cover Aluminium alto costin 1 032440001
303 0 rin NBR 1 A20465A
304 Handle Stainless steel 2 450557001
305 Socket cap screw Chromium mol Ьдепит steel 4 F3006012G
308 Lower hood Cast iron 1 206570001
309 Socket ca screw Chromium molybdenum steel 4 F3008020G
310 0 rin NBR 1 A20100A
311 0 rin NBR 1 A10034A
312 Up er hood Cast iron 1 205604001
314 Socket cap screw Chromium mol bdenum steel 3 F3008020G
315 0 rin NBR 2 A10024A
317 Cover nut Structural steel 1 315938001
318 0 rin NBR 1 A10016A
319 Inlet i e Stainless steel 1 337177103
320 Nut Carbon steel 1 G1022A110
321 Im eller 2 Bronze costin 1 337179001
. 322 Impeller (1) Bronze casting 1 337178001
323 0 rin NBR 1 A10031A
324 Connecting pipe(2) Stainless steel 2 337186102
327 0 rin retainer Structural steel 2 450567001
328 Connecting tube(2) Stainless steel 1 337246102
~~o un~o~ nut cast iron 1 41os~~oo1
331 0 ring retainer Structural steel 1 456030001
332 Joint Structural steel 1 456029001

04 .02 .11 B .x7<,I~l~l ~~ `.
FRAME & COVER PARTS LIST SCALE DWG . N0 . REV
D - 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P - l~/~'
See Dwa . No . 5206352
SYMBOL PARTS NAME MATERIAL O~TY PARTS N0.
333 0 ring NBR 1 A10028A

401 Connecting tube( 1) Stainless steel (JIS 5K) 2 319987106

403 Teflon tube Teflon 1 NF0010~0
403 Elbow connector Cop er—allo 4 N0001011
405 Slud a ipe Rubber 1 315078001
406 Hose band Structural steel 3 N60100G0
407 Connecting flan a Structural steel 1 205480102
408 Sealin water tube Co per—alto 1 350267003
408 Elbow union Cop er—allo 1 N80012111
408 Half union Co er—a11oy 1 N90012111
410 Male connector Co er—alloy 1 ND001011
412 Elbow connector Cop er—allo 4 N0001011
414 Nozzle joint Copper—allo 1 456664001
415 Nozzle 'oint Cop er—allo 1 456664003
418 Ni le Stainless steel 1 N4C015H1
419 Elbow Stainless steel 1 N1A015H1
420 Water connectin tube Stainless steel 1 352264106
421 Solenoid valve Bronze castin 3 JDSPE7115
* In case of 345(orifice), refer to the list(SGORF001).
.~
m
Е
ш
-оO °3
и
Е й
~ —o
ш
»- ..,
'~ C
7 O
д U

04 .o2 .i ~ ~.xxт~c ~ ~~
FRAME & COVER PARTS LIST SCALE DWG . N0 . REV
D - 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P - ,r~j~
Pump GP10G GP20G GP30G GP50G GP70G GP100G

No .
Parts no . Parts no . Parts no . Parts no . Parts no . Parts no.
Purifier ----------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------
Model India . size India . size India . size India . size India . size India . size
45697001 414213002 456971001 — — —

SJ10G/GH ----------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------
6 .2 7 .6 1 0 .5 — — —
45697001 414213002 456971001 456972001 — —

SJ20G/GH ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------
6 .2 7 .6 10 .5 12 .8 — -
- 414213002 456971001 456972001 456973001 —

SJ30G/GH ----------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------
- 7 .6 10 .5 12 .8 15 -
- — 456971002 456972002 456973002 456974002

SJ50G/GH ----------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------
- — 10 .5 12 .8 15 20
— — — 456972002 456973002 456974002

SJ60G/GH ----------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------
- — — 12 .8 15 20
— — — 456972002 456973002 456974002

SJ70G/GH ----------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------
- — — 12 .8 15 20
— — — 456972003 456973003 456974003

SJ100G/GH ----------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------
- — — 12 .8 15 20
— — — — 456973003 456974003
SJ120G/GH ----------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------
- — — — 15 20
с~ — — — — 456973003 456974003
с~ SJ150G/GH ----------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------
и
O
- — — — 15 20
O N
C
O
Z
N
Р
O
C Ш
_
иU
N О
~~ .
DESCRIPTION DATE BY CHECKED APPRO~~~

04 .02 .11 ~ .~;x,I~I~1 ~~
ORIFICE PARTS LIST SCALE DWG . N0 . REV.
вАмсогис NONE SGORF001
D — 114

CONTROL N0 . НМ 0217 Р — l~/F
134
121
120
122
133
116
114
112
115
110
108
i
111
j
124 ~ 1
~~ I 1
113
,1
119 j~ ~ ~ ! ii
~ ~ 11 ~
109
j~ ~ ~ ! 11
,~
,~ i I ' 1 1
j~ ~ ~ j ~ ii
103 ~'~~` ~ 11
~I ~ ; jj -- --
- -
117
~~ i ~ 1
118 ~1 1 I , ~ 11
105 _ j~ ~ ~ ' 11
107 % '
101 ~ _ _--
(~
С~
O
и
104 106 102 123
,.,
ш 130 132 131 127 126 129 128

O
ш̀ 125 ~

.L в ~
W
Z
0
z
D ЕТА1 L "А "

О
Е
О
C Ш
Ш O
U
и
DATE BY CHECKED
© DESCRIPTION APPROV~
о 4 . о 2 .11 ~.ххт~с ~ j
BOWL ASSEMBLY scALE cwc . N о . Е ~~
D— 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — !,~/F
See Dwg . No . :5206346
101 Bowl bod S ecial stainless steel 1 131386001

102 0 rin Viton 1 455859001
103 Knock in Stainless steel 1 436171001
104 Drain nozzle Co er—alto 2 450553002
ж1
105
------- --------------- ----------------- -- ---------- -----
1
---------------
205559001
Main c tinder S ecial stainless steel
107 0 rin NBR 1 455836002
108 Distributor Stainless steel castin 1 205560001
110 Ke Stainless steel 1 455838001
111 Disc 1 Stainless steel 1 set 205556102
112 U e~ disc Stainless steel 3 205591102
113 To disc Stainless steel 1 205557104
114 0 rin NBR 1 A300706
115 Bowl hood S ecial stainless steel 1 131385001
116 0 rin NBR 1 A802438
117 0 rin NBR 1 455882001
118 Main seal rin N Ion 1 455837001
119 Bowl nut Carbon steel 1 205558001
120 Li ht li uid chamber Bronze castin 1 337111001
1 set *2 ж2
121 Gravit disc Stainless steel
122 Disc nut Carbon steel 1 337110001
123 Bowl bush Co er—alto 1 436170001
124 Ca nut Stainless steel 1 450427001
125 Valve uide Co er—alto 2 317750001
126 0 rin Viton 4 A1001 1 F
128 Pilot valve Titan 2 450428001
130 Valve sheet N Ion 2 436000001
Viton 2 A41013F
ис~ 131 0 rin
132 Valve nut Carbon steel 2 450489001
v 133 Packin Teflon 1 455812001
m Stainless steel 1 337109102
с.~ 134 Heav li uid chamber
2 0_
(~
~ г'
Q
( ~
аz *1 Special coated parts for heavy fuel oil.
~,
*2 Please refer to the list of gravity discs .
ш ~
v ....
o и
Е й
~ —
О О
w ~
'~ С
~
~ UO
° o
- ~
- и
DESCRIPTION : DATE BY CHECKED APPROV
© 04 .02 .1 1 ~. x x,I~l~[ ~l
йf-^'
BOWL PARTS LIST scA~E cwc . ~o . REV
U - 119

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P m t,L/C~
711 708 708 705 703 710 501 i 709 706 707 704 702 522
701 ~ 513
517 ' 520
516 ' 505
514 ~ 507
515 I ~ 504
519 508
518 ~ ~_ 506
521 ' ~ 510
503 ' 509
502 ~-" `~~ 505
512 I 511
- -j- -
с~
с~
0
м ' 537
529
528
ш
v0
Е 534 ~ 530
ш̀
_ . _. _ _ 538
.` 533 ~
7
' 532
531
w
0 z
i 0
с~ z
ш 535 536 539 527 523 524 526 525

Е
0
с ш
т о
V= и
04 .02 .11 B .?~7<,IM ~~ ,~~%
© VERTICAL SHAFT ASSEMBLY SCALE DWG . NO . REV.
D - 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P - !,L/f/
See Dwg . No . :5206348

501
----------------------- ----------- ----------------- ----- ---------------
Vertical shaft 60Fiz S ecial allo steel 1 131313001
504 Bearin housin 1 Carbon steel 1 200885001
505 0 rin NBR 2 A20155A
506 S rin ~etainer(1) Stainless steel 6 450524001
507 S rin case Carbon steel 6 450523001
508 U per sprin S rin steel 6 411981001
509 Bearin sleeve Carbon steel 1 314257001
510 Bearin case 1 Carbon steel 1 337283001
511 Ball bearin (1) Bearing steel 1 116208J8
513 Bearin cover(1 Cast iron 1 200900001
516 Bearin ca (1 Alluminium allo casting 1 450525001
517 0 rin NBR 1 A20035A
518 Bearin ca (2 Alluminium alloy castin 1 450526001
519 0 rin NBR 1 A20035A
520 Flat s rin Tool steel 1 436164001
521 Spaces 1 Carbon steel sheet 1 *1
522 Mist cover Carbon steel sheet 1 314254001
523 Beorin housin (2 Cast iron 1 205592001
524 0 rin NBR 1 A10100A
525 Socket ca screw Chromium molybdenum steel 4 F3008025G
526 S rin washer Carbon steel wire 4 H100801
527 Washer Carbon steel 1 ~4022~2
528 Beorin case 2) Carbon steel 1 314258001
529 Beorin 2 Beorin steel 1 142305J1
530 Ke Carbon steel 1 C106015~2
531 Bearin case(3) Carbon steel 1 337117001
532 fall bearin (3 Bearin steel 1 127305J2
533 Pin Tool steel 2 83006016A
534 S ~cer(2) Carbon steel sheet 1 436493001
535 Spring seat Carbon steel 1 436153001
с~
536 Steel ball Beorin steel 1 J1016J0
c
537 Beorin cover(2 Carbon steel 1 436149001
539 Lower s rin Spring steel 1 456501001
Е 701 0 eratin water disc Bronze casting 1 314263001
ш ш
v 0 й 702 Socket ca screw Stainless steel 3 F30080168
л
Е и 703 Operating water nozzle Bronze casting 1 337115001
ш̀ 0 704 Socket ca screw Stainless steel 3 F60050208
c .705 Operatin water chamber Bronze casting 1 337114001
о_ v
0
706 Bolt Stainless steel 4 F10040088
707 Tongued washer Stainless steel 4 HSO0462
708 0 ring NBR 2 A90080A
709 Chamber cover Bronze casting 1 337116001
r~ ш 711 Packing Fiber 1 436155001
O С
1 о
~ z *1 Please refer to the accessories list
ш
Е
0
C ~
N O
- U
i~ и
04 .02 .1 1 ~ . ~ x,I~l~t ~~
VERTICAL SHAFT PARTS LIST SCALE DWG . NO . REV.
D — 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P - ~j,r
617 625 618 623 624 622 602 603 616 615 614 613 601 626 611
621 635
603 634
620 602
619 609
628
606
/ ` 607
\ 627
~~
604 630
3
605 ~ i 608
' ~ ,~ ~ 610
-1 612
-=г - -~
--~~ r
~ -
~--
236 235 234 236 233 240 239 238
w
z
0
z
BRAKE
0
и
DESCRIPTION DATE BY CHECKED APPRO ED ~
04 .02 .11 ~.x7~I~l ~l .~%/
HORIZONTAL SHAFT &
SCALE DWG . N0 . REV
BRAKE ASSEMBLY
D - 11

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P - !,t/~'
See Dwo . No . :5206410
232 Brake boss Cast iron 1 205548001

233 Bolt Structural steel 2 F1008020~
234 Brake spring Piano wire 1 04095
235 Brake shaft Structural steel 1 457032001
236 Sprin in Tool steel 2 84005032E
237 Brake handle Cast iron 1 317755001
238 Brake linin Resine 1 315957001
239 Linin boss Cast iron 1 315960001
240 Set screw(2) Co er—allo 2 E10051211
601 Horizontal shaft Carboy steel 1 200858001
602 Ball bearing(1) Bearin steel 2 116307J1
606 Retaining rin C) Carbon steel wire 1 D303502
a Chromium mol bdenum steel 1 E400620G6
Е 607 Socket set screw
п 608 Bearin housin 3) Cast iron 1 132497001
610 0 rin NBR 1 A20280A
611 Bearin retainer Structural steel 1 451058001
613 Gear boss Cast iron 1 205522001
614 Boit Structural steel 3 F1010030~
616 ---------------
------- --------------- -------------------- -------- -----
1 205464001
S iral ear 60~z Special bronze casting
618 Friction ulle Cast iron 1 200859001
619 Friction boss Cast iron 1 200863001
620 Socket set screw Chromium mol bdenum steel 1 E401012G7
621
----------------------- ----------- ----------------- ----- ---------------
Friction dock 60Hz Copper- allo 3 385078105
и
с~ 622 Bearin housing(4) Cast iron 1 200856001
vт 623 Bolt Structural steel 4 F1010025C
с~ 624 0 rin NBR 1 A20140A
= о_ 625 Oil seal NBR 1 K1456510A
с~ а
~~ 626 Bolt Structural steel 2 F1008020C
r
628 Socket set screw Chromium mol Ьдепит steel 1 E400404G7
629 Motor flange Cast iron 1 205662001
ш ~
o й 631 Cover Structural steel 1 5208295104
Е й 632 Cover cap Structural steel 1 450451001
0 0 633 Set screw 3) Carbon steel wire 4 E200412CA
'~ C .634 Bolt Structural steel 4 F1010020C
а U
~ o
635 Gasket Fiber 1 450991001
PARTS LIST 04 .02 .11 ~.~;7~,I.~L ~l ~ ~<~~

SCALE DWG . NO . REV
HORIZONTAL SHAFT & BRAKE
D - 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P - 2 /
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
INSULATION F CLASS
VOLTAGES AC 440 V
TEMP . RISE B
AMBIENT Max . 50'C
HERTZ 60 Hz
STARTING METHOD D .O .L
ENCLOSURE TOTALLY ENCLOSED TYP Е
N0 . OF PHASE 3 PHASE
RATING CONTINUOUS
PROTECTION IP54
POLES 4 POLES
APPLICABLE ST ' D IEC STANDARD
OUTLINE
C
a
6
Fr .No . D F GE Key size

112M 28 j~ 8 4 87x45
1325/M 38 k6 10 5 10~8~63
160M/L 42 k6 12 5 12x880
180M 48 k6 14 5 .5 14x9x80
* Note
1 . Key and keyway tolerance N9
1 DIMENSIONS
Motor Motor Motor Motor Actual power Oil purifier
Frame Output starting starting efficient consumption
RPM Amps Gland roted model
No . (Kw) current current time (%) (kw)
112M 3 .7 1760 6 .8 20b 6 .8(A) 50 . 0(A) 6(Mi~) 90 .2 2 .8 SJ10G
1325 5 .5 1770 10 .0 20c 10 .0(A) 71 .0 (A) 6(Min) 90 .7 4 .4 SJ10GH,20-30G
132M 7 .5 1765 13 . 6 25a 13 .6(A) 96 .0(A) 7(Min) 91 .2 5 .6 SJ20-30GH,50G
160M --~1 .0 1775 19 .7 25b 19 .7(A) 150 .0(A) 7(Mi~) 91 .2 9 .8 SJ50GH,60-70G/GH
160E 15 .0 1775 26 . 5 ~Oa 26 .5(A) 210 .0(A) 8(Min) 91 .7 10 .5 SJ100-1206
180M 18 .5 1775 32 .4 30c 32 .4(A) 240 .0(A) 8(Min) 92 .4 13 .9 SJ100-120GH,150G/GH
Bearing No . Weight
Frame
АС AD AE Е L LB LC М N Р S Т TA
No . DE ODE ( К 9)
ш
c 112 М 251 197 109 60 414 354 189 215 180 j6 250 15 4 13 6307ZZC3 6206ZZC3 50
0
z 495 415 221 265 230 j6 300 15 4 16 6208ZZC3 6208ZZC3 71
132~ 292 216 109 80
132 М 292 216 109 533 453 221 265 230 j6
80 300 15 4 16 6208ZZC3 6208ZZC3 85
160 М 347 312 192 110 660 550 283 300 250 j6 350 19 5 16 6309ZZC3 6309ZZC3 120
N 160~ 347 312 192 110 704 594 305 300 250 j6 350 19 5 16 6309ZZC3 6309ZZC3 145
O
v 180 М 387 327 192 110 719 609 324 350 300 j6 400 19 5 16 6310ZZC3 6310ZZC3 180
и
INDUCTION MOTOR 03 .03 .27 ~/!,/G" _, ~,~.-- .yll/ p}

© ( AC 440V, 60Hz ) SCALE DWG . N0 . REV.
D - 11

176
CONTROL N0 . НМ 0217 Р - ~,3 /
160
143 и 8 82
~д -
~. MITSUBISH( КАКОУ.1 КА 1~ НА ,~ ТО .
Ог ~лиь,
q О
O ~ т:в , юо,,
~ ~ ~~с ,
N•
O г„о.
,.
с~
с~
35 2—CABLE GLAND
PG16 R1/4
PRESS,SENS~P.x2
о оооо
~1/4
аоо
©®©
® оооооооооооооо
оо © оа © о ® а )о ~~ ®®®
ТЕ ~•1P,SENSG'~ х 1
m
с~
1 .AUTOMATIC or GAP-1 Tv~e 2,МА NU А ~ Т ~ ое i
Е POWER S q URGE CDC24V) q WER SOURCE (DC24V)
ш 1 1
йл 2 GILD ~~
и 3 OIL LEAKAGE ALAP.14 C q NTP. q L FANEL 3 O1L L KALE ALARM (COMMOtJ)
-STA E~~
0 OR ALARM PANEL
.-C
O
6 SIL FEED SIGNAL 6 OIL FEEDS NAL
7 TEMP .SEf~SOR (BLACK) 7 TEMP,SENS q R LACK)
TEMP .SENS q R TEMP .SENS q R
8 TEMP .SENSOR (RED) 8 TEMP .SENSOR (R )
9 O[L INLET PRESS.SENSOR (BLACK) 9 O[L INLET PRESS .SENSOR CK)
OIL INLET q IL INLET
10 OIL INLET PRES~,SENSOR(GREEN) 10 OIL INLET PRESS .SENS (GRE )
w PRESS .SENS[]R
z PRESS,SENSOR
11 OIL INLET PRESS .SENSOR (P.ED) 11 OIL INLET PRESS. NSOP, (RED)
0
z 12 OIL OUTLET PRESS.SENSOR(BLACK> 12 O1L OUTLET PR .SENSOR (BLACK)
OIL OUTLET q IL UTLET
1~ ~L OUTLET PRESS.SENSOR(YELLOW) 13 OIL OUTLET SS .SENSOR(YELLOW)
PRESS .SENSOR PRE ,SENSOR
14 OIL OUTLET PRESS .SENSOR(RED) 14 OIL OUT T PRESS .SENSOR (RED)
15 011 LEAKAGE ARARN(bCONTACT SIDE) 15 011 KAGE ARARM(n CONTACT SIDE>
ш 16 011 LEAKAGE ARARI4(2CONTACT SIDE) 16 LEAKAGE ARARM(b CONTACT SIDE) STAP,TE
0
v .17 — 1
и
MULTI-MONITOR 03 .03 .17 /~3 .,E!~m~ ~~►-~' ~~~i

SCALE DWG . N0 . REV.
(MM1)
SAMGONG NONE 5206909 O
D – 11

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — ~/,~ /
Valves Solenoid valve 3—way Air filter 3—way

solenoid valve cylinder valve
Use For For 3—way For For dirty oil
operating water cylinder valve operating air
Bore 15A 8A 8A 25A
Voltage or
Air supply
inlet press . AC 110 V
0 .5N0 .9 Mpa.
60 Hz
(5 .ON9 .0 Kgf/cm 2 )
Action Magnetized — — Air supply
—► Open B i C
Air less
B —~ A
Weight 1 .5 Kg/set 0 .3 Kg/set 0 .4 Kg/set 25 А 14 Kg/set
Quantity 3 sets 1 set 1 set 1 set
0и
.~
m
с~
O т
.~
Е й Symbol SV1, SV2, SV3 SV4 AF1 CV1

~ —
т о_
w
~~
bC
a~ vo Remarks SV1 :for opening
bowl
SV2 for closing
bowl
ш SV3 for sealing/
C
O replacement
z
water
и
Е
0
C _N
N O
U
~~ и
VALVE SPECIFICATIONS o~.0~. 27 ,~!~~~,;., rte _ ~pj

©
scA~E Owc . ~o . REVQ
(Auto . Control Device—GBC)
SAMGONG NONE SSJG014P
D - 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P - ~ /
GLAND
15P (~9-11)
SV1 ~ Rc1 /2
вв1в- FOR q PENING BOWL
Rc1 /2
~в PDR CLOSING BOWL
Rc1 /2
► в~1 г► POR SEALING WATER
r' JIS 5 К
~
R4 h
._~ ,~ 15 A
- {ттН- - - ~,,
GLAND
~ ~~ Е
15P (~9-11)
P.EDUCING VALVE
167 ±3 -~
with STRAINER
409 ±5
APPROVED
.0~ .~7 ,~~/~A,, ..-~ ю)
.~~~
OUTLINE OF WATER VALVE UNIT o~ REV.
SCALE DWG . NO .
(GBC-1) NONE 5206907 O
SAMGONG
u - i

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — ~
SOLENOID VALVE (SV1, SV2, SV3)
d .~i~ 7d
V01 V09
V06
VO5
V07
VO2
VO4
V03
REDUCING VALVE
m
с~
E
о~
и
,~
л
и
0
СО д6
N'
1U
У GG
© 04.02 .1 1 ~.2(; x,IJV[ ~~ . g',~' ~

DETAIL 0 F WATER VALVE scA~E owc . No. REV.
D - 11

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P - ~
SOLENOID VALVE See Dwg . No . 5206911

SYMBOL PARTS NAME MATERIAL Q 'TY PARTS NO.
V01 Coil assembly — 1 OJDSP7017
VO2 Diaphragm assembly NBR 1 OJDSPE003
V03 Valve body Cast bronze 1 OJDSP6001
VO4 Pilot spring Stainless steel 1 OJDSPE005
V05 Plunger Stainless steel 1 OJDSP4019
V06 Plunger spring Stainless steel 1 OJDSP4021
V07 Valve bonnet Copper alloy 1 OJDSP4020
V08 Handle — 1 OJDSP5010
V09 Terminal box — 1 OJDSP7022
REDUCING VALVE
SYMBOL PARTS NAME MATERIAL O 'TY PARTS N0.

V21 Diaphragm assem Ыy — 1 RU1502003
V22 Disc Viton 1 RU 1502004
V23 0 ring NBR 1 RU1502005
V24 0 ring NBR 1 RU1502006
V25 0 ring NBR 1 RU1502009
V26 Body Cast bronze 1 RU1502001
V27 Pressure gauge Copper alloy 1 RU1502010
V28 Strainer Stainless steel 1 RU1502008
ои
с~
m
с.~
ш ~
vo .~
и
Е й
~ —
~ о_
ч-
'~C
~O
д U
DESCRIPTION DATE BY CHECKED APPRO ~ /`

04 .02 .1 1 ~ .7<; xl~lQ ~~ _ `l
/(/,/
WATER VALVE PARTS LIST SCALE DWG . N0 . REV

D— 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — t~' /
сА „ ~ ~' »B»
OUTLET --- INLET

(To feed valve) o (Supply Air
0 .5—0 .9MPa
(5 .0—9 .OKg/cm2 ))
.=,
»A » „
~-- " B
EXHAUST
P R
190 128
102 5.5 3 .5 79 26 .5 101 .5
2—~5 .5
2—~5 .5
2—Male connector BOLT/NUT(M5)
Rc1/4°x10 1 f1
1 GLAND 15F ~ ~
(~s —11) 0 ~ 0
Angle ~ i ~ Angle
-(7.5x75x~t) 3—Male connector , (75x75x~t)
• Rc1/4 " x10 ~ ~ ~
VIEW ' ~A—A ' ~

(3—WAY SOLENOID VALVE(SV4)) 1
VIEW " B—B "

(AIR FILTER(AF1))
©OUTLINE OF AIR FILTER(AF1) & 03 .03 .27 .,~!/~ ,..._-{--~ , ,r/,`~J

scA~E Owc . ~o . REV.
S OLENOID VALVE(SV4)

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P - A
53
I AIR FILTER
S'fMBOL PARTS NAME MATERIAL Q ' TY PARTS N0.

V41 Body Aluminium alloy casting 1 KWF550201
V42 Bowl gasket NBR 1 KWF550202
V43 Deflector Copper—alloy 1 KWF550203
V44 Filter retainer Resin 1 KWF550204
V45 Filter element Resin 1 KWF550205
V46 Metal bowl Zinc alloy costing 1 KWF550206
V47 0 ring NBR - 1 KWF550207
V48 Drain cock Copper—alloy 1 KWF550208
DESCRIPTION DATE BY СНЕС APPRO ~ /`

04 .02 .1 1 ~~.xx~~t (~//~~
© DETAIL OF AIR FILTER(AF1) SCALE DWG . N0 . REV
D - 11

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — t~~~ ,~~j'
V58
м0
V55
55
с~
с~
0
и
ш
v
0
Е 3—WAY SOLENOID VALVE (SV4)
ш SYMBOL PARTS NAME MATERIAL Q ' TY PARTS N0.

.`
7 V51 Pilot valve — 1 PMS23001
V52 Body Aluminium alloy casting 1 PMS23003
V53 Base Aluminium alloy casting 1 PMS23004
V54 Sleeve Stainless steel 1 PMS23005
V55 Spool Stainless steel 1 PMS23006
V56 0 ring NBR 4 PMS23007
V57 Spring Stainless steel 1 PMS23008
ш V58 DIN socket — 1 PMS23009
Е
O V59 Locking button — 1 PMS23010
C _N
Ш O
U
и
DESCRIPTION DATE BY CHECKED APPROVED \
04 .02 .11 B . x; ?~IM ~~ ~j%
© DETAIL OF SOLENOID VALVE(SV4) scn~E ~wc . No . REV.
__ _-
D— 114

rile name : H—08A Purifier model SJ ~ v 10F/FP/FH

Scale Control system : FAP/FSC/FSP/FSH/FSHP
37 Handle scale AL 1
36 Name late Scale AL 1
35 0—yin NBR 1
34 0—rin NBR 1
33 0—riп NBR 1
32 0—ri п VITON 2
31 O—rin VITON 1
30 0—ri п VITON 1
Air supply B ~ C
29 Piston rin GRAFOIL 1
28 Nut SS400 1
Air less B ~ A
27 S rin washer SS400 1
26 Lock nut SS400 1
25 Nut SS400 1
24 Disc lock nut SS400 1
~~ hex . Coit ss400 s
20 Напд l е wheel FC200 1
19 Ad'ust screw 03602 1
A CIRCULATION 18 Piston SS400 1
17 S rin seat SS400 1
B INLET
16 S rin SWOSC 1
C TO PURIFIER 15 Gland bush 03602 1
14 Gasket PTFE 1
13 Packin G .P MOLD 4
12 Seat rin 03602 1
11 Packin s rin SUS304 1
JS10NS /,П unit :mm
10 Stem SUS304 1
п9 Size L G1 G H 09 Disc uide 03602 2
08 Disc holder 03602 1
iK 25 А 152 4 115 295 PTFE 2
07 Disc
40 А 182 150 295 O6 Bottom seat 03602 1
05 To seat SCS13 1
50 А 216 1 8 158 295 04 Piston cover FCD400 1
10 К 25 А 160 1 115 295 03 Yoke FCD400 1
02 Bottom flan a FCD400 1
40А 190 6 150 295
01 Bod FCD400 1
50А 220 178 158 295 N0 . DESCRIPTION MATERIAL Q' TY
о
21PTION
X3.03.27 .i(!~(i~J • CSO,
-WAY CYLINDER VALVE(CV1) SCALE DWG . N0 . REV.
й SAMGONG NONE SHLVPCDI 1

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — 0
ш
v
O
Е
Ф
.`
Q
O N
1 * NOTE 5 ELEMENT PT100 S2 1
4 SOCKET 1
1. TEMP . : 0—200'C
и 3 CABLE GLAND 1 15C
Е 2 TERMINAL BLOCK 1
0 2. ELEMENT PT 10052 at 0'C
C
_N 1 HEAD AC 1
O
и
N
Q ' TY REMARK N0 . DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
APPROVED
© TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER scAEE Owc . ~o . y REV.

SAMGONG NONE SKDTTIO
D - 114

ile name TC—01 Purifier model S,, 50G With TR

Scale None Control system :GSC

ile name TC—03 Purifier model S,' ' S0G With TR

ile name : TC—07A Purifier model S, 50G New type

The Rated Speed Automatically Repeat

►~
S Е LFJ Е С Т 0R
Interval ТООО
гп Dischar 9е Т001 ~
i
~ ~ i
~ ~ i i
i
~
i
~
i
~ i
~ i i i
~
i
~
i~ i
~
i
~
i
~ ~
ш
о
~ ~:
~ Replacement water Т002 ~ i i i i i i~ i i i i i i~ i i i i i i~ i~i
~ о Sealing water Т003 ~ ~ i ~ i i i i ~~ I ~ ~ j i ~ i i i i i i i ~i i i~
Bowl Washing Т004 i i i i i i i i i i i i

о
~
i~ i~ ~~ ~ I
i i i i
U Interval of Supplying ~ ~~ 1 1 I ~ I i ~ ~ i i i i i i i
С 014 г
~
и Water for closing Bowl i i i i ~ i i ~ i i ~ i ~ i ~ i i i i~ i

О Intermittent Supplying of I i i i i i i i
Т016
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
-'-' Water for closing Bowl ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ j ~ j i i i i i i ~
i
i ~
~
Q Е Interval of ~~ ид 9 е 1
С 015
~ ~ ~ ~ i i i ~ ~ i ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ i i i t i ~
~ Discharge i i i i i i ~ i i ~ i i i ~ i ~
Bowl Washin 9 ~
i ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
i ~
i i ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
i~ ~ ~
Counter СО 23 i i i i ~ i t i j ~ ~ i ~ i i ~ i i i i i i i~ i
ш Operating Water for ~~ ~ i ~ 1 1 I 1 ~~ 1 i I i ~ ~ ~ i ~ i1 I1 I~ i1 ~~ i~ i 1
~ 0 епiп Bowl SV1 ~ 1 1 ~ 1 1 1 ~ 1 1 1 1 1 ~ ~ ~ ~
I
>° Operating Water for 1 1 ~ ~ ~ ~ i i i i i i ~ i i i i i
~
Closin Bowl SV2 ~ ~ ~ ~ I I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
'а Sealing Replacement i ~ 1 1 ~ ~ ~ 1 i I i ~ i i i
~ Water SV3 i ~ ~ i
i ° Control of Feed Valve SV4 ~ ~ ~ ~
(N .0 1
Signal for Motor Stop `\ N .0 /
~
~ -; Motor Stop
Start SELFJECTOR by a starter Feeding Feeding Operating
provided separately. Wate~~9
Water for Operating
Sealing Opening
Operating Water Water Water for
for Closin Bowl Bowl Opening
T~~~ the power source switch on
the automatic control panel to "ON " Operating Operating Water Bowl
Water for for Closin Bowl Replacement
Opening Water
After confirming that SELFJECTOR Bowl Operating
has attained the rated speed Replacement
press the push—button switch Replacement Wates for Press the push button
Water Replacement Opening switch "AUTO . STOP " Water
AUTO . START " Water Bowl (Automatic Stopping
Operating water is Set.)
for Closin bowl
Action of Timers
Тгте — и
оi
© ut~c~ir~un uAit dr c~tc~tu
CHART ~ TIMING
AUTOMATIC OPERATION &STOPPING scA~E ~wc . ~o.
Pre—set Тгте
й SAMGONG (GBC—I—TR) NONE SPGBC3~A

ile name : TC—07B Purifier model S,, i0G New type


ile name TC—13 Purifier model S,. i0G Temp .' '~ Cade Glands
Scale 1 /7 Control system GBC Temp .Low
410 2— Ф 12
~~
~_ 300 _~
i s~з т s~~
Г'
_ ADDR . — DATA
~ ~~
1 O
2 О
)
~
"А"
5st 1д
01~—7 ~•
ввег
~ ~ o 0 O
r
й и го
© SAMGONG СО ., LTD.
3
50
DETAIL "A "
'ti1 7® 8® 9~ 6®
1 N0. LEVER ON NAME PLATE DEVICE NO.
4 ыгса~а ао. ст.
1 AUTO . CONTROL PANEL
2 N0 .1(N0.2)MAIN L.0 PURIFER
3 NOTICE
s~AR~i~c
12 / 40 WHEN OIL PURIFIER HAS
ACQUIRED RATED SPEED,
PRESS PUSH BUTTON
AUTO START"
CABLE GLANDS
159,20x7 4 SAMGONG CO ., .LTD.
5 EM 'CY STOP P61
CONT. SOURCE SW1
~
OFF ON
~ MM FUNCTION SW2
OFF
8 MOTOR START P62
9 BUTT. V/V CLOSE RL10
1
• NOTE PTION : DATE BY CHECI
~ 1 . PANEL ENCLOSURE IP44 O з .оs .17 GN_(,e~ ~-
~ 2. IF TEMP . HIGH o~ TEMP . LOW OUTLINE DIMENSION
-' ARE UNNECESSARY, "PASS" SETTING .
scALE ~w~ . ~o.
SAMGONG (GBC—I—TR) NONE SPGBC40

ile name TC—15 Purifier model S, i0G With TR

Scale None Control system GSH All Class expect KR
сп

ile name TC—19E Purifier model S, SOG With TR

Scale None contro~ system ~tsc All Class except KR
N0 .1(N0 .2) MAIN L.0 AUTO .CONT.PANEL T/B MODULE
пзх ~
WA WC ?1 ТЗ ~ 11 52 54 17 19 21 W4 W6 М9 M4
Ов 1 01s О О
о о о о о о о о о о о о о о
ОшвОшО 0 т2 О 1 о 0sз 1~ 2оОшзош50 мвомзОм 5
~- ---J ~ ( М9) ОЗ
1^
L----Т-_-~
~U 1U ~I
и1 ~ И ~ Ег ОИ йг 0
~~ ОFF i~
_1~ ~~.
~ ~/~
у }в ~ 1
~ ~
v ~ 01 0 0 os
w 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 16
~ 5W2
аq ~и о ~~o
0
моипоА
SECOND
~ MOTOR RUN TEMP . COMMON LEAK Т( Н) Т(~)
~ТОР (АИГО ) OUTPUT ALARM
м
~' ~ `'
°"' A
1 I I I
О о о О О О О О О О О
А2 бб
О О о О О О О о о о
MB W7 S5 ~7 37 39 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 68 70
о о о о о о о о о о о о о о о о о о о о о
м7 wa s6 вв 38 а1 +з as +7 А1 Аз 5з ss s7 5s 61 бз 6s s7 69 ~1
О6 +
.Т.
,~ т ~ ,~-r-~'~~--- т--'-~
~° Рв1 I 1,:
~~ i b ЕМ 'СУ i о
`-' Q ~~
Q ~Т~Р ~ N1
~~
i i
i Е1 Е2 ~~ ~!~
V-` ~
1 ~
~2
• NO1E ~ гй
:CABLING BY MAKER F, 15 ;i ~
~ ~
~ q ~J
~
и E w
:CABLING ВУ YARD ~ i~ o O г о
o
О о ~~ОМ ЕМ ' СУ ~ г о о
~ ~ ~ТОР ВОХ ~ ~ ~ v
•2 DC24V SUPPLIED BY YARD SHALL BE REQUIRED
° © WIRING DIAGRAM (2/2) 03 .06 .17 S•K -Gt( .~~ G.~t .I~
owc . ~o REV
(GBC—I—TR)
SAMGONG SNONE .SPGSH60

;le name TC—28 Purifier model S, - ~50G With T/R

N0.1(N0 .2) MAIN L .0 AUTO .CONT.PANEL CPU/DISPLAY MODULE

(43)
SW1
(41~ (43) (47) F1 (49)
R
~1 (ЗА) ~д, ~ ~ ~ CPU dc DISPLAY
1
1
i
1
н 1( ЗА) 1
Y _
~ ~1 ~ ~ R3
и (+)sv
;> ~ (-)sv
лУ N '1
и г q1 Q1 Q~ ~~ ~1 Q~ Q~ Q~ q1
~S
~ 1 ~ ~1 ТЗ I i ~ I I f I ~
~ ~(ЗА) 3 (+)24' N
1 Од У
в
O¢ _
1 и~ ~ пw с ти с
1 а
° (-)24 , , ° _ ''
i ¢й а %ii w ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
1 (48)
Т (42) j~ (44) F2
~о' ( зА) (50)
оz с~ ~а ~ ~ ~
TR г
300VA и
220/110V, ш o ~r
z ° a ~
(1 А) ~3 о: а й г о v иш гj ~~ Q;
( 10 ) (-24) ° и- ~ ~ z'~- ~ кш иа ~~' ~ ~
( 44) 0J оу
О О tetm ~ К ш ~ D оО а' ~шУ ~
~ ~ О й g гш Ci о~ а ~ о~ Zо Zо Zw iш
3мш ~а~ ~ 3
(+) (-) а а го а и ~ о ит ит ип 03 т г В
TO MULTI MONROR
(DC24V)
(43) f3 (43А) `
1А ~
В ~1
R,,
~_ _~
вЕг
(43С)
(43В)
(44) F4 ~~)
1А
~.,
0
v ~"
~~
© DESCRIPTION DATE BY CHECI
р ~ ~о o~ .os .» G•~. ~c ~
~ SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1 /2)
~ ~~ SCALE DWG . N0.
и SAMGONG (GBC-I-TR) NONE SPGBC7~
~ ~у

. i1e name TC—28 Purifier model ~~ . _ i0G With Т/R
~ са 1 е None Control system GBC
N0.1(N0 .2) MAIN ~.0 AUTO .CONT.PANEL 1N /OUTPUT MODULE
~ • иотЕ
г FEED — FEEDING
~ LM BLOCK — LEAKAGE ALARM BLOCKING
~ ~
~ J M-SТОР — MOTOR ~ТОР
ТЕМР. ОиТ
М8 (4~20 тА) — TEMPERATURE OUTPUT
WA WC T1 __ 10 S1 ~3 1 1 2 W3 W5 _ ___M_3 M_4 M5
SECOND-AL — PURIFlER ABNORMAL А~ААМ
~1 --1 1~ ~1 1~ 1~
~ (SECOND COMMON ALARM)
_ LEAKAGE ALARM
1 РГ ~~ 1 11 1~ 1 I I 11 ~М (WATER SEAL BROKEN ALARM)
1 1 1 1 о~~ 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 Т(Н ) — HIGH TEMP . А ~ААМ (NC)
1 1 1 1 5Уу21 F 1
1
L -
1
_!_ J
1 1
L
1
-1--- . .J
1 Т(~) — LOW ТЕМР. ALARM(NC)
ТЗ 11 52 54 17 19 М9 ЕМ 'СУ 5ТОР — EMERGENCY STOP
WB WD T2 21 W4 W6
~ _ 0
Z ~ U И
~ г w
a o
~ o ~
~ ~ ~
оиТРит
а 5о ~
_ ~ a: Д
нЕ
° о
Zi ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ в ~~ й ~ ~ ~
и
б
~I о
I г оп ,А
1
~ т т т 4
i 1
Мб
-
7 5 ~6 7 B
i
7
i
8 9 45 46
1
47
-
48
-
А1
- -
52 3 54 55 6 7 58 59 0 1 62 3 64 65 бб 7 68 69 70 71
~
1 1 1 1 1 ~, 1
1 SV 1 SV 1 SV 1 5V ~ 1 1 42 41 1
1 ~ 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 1 1 43 44 1 1
~_
~ 1 1 1 1 (58) То
~~ 11 PB CONTROL
~~ 1J ~ ~ CONSOLE
(58)
MULTI
MONROR Г - l
~---- ~
~~ОМ ЕМ' СУ
~ТОР ВОХ
оз.ов.i~ р, И , ~. ~~
©
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/2) SCALE DWG . N0 . REV.
й ~ сВс— -TR ~
~
SAMGONG NONE SPGBC80

Purifier model S,. )SH

Scale 1/2 Control system FSH
95
EM ' CY STOP
*NOTE
1. Name Plate :Phenolic
РВ 1 С 2. Em~cy Stop Push Button Telemecanique (TYPE :X85—AA44 with COVER)
E2 3. Cable Gland 15 ~ 1
о ~ 4. Box :ACRYLONITRILE
BUTADIENE STYRENE(NON—INFLAMMABLE)
E1 5. Color :Maker Standard (Grey)
6. Enclosure IP 44
TO N0 .1(N0 .2) MAIN L .0 *1 : N0 .1(N0 .2) MAIN L.0 PURIFlER
AUTO . CONT. PANEL * PLACE TH Е EMERGENCY STOP OUTSIDE THE RISK AREA
FOR THE PURIFlER.
о
© DESCRIPTION :
SAMGONG
EM ' CY STOP PUSH BUTTON BOX
DATE
scALE Dwc.
NONE
BY
~-
CHECKED
SPEMCY01
APPROVED
REV.Q
~
сл

TOOLS LIST
SUPPLY
N0 . PARTS NAME MATERIAL Per Ship
801 Dismantling stand Structural steel 1
802 Bowl nut handle Structural steel 1
804 Disc nut handle Structural steel 1
805 Light liquid chamber handle Structural steel 1
807 Disc clamp plate Structural steel 1
808 Cap nut spanner Structural steel 1
809 Jack (3) Carbon steel 1
810 Main seal ring cutter — 1
811 Bolt Chromium molybdenum steel 2
812 Protective plate Structural steel 1
814 Jack (6) Carbon steel pipe 1

с~
с~
O 816 Jack (8) Structural steel 1
и

сл
818 Hook spanner [For SJ10—150E/GH] Carbon steel 1

о
0
E Hook spanner [For SJ50—150E/GH] Carbon steel 1
ш
819 Push bolt Structural steel 1
о_
820 Push bolt (5) Structural steel 2

о
C
0
z
822 Jack (9) [For SJ50—150E/GH] Structural steel 1
823 Handle (1) Structural steel 1

о
Е
0
C N
N O
U
и
/
03 .03.27 jЭ /~/!м►f ~+~' ., . ~~%
© TOOLS LIST scA~E owc . ~o. REV.
SAMGONG NONE SGTL0001
D - 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — ~$
SPARE PARTS LIST SUPPLY

SYMBOL PARTS NAME MATERIAL Work set S aye set
A~WI
107 0 ring NBR 1 1
111 Disc (1) Stainless steel 1 set 2
114 0 ring NBR 1 1
116 0 ring NBR 1 1
117 0 ring NBR 1 1
118 Main seal ring Nylon 1 1
a
Е 130 Valve sheet Nylon 2 2
7
133 Packing Teflon 1 1
С^ FRAM E
211 0 ring NBR 1 1
220 0 ring NBR 1 1
227 0 ring NBR 2 2
г ~~~~
303 0 ring NBR 1 1

311 0 ring NBR 1 1
315 0 ring NBR 2 2
318 0 ring NBR 1 1
323 0 ring NBR 1 1
325 Gasket Fiber 2 2
333 0 ring NBR 1 1
335 0 ring (Foy GH type only) NBR 1 1
VFRTICAI ~ НАЕТ
505 0 ring NBR 2 2
с~
0 511 Ball bearing (1) Bearing steel 1 1
и
517 0 ring NBR 1 1
519 0 ring NBR 1 1
и 529 Bearing (2) Bearing steel 1 1
vшO 708 0 ring NBR 2 2
Е 711 Packing Fiber 1 1
ш̀ 1 1-1(~R17~NTA1 ~ НАЕТ
._ $02 Ball bearing (1) Bearing steel 2 2
о_ 609 Oil seal NBR 1 1
610 0 ring NBR 1 1
621 Friction bock (60~z) Copper—alloy 3 3

© 03 .03 .27 .
/l j~~iy ,~ .4-- " `• C i
SPARE PARTS LIST scA~E owc . No . REV Q
D - 114

CONTROL N0 . HMO217P — ~ ~
SPARE PARTS LIST

SUPPLY
SYMBOL PARTS NAME MATERIAL Work/Set Spare/Set
MOTOR
SOLENOID VALVE
V01 Coil — 1 1
VO2 Diaphragm assem Ы y NBR 1 1
3—WAY SOLENOID VALVE
V51 Pilot valve — 1 1
V56 0 ring NBR 4 4
REDUCING VALVE
V21 Diaphragm assem Ыy NBR 1 1
3—WAY CYLINDER VALVE
07 Valve disc PTFE 2 2
34 0 ring NBR 1 1
ACCESSORY LIST
SUPPLY
"S~I~BOL PARTS NAME MATERIAL Per set
121 Gravity disc Stainless steel 1 set
521 Space~(1) Carbon steel sheet 1 set
999 Box (For Spare paers &tools) Structural steel 1
© SPARE PARTS/ACCESSORY LIST scA~E ~wc . ~o . Ev.

D — 11~

Operation Manual 1
Instruction Precautions for safety
Configuration and structure
Manual of SELFJECTOR
Motor, starter, automatic control panel
Multi-Monitor
SAMGONG-MITSUBISHI
SELFJECTOR
GEN1U.S-SERIES
~~~ SAMGONG CO ., LTD.
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual Operation Manual

1MPORTAN~E
The manual is edited for treating mineral oils

such as for purifying fuel oil or lubricating oil.
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual Operation Manuals

WARNING
The instruction manual is a guidebook for using the automatic discharge type oil
purifier, SAMGONG-MITSUBISHI SELFJECTOR GENIUS SERIES (hereinafter
referred to as SELFJECTOR).
SELFJECTOR is a fast rotating centrifugal machine . Before using it, sufficiently be
versed in details of the manual.
Handle it safely and so as to fully exhibit the function of SELFJECTOR.
The composition of instruction manual for SELFJECTOR is as follows.

The present manual is Part 2 "Operation manual1".
Use each manual according to the particular purpose to sufficiently

understand the information.

~ : Desi g n Engineer OO :Installer ~~ :Engine Engineer ® : Operator

Intended
~ Manual 'Description Reader
a
000®
1 Outline of fitting-out Aboard Information for transportation, handling and storage of the
machine O O
Instructions for installation and dimensions
S stem dia ram and connection dia ram
2 Operation Manual 1 Precautions for safety , ~ ~- -~
Configuration and construction of SELFJECTOR- " ~- ~ "~~
'~ Motor, .st'arter; automatic control panels ~''

•
Multi-Monitor ---
3Operation Manual 2 Precautions for safety
Functions of components ~
Operation setting items and adjustment procedures
How to start and sto
4 Operation Manual 3 Precautions for safety
Function, operation and maintenance information on O
automatic control panel GBC-1 &GSH-1
5 Maintenance Manual Precautions for safety
Disassem~ y and reassem~ y procedures O
Maintenance and inspection procedures
Trou p eshooting and corrective action
NOTE
The Part 4 manuals (Operation Manuals 3) deal with the following types of the automatic control
systems . When you purchase the SELFJECTOR controlled by one of these control systems, the
associated operation manual of Part 4 will be supplied.
Automatic control systems : GBC-1 and GSH-1
Operation Manual
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual

Contents (1 / 3)
1 Precautions in safety 1-1
1 .1 Symbols related to safety 1-1

1 .2 Labels for safety 1-2
1 .3 Safety precautions 1-3
1 .4 Definition of terms 1-5
2 Configuration of oil purifying system 2-1
2 .1 Gear pump 2-2

2 .2 Oil heater 2-2
2 .3 ~-way cylinder valve 2-2
2 .4 Multi- Monitor (MM) 2-2
2 .4 .1 Leakage Monitor Function (LM) 2-2
2 .4 .2 Discharge Detector Function (DD) 2-2
2 .4 .3 Water Detector Function (WD) 2-3
2 .5 Starter 2-3
2 .6 Control panel 2-3
2 .7 Alarm panel 2-3
2 .8 Kinds (specifications) of oil purifying system 2-3
2 .9 Component devices of different versions 2-4
2 .10 Feature of Automatic woes 2-4
3 STRUCTURE of SELFJRCTOR 3-1
3 .1 General 3-1
3 .2 Drive unit 3-1
3 .2 .1 Vertical shaft section 3-1
3 .2 .2 Horizontal shaft section 3-2
3 .2 .3 Brake 3-2
3 .2 .4 Friction clutch 3-2
3 .3 Bowl 3-3
3 .3 .1 Structure of bowl 3-3
3 .3 .2 Discharge mechanism 3-4
3 .4 Water supplying device 3-6
----
3 .5 Ce~~tripetal pump 3-7
3 .6 Purifier operation and clarifier operation 3-8
3 .6 .1 Purifier operation 3-8
3 .6 .2 Clarifier operation 3-9
3 .7 Parallel operation and series operation 3-10
3 .7 .1 Parallel operation 3-11
3 .7 .2 Series operation 3-12

Contents (2 / 3)
4 Motor, starter and control panel : 4-
4 .1 Motor 4-1
4 .1 .1 Precautions in handling 4-1
4 .1 .2 Motor characteristics 4-1
4 .1 .3 Motor structure 4-3
4 .1 .4 Rated current intensity 4-3
4 .2 Starter 4-4
4 .2 .2 Starter structure -- =4
4 .2 .3 Overload relay (thermal relay) 4-4
4 .2 .4 Connection of Starter 4-5
4 .3 Control panel 4-6
4 .3 .2 Detail explanation of Control panel (model GBC-1 and GSH-1) 4-7
'"
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual Operation Manual ' I

Contents (3 / 3)
5 Multi-Monitor 5-1
5 .1 Multi-Monitor 5-1
5 .1 .1 General 5-1
5 .1 .2 Kind of Multi-Monitor 5-2
5 .1 .3 Explanation of internal switches on Multi-Monitor 5 -3
5 .1 .4 Identification and Location of Multi-Monitor Sensors 5-5
5 .1 .5 Routine running 5-5
5 .2 Leakage Monitor Function (LM) 5-6
5 .2 .1 General 5-6
5 .2 .2 Operating principle 5-6
5 .2 .3 Connecting with control panel 5-7
5 .2 .4 LED display 5-8
5 .2 .5 Routine running ~ 5-9
5 .2 .6 Items to adjust 5-9
5 .2 .7 Factory settings (main value) 5-10
5 .3 Discharge Detector Function (DD) 5-11
5 .3 .1 General 5-11
5 .3 .2 Operating principle (Alarm function) 5-11
5 .3 .3 Connecting with control panel 5-11
5 .3 .4 LED displays 5-12
5 .3 .5 Routine running 5-13
5 . 3 6 Items to adjust
~ 5-13
5 .4 Water Detector Function (WD) 5-14
5 .4 .1 General 5-14
5 .4 .2 Pressure sensor type water detector (GSH-1/MM-3) 5-14
5 .4 .3 Electrostatic capacity type water detector (GSH-1/MM-2) 5-18
5 .5 Partial discharge detection function (GSH-1) 5 -19
5 .5 .1 Operating principle 5-19
5 .5 .2 Items to adjust 5-20
5 .6 Display Function 5-21
5 .6 .1 General 5-21
.5 .6 .2_ ~gnfiguration of display 5-21
5 .6 .3 Factory settings 5-23
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual Operation Manual ~

1 Precautions in safety
For correct use, carefully read the "Precautions in safety" beforehand.
Precautions in safety given in the instruction manual are intended for safely and correctly using the
product and avoiding danger or damage to user . Carefully read the precautions and do not operate,
maintain or handle SELFJECTOR before you are fully versed in them.
1 .1 Symbols related to safety

In the manual, precautions are headed by the following marks . Be sure to observe them because they
are important for ensuring the safety.
WARNING : indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not heeded, could result
in death or serious injury.
CAUTION : indicates a hazardous situation which, if not heeded, may result in minor or
moderate injury or damage to the purifier or facilities.
NOTE : indicate precautionary instructions that given contain what must be done
without fail and what should be kept in mind as a guide in operating
SELFJECTOR and doing related work.
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual ~_~ Operation Manual

1 .2 Labels for safety

There are 3 different labels for safety.
The one shown in Pic . 1 is put in the spare part box . After fitting- out aboard, the person in charge of
installation is requested to attach it on an easily visib a place near SELFJECTOR.
Pic . 2, Pic . 3 are factory attached direct on SELFJECTOR . Do not smear them by painting but keep
them visiЫ e at all times.
Safety labels are availa g e any time . Request them as required.
~ А~ТУ INSTRACTIONS
wna'в iис
зпе Ьои1 о1 цС~С 'ПА reи 9res ct мрп speec,ccus~g н ,с J ог ~9 Ф gk411 1Atlkt: д 7); А ~i"irЛ/г 'У (
д•ес1 сc~lri(~ да' 1аи: 1 о пт . Iu insure уоиг пип snle!у, тгп :лс !ваглеаытт . паз,ьхг + г :: ли
hoc Е 1е with оие сш ::оп гг. сре~с1 юп.дlгпопр ~д сгвепЬ'i~ д епгг •а , { р; и{'~ГРН т . 3 к •S:w•11IlAOйы fi.tl
гип 1еппце огд пг1ис1гтi ~п пссогдппсе и ~1 Ь Iме ~4 Т. ~LZ (1; i,,.
'м s1,~clior hocks.lt 's ушг пип д~: у 1 а геос 1'пг
н •вЕис1им books са 'е 1и1' у.
1. Ргс 1пгт cssem Ьiny раг fед' у .

цJ1 С '~т7 has тспу ~о~п: в by игеив .г;иг 1 о 11о р ,у ~j : рч :1 ;( сИ ':1; 4 .1Л,Е 7, у 14 Та '"Г :1
m~fi .mmg гмп11неу сге ;~ дн:епС completely.W'~;г regcrd кмi х;' :р :: Игптиав4~ гц :1:, тЕн ~~ . ыяг
to шсг vorls а5 bows ргоч:дед with ;ме folly mork,oe ~•° НФ %xStsBla tдff'R!1 тУ ¢ т , +Yi1l L2 ~£
е ro conli•т епо 1 moles оге гп са i~ сЮе~се иг ;е each u, rti'ь €', £-+- чсдйд :;.гтпи . 2.г и - яг'•
о1 на.! всгсп" у '~11пе 1п'1у то 'св пгеп' 1 т 1Ье iig~i - сьп ,а цьу3 бт V: ди . а'. . € нм : чинк 'Иэ
р~.осг дпоЬу when Ьои 1 пи1 were ti дн 1 епд, соп 1ос; us еПс . в~ - яг~ э ; г < нпаьавы . хааьиич - е
т вайш суеп1. аКМ ;гг.8ц F? ь ,,
2~1 ар ilamcd~olcly when и ~огпдлп S у :еп 1. 2 . п $111Р Л )3 Ь, А .`-{3 ,~ < ;: ~; д . L z ~` 2 t г ,

1' evicessivc йот 11оп ессшг J птееюне 1у в1 и SLI й.PUN 61гг•А 2 < .- э; з +п . д ,•, Ф1 нп J . Эчсгл ~
trn,1 в1идде д'scnorgeА flет соп 1ытмд ст?1п 1е внпсргу , Ч : 9 чнпеьт «? и . 1 . ? тСгып=.4::4 н 6 ссн +
procccG 1 о дгг.топп ~ д ,дсюг 1пд т гпвоепгоп. !f~ с гх, 5 . Нк • :А 16• с~ М tii о г Еаг ~,
3. А 11 ег сu~lirmiвy сопого 1е siup. loosen. 1he pints. 3, ,_.°_<;1?rtLr. :.t~ Иa н, т 3,'SY,Rtl3l ; » т ~ ди ,

А 11ег сапФ ~ппд lhcl Ие bow, стiр~.е1 е :фу slop?ед ëk ЧлilkD' 4с А L~1: : ннН :~ гг. ; аг1,°,t
йпд,1оо еп 1ме poi is мд дгвпоппеОп Iпе п 1не 6 е,, »&tw~ т ~ аи . p;. ~кслт. ^ и Wf! .kt9t•
мСпд ,и^C1hf5 ог пон 'СЮ 'И :~оп hG5 5lорсСд со ^.?1 С ;с~у :г , вгт . 7 смк~вьв 1 сз;=ю}) кидАг~ и ~„
сп Ье пт 'гi теС п 1 ;he десг рипр onJ hu•'vante' s~a11 TSS..", Тн нЭ .
сеппесСоп(soleiy р~о 1), о ~ Ие гпо 1а 1 оп .
4.11опд1 с penis согс 111у. а . 06, o :3ji .~.LZ6yW? Т ~2 и ,

As ц~ г; ЕСТ0 А is о рпегпlоп тпсЬ 'те,1 п'м т¢ cculio^s Н ,ь » г 9 чИ 1А [А!} тг Фт, зг ~8 игИ~дйМ~
in hondFnq и1 ои parts to оЮ~д ~гg исССгосдону псис~ € о ь 1г, Мыи :: "1ч t а '.~,1дг.;гвт ~ы г вгш.
heo ; 5~[J:CTOa cowl боду,нои1 haaa а over bow' Oorls Е32'+3')) t8k тp, ~f.~n . left? ~, ttlM; ;c»tlz гг :~,
wiln пепги 1гипе.Апд пме • сспу out ппу теЮпд и o,ks
o^ оси. ссгнв .
5 .1 сие стд tiоп еусИ sl соггов '.оп опд е 'oslan.
Per'.адкп у снеп 1т спппде ,1' п^.у,сие 1п спггсгдп 'дк1г '.: :ь Ег: 1ьр :: аьИ4::: ~г , тмшЬг ~?'. ~ . tl Э~
o uos~un .1' ~^. саии ~., сап 1ос 1 us ог ае sc•йсе сде^.1. 'А .~::с ~,~ тд , ~7;fi гьм.- г' дК :1?,5 гггЕг: лпь г- нг ,,
69U е1 д . ь . { тт .
(1]Эе 'оr е а ~впог ;1'~nG,oe а •е 1е sи ilcr п "power lo ; ~) Н1г i1 ::11 у'~Э УиIе}' Р 1"j ;~6s7 и ZFtL,,
s :a~to.
(z) шгег Ьетпд ьд .~ а дд' е •еп : гпт те ьаим (77 = Е:1 Е I. г. 4. гу 'й tF.EnVY.i} 1 b28 . Fit
ег'эпо :у р'аппгс ;о Ьс ЬсогеС р 1есве сип ;ис 1 us
т о .• всrvсесдеп1.
(7)~1^ сс I пе bow has been ед-ие;ед п Ьсюпсс,да по ; ( Э )~fig11,~~~1J' еЕЬтЕИг 3, Егх fl- У 42
м~1е• пс ~ де 1 'пе cnmonne~ :s о ' а Ьо w1 ~~ ;^ those ~1 л о тг _+ кмтрэуИАг, .i. НМз^ с i' пп i ~ г 'г г ~,,,
спу u1hсr 5~[1 : СС 1оК гш:п ,п 1пс тп u' Фе вспс тисс
Pic . 1
WARNING
' o
CJ 1~1„ ~ '~1 1. ',
,~1 ~ ь ~": 1~ д : .
Pic . 2
Pic . 3
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual ~ 2 Operation Manual

1 .3 Safety precautions
1 WARNING
The bowl of SELFJECTOR produces a large centrifugal force when it rotates . Wrong handling is very
dangerous . Pay utmost attention according to the manual for operation, disassem~ y, reassemb y,
maintenance, checkup and etc . Use of non-genuine parts might damage SELFJECTOR or impair hur
safety . Be sure to employ genuine parts.
• Perfectly assemb e.
Many points of SELFJECTOR are connected by screws . When assemb ing, make sure tightening ~s--
complete . Running with poor tightening is very dangerous . Doubly make sure of secure tightening
particularly of:
(A) Bowl nut

(B) Disc nut
(C) Cap nut of Vertical shaft
(D) Set bolt of Frame cover
(E) Lock nut (hexagon) of Inlet pipe
Be sure that tally marks of the bowl and other so marked parts are aligned.
If the tally mark is excessively mis-aligned when the Bowl nut is tightened, contact our company or
service agency.
• Immediately stop if vibration is excessive.

Vibration of SELFJECTOR is caused by unbalance, ship oscillation,
SELFJECTOR installation and etc . If the vibration is excessive,
immediately stop SELFJECTOR without discharging sludge.
Then, check for the cause and take necessary corrective action to A .~1
ensure safety before restarting SELFJECTOR.

To be more specific, if the vibration at the point A of Fig . 1-1 exceeds
100 µ m (peak to peak) at rated speed, stop SELFJECTOR.
Even if readings are below 100 µ m, continuous cruising ship vibrations
4-5 times higher than registered when external vibrating forces are small
such as when the main engine is not in operation, could adversely affect
Fig . 1-1
the durability of SELFJECTOR . In such case, stop SELFJECTOF
immediately. Then, check for the cause and take necessary correctivE
action to ensure safety before restarting SELFJECTOR ~ as
describes
above .
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual Operation Manuals ..

13

1 WARNING
• Make sure of complete stoppage before loosening each section.

Make sure the bowl has complete stopped rotating before loosening or disassembling each section.
Whether completely stopped or not can be checked at the motor fan or Gear pump and Horizontal shaft
connecting section (Safety joint).
• Take care in handling the parts.

SELFJECTOR is a precision machine . Handle it attentively away from impact and high temperature.
Particularly never heat the bowl parts (Bowl body, Bowl hood and etc .) by open flame nor weld them.
~ Beware of corrosion and erosion.

Periodically check whether any damage is produced by corrosion or erosion.
For details, contact our company or service agency.
• Others
1. Before disassem Ы ing, turn off the starter.
2. Before treating a treating liquid other than specified initially, contact our company or service
agency.
3. The bowl is factory balanced . Never interchange bowl parts [Disc (1 )] even within the same model.
For ambiguous points in the instruction manual, contact our company or

service agency.

14

1 .4 Definition of terms
Clarifier operation (clarifying operation):
Density (p ) : Mass per unit volume. Operation of separating into 2 phases o~ liquid
and solid or, here, into oil and solids.
Specific gravity (y ) : Ratio of mass to mass of (See "Clarifier operation" .)
water of the same volume . Varies with
Parallel operation:
temperature.
Operation with oil fed proportionally to several
Oil feed rate : Volume per unit time of untreated purifiers arranged in parallel.
liquid upstream the purifier expressed in terms of (See "Parallel operation" .)
L/h or m~/h. --~ ..
Series operation:
Actual capacity : Purifier treating capacity based Operation by several purifiers arranged in series.
on SM Standard (eliminating sludge with 1 .8 of (See "Series operation" .)
specific gravity and 2µm of diameter or more).
(See "Feed rate" above .) Total discharge type
Purifier designed to totally discharge all contained
Feed liquid : Untreated oil to feed to purifier. in the bowl.
Light liquid : Oil treated by purifier or purified oil. Partial discharge type
Purifier designed to partially discharge water and
Heavy liquid : Separated moisture and heavy solids only in the bowl . This type has the total
components in oil or simply "water". discharge function as well.
Sludge : Solids accumulated in bowl in narrow

sense . Mixture of solids, water and oil discharged Abbreviations and units
from bowl in wide sense.
L Liter, Unit of volume.
Interface : Boundary surface between heavy and H Hour(s), Unit of time.
light liquids in bowl. min" ' : Number of revolutions per minute.
Hz Number of frequency.
Purifier operation (purifying operation): (cycles per second)
~ Unit of diameter in mm.
Operation of separating into 3 phases or liquid,
liquid and solid or, here, into oil, water and solids. mm2/S :unit of kinetic viscosity of oil . (= cSt)
(See "Purifier operation" .) ISO Standards esta~ fished by International
Standardization Organization.
VG Indication of viscosity of lubricating oil in
accordance with ISO.
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 1 .5 Operation Manual

2 Configuration of oil purifying system

Fig . 2-1 shows a typical purifying system configuration with the automatic GSH-1 (HIDENS)
specification of SELFJECTOR .
Automatic Electric
Starter Power source
Сопцо1panel ~
~- --r-~---- -- ~
~ = 1--J ~ ~ ~ sva 5
1
~ '~__ - ь -~ - -~ -J L ь =~ ~
-
I
-~
1 1 1 1~ L ~ ~
Р sv~ svz~sv S sv~ ~~

-- с~~[ 4
1 к4 ~ ~~ --) ~ '
а
Т
~
I С~ 7 ,I
ш 10
I~ ~ ~---- ~~ 1
~ ' Ем ~ ~
Е мм --i- ~~
1 ~ J
13
~У ,~ ~'~ ~-
~''~ i
А ~~ ~8 С
L---- -- i ~
L- _ j SAMGONG SUPPLY I I Note) Automatic GBC-1 specifications

W W1 y are not provided with Water Detector (WD)
and solenoid valve (SV9).
F D Also, Discharge Detector (DD) is optional
for these specifications.
Fig . 2-1
1 SELFJECTOR A Dirty oil inlet

2 Gear um B Purified oil outlet
3 Solenoid valves unit for o eratin water C Com ressed air inlet
4 3-wa c tinder valve Feed valve D Slud e &Water outlet
5 3-wa solenoid valve E Water inlet
~ Multi-Monitor F Drain
7 Leaka e Monitor function LM G Circulation
8 Dischar e detector function DD P Pressure au e
9 Water detector function WD ©Com ound au e
10 Oil heater Motor
11 Oil strainer
12 Flow control valve
13 Pressure control valve
.1
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 2 Operation Manual

2 .1 Gear pump
The gear pump feeds feed oil to the purifier . Mounted on the horizontal shaft of the purifier via a safety
joint, it is driven by the motor for the purifier.
The gear pump can be selected to match a particular treating capacity.
Instead of the gear pump, a separate pump may be used.
2.2 Oil heater

Installed midway between the gear pump and oil purifier, the oil heater warms feed oil fed by the gear
pump to an optimum treating temperature . The heater is classified into steam and electrical types . The
steam type is provided with a temperature control valve and the electrical type with a thermostat to
control the temperature.
Before oil is treated by the oil purifier, it must be heated up to a certain temperature according to the
particular oil viscosity and nature.
2 .3 3-way cylinder valve

The 3-way cylinder valve is a pneumatically operated selector valve and feeds feed oil to the purifier.
When starting, stopped or discharging sludge, it is changed to return the oil via the bypass piping to the
tank.
2 .4 Multi- Monitor (MM)

The Multi-Monitor forms an integrated detection system with a Leakage Monitor, a Discharge Detector
and a Water Detector . It has displays to indicate the operational status data of SJ-G series
SELFJECTOR such as flow rate, temperature, pressure and speed . This instrument contains a serial
board (RS485) that enables communication with the control panel.
2 .4 .1 Leakage Monitor Function (LM)

The Leakage Monitor detects a leakage of treated oil from the bowl's sludge outlet or heavy liquid
output by means of a pressure sensor and delivers an alarm signal to the automatic control panel via
the Multi-Monitor . The pressure sensor is located on the light liquid outlet-side bracket of the
SELFJECTOR and normally maintained under a certain level of pressure by means of a pressure
control valve . When a leakage occurs, an ensuing pressure drop is detected by the pressure sensor
and an alarm signal is sent to the automatic control panel.
2 .4 .2 Discharge Detector Function (DD)

The Discharge Detector monitors the horizontal shaft speed by means of a proximity sensor and
determines whether or not sludge discharge has properly taken place by means of an input data
comparison circuit . When abnormal discharge is detected, an alarm signal is issued to the automatic
control panel via the Multi-Monitor . In addition to this alarm output function, the Discharge Detector of
the partial discharge type purifier has a display function to tell whether or not the sludge discharge is
optimal for partial discharge adjustment.
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 2-2 Operation Manual

2 .4 .3 Water Detector Function (WD)

The Water Detector is available in a pressure type and an electrostatic capacity type (option) . The
pressure type is designed to monitor the level of water accumulated in the bowl by means of a pressure
sensor provided in the circulation line that returns some of purified oil to the feed liquid inlet . This way of
water detection is called "G-HIDENS system" to differentiate from the detection system with the
electrostatic capacity type Water Detector . The electrostatic capacity type, which is installed in the
purified oil piping of the purifier, is designed to work on the principle that capacitance (dielectric
constant) rises as oil increases in water content.
When the water content of purified oil exceeds an alarm trigger level, the Water Detector issues an
output signal to the automatic control panel for sludge discharge via the Multi-Monitor.
2 .5 Starter
The purifier is started by the starter . It is stopped by a signal from the control panel when an automatic
stop alarm has been generated.
2 .6 Control panel
The control panel automatically controls the cycle of purifying the feed liquid by purifier and discharging
the sludge . Upon receipt of output signals from various detectors via the Multi-Monitor, the control
panel stops the oil feed, then the purifier after sludge is discharged.
2 .7 Alarm panel
The alarm panel changes over the 3-way cylinder valve through switching . When aMulti-Monitor
output signal is received during running, the feeding is stopped.
2 .8 Kinds (specifications) of oil purifying system

The purifying system including the oil purifier comes in 4 different types including automatic and manual
types.
~u~oma~ic ~ es
GBC-1
(Total discharge type /Automatic control panel with CPU controller panel / 1 unit)
GSH-1
(HIDENS SYSTEM configuration /Total and Partial discharge /Automatic control panel
with CPU controller panel / 1 unit)
Manual t es
GAP-11 Manual discharge 1 Alarm panel provided
Manual Manual discharge /Alarm panel not provided
.3

2 .9 Component devices of different versions

Component devices of automatic and manual types are as follows.
GBC-1 GSH-1 GAP-11 Manual
SJ :Control anel 1 :1 1 :1 1 :0 1 :0
Control panel CPU O O
Alarm anel O
Operating water Automatic O O
solenoid valve unit Manual O O
Feed valve • 3-way solenoid valve O O O
Leaka a Monitor LM O O O
Dischar e Detector DD D O
Water Detector WD O
NOTE :Options are marked(0)
2 .10 Feature of Automatic types

The feature in which the different automatic types shown below.
SELFJECTOR are given different suffix of machine each Automatic type . However the machine
structure are same.
Automatic Feature Suffix of

Machine type
T es
GBC-1 Provided with a 3-way solenoid valve unit for total discharge . G
The stud a dischar a rocess makes a total dischar e.
GSH-1 Provided with a 3-way solenoid valve unit for both total GH
discharge and partial discharge.
The sludge discharge process makes a total discharge,
whereas water is discharged in a partial discharge.
In some cases, water is discharged in a total discharge with
sludge, depending on water detection time.
For detailed information on the HIDENS system operation,
refer to Section 3 .6 .2 Clarifier operation and the separate
"O eration Manual 3" .
2-4

3 STRUCTURE of SELFJRCTOR
3 .1 General
Fig . 3-1 outlines the structure of SELFJECTOR.
Trap
Bow1
The power is transmitted from the motor through the
friction clutch to the horizontal shaft and is further Vertical
increased in speed and transmitted to the vertical shaft shaft
through the spiral gear mounted on the horizontal shaft Frame
and pinion on the vertical shaft.
The vertical shaft is supported by upper and lower Motor
bearings.
The bowl mounted on the top of the vertical shaft rotates at
the speed of the vertical shaft.
To supply feed liquid to SELFJECTOR, the suction pump `Gear pump
(gear pump) is connected to the horizontal shaft through Horizontal shaft
Friction
the safety joint . To deliver light liquid, the centripetal clutch Spiral gear
pump (impeller) is built in the top of bowl.
In addition, heavy liquid is forced out by a similar Fig . 3-1
centripetal pump.
3 .2 Drive unit
3 .2 .1 Vertical shaft section
;al shaft
The revolution speed of the horizontal shaft is increased by
the vertical shaft pinion gear and the vertical shaft rotates the pper bearing parts
bowl mounted on its top . The vertical shaft and bowl are Flat spring
supported by upper springs and leaf springs radially
Upper spring
incorporated at 6 points on the upper bearing section and
lower springs in the lower bearing section so that they can
stably rotate .
~ еаг
wer bearing parts
Lower spring
Fig . 3-2
3-1 Operation Manual


3 .2 .2 Horizontal shaft section Spiral gear

Between the motor and horizontal shaft, the
Friction clutch Gear pump
friction clutch is provided.
Safety joint
The horizontal shaft is supported by 2 ball
bearings built in the bearing housing (3) and
bearing housing (4) . Between them, the spiral
gear is mounted . The bearing housings (3) and
(4) are provided with oil seals to avoid gear oil
leakage.
The horizontal shaft is directly coupled with the Oil seal
gear pump by the safety joint. Oil seal ~— ` \Bearing housing (3)
Bearing housing (4) ~C
-- ~ -
Fig . 3-3
3 .2 .3 Brake
By springs, the brake linings are pressed against the outer surface Brake lining
of friction pulley to perform braking.

~ Friction pulley
Use the brake only when quick stop is absolutely required in
emergency, for repair or checkup . For normal stoppage and not in Horizontal shaft
emergency, refrain from braking and allow the rotation to stop
OFF
coasting .
Fig . 3-4
3 .2 .4 Friction clutch
A friction clutch is used for gentle starting and acceleration, thereby
preventing the motor from being overloaded. Friction pulley
The motor shaft has a friction boss provided with a friction clutch and
the horizontal shaft has a friction pulley . Alter starting, the motor Friction boss
instantly turns at critical speed, the friction clutch lining is pressed
against the internal surface of the friction pulley via centrifugal force and
the power is transmitted to the friction pulley (horizontal shaft side) as
the friction pulley and lining slip with each other. _.
~~~ ~ ~s
Normally, the bowl of small-size SELFJECTOR (SJ10G - SJ~OG)
reaches its rated speed of rotation in less than 5 minutes, and
Friction clutch
middle-size SELFJECTOR (SJ50G - SJ70G) and large-size
SELFJECTOR(SJ100G - SJ150G) in less than 10 minutes
' Fig . 3-5

3 .3 Bowl
3 .3 .1 Structure of bowl
The bowl vessel mainly consists of body, hood and nut . The bowl incorporates separation chamber
composed of disc (1) and top disc and distributor, which distributes feed liquid from the bowl inlet to the
separation chamber uniformly.
There is a main cylinder, which slides vertically by water pressure to discharge sludge separated and
accumulated on the inner wall of bowl during operation.
At 2 points on the outer periphery of bowl, there are pilot valve assemblies for controlling the main
cylinder slide.
When feed liquid introduced through the feed liquid inlet through the distributor to the separation
chamber passes through the gap between discs (1), solids and water are separated and purified oil is
continually delivered outside by the centripetal pump (light liquid impeller) located on the top of bowl.
Separated water is continuously discharged outside through the heavy liquid impeller.
Gravity disc
For purifier operation, the interface for separating light liquid aid heavy liquid in the bowl must be held
to within a certain range . On SELFJECTOR, gravity discs with different inner diameters are used
according to the gravity of oil to be treated, thereby changing the interface position.
Select an optimum gravity disc according to "Gravity disc selecting procedure" in Operation manual 2.
X :For the HIDENS specification, being for clarifier operation, requires no change of gravity discs.
Dirty oil inlet
t~ Purified oil outlet

Separated water outlet
Gravity disc '~
1 Heavy liquid chamber
Distributor -
Lightliquid chamber
Disc (1)
Bowl hood
i
Top disc / /~i Bowl nut
({ I'~ /Bowl body
r ~~~ ~ t ~~~ ~ ~ ~~ --► Sludge
~`~~ ~-J ~ ti'-`' ~--' Main cylinder
Pilot /
valve
Assembly
v
I _ ~/
~ `--f— ~
-'-- ~` Waley supplying device
Fig . 3-6
.3
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 3 Operation Ma~ual~

3 .3 .2 Discharge mechanism
Total discharge is as follows.
Main seal ring

Main cylinder i Purifying operation process
A centrifugal force acting on the pilot valve seals the
valve seat and the water pressure chamber for closing
bowl is filled with operating water . The operating water
pressure pushes up the main cylinder to seal the main
seal ring for purifying operation . __
Operating water for closing bowl is intermittently
introduced into the bowl closing water pressure chamber
for a given period of time during purifier operation . In the
water pressure chamber, the centrifugally generated
Valve sheet
pressure of water that turns with the bowl is balanced with
the supplied water pressure told the water surface at a
Water pressure chamber
for closing bowl
certain level.
Fig . 3-7
ii Opening bowl process

Operating water for opening bowl is fed for a certain time to
%% the water pressure chamber for opening bowl . It partly

goes out through the drain nozzle . More operating water
for opening bowl is supplied and fills up the water pressure
chamber for opening bowl . As its pressure slides the pilot
valve toward the shaft center, the seal of valve seat breaks
Water pressure chamber and operating water for closing bowl flows out from the
for opening bawl
bowl.
Operating water for
opening Bowl
Fig . 3-8


i~ Sludge discharging process

When operating water for closing bowl goes out, there is
no more force of pushing up the main cylinder that, then,
is pushed down by the pressure in the bowl . The seal of
main seal ring breaks and sludge is instantly discharged
outside the bowl.
Operating water for

opening bowl
Fig . 3-9
iv Closing bowl process

After the sludge discharge, operating water for closing
bowl is fed to the water pressure chamber for closing
bowl and, when it is filled up, the main cylinder is pushed
up to seal the main seal ring.
_. _ _ Operating water for

closing bowl
Fig . 3-10
NOTE
In fhe ~lDENS system specification, partial discharge Is effected fo lef out water accumulated in
the bowl, which Is basically the same as the total discharge mode, except that the main cylinder
opening duration is shorter.

3 .4 Water supplying device

The water supplying device is provided under the bowl to supply operating water for controlling the
discharge of sludge from the bowl to each water pressurë chamber (for opening bowl, for closing bowl).
Operating water for opening bowl is fed from section A in

Fig . 3-11 and enters the water pressure chamber for opening bowl.
Operating water for closing bowl is fed from section B and enters the water pressure chamber for
closing bowl.
Operating water for closing bowl is intermittently fed for a certain time during the purifying running.
Because operating water in the water pressure chamber for closing bowl rotates together with the bpwl,
the pressure generated its centrifugal force and the pressure of operating water for closing bowl balance
aid the water level stabilizes at a certain position.
NOTE
• Operating water for closing bowl :Water for pushing up the males cylinder and closing
the sludge outlet.
• Operating water for opening bowl Water for lowering the main cylinder and
Water pressure
chamber for closing bowl
Water supplying device
Water pressure
chamber for opening bowl
1 Bowl
Vertical
shaft
~~ ~A
Fig . 3-11
3-~ Operation Manual


3 .5 Centripetal pump
Two spiral impellers are built in the bowl top to force out light and heavy liquids from the machine . The
impeller consists of a disc of a certain thickness provided in its interior with spiral grooves . It is dipped in
oil that rotates together with the bowl and oil is let out according to the grooves resorting to its own
rotation .
Fig . 3-12


3 .6 Purifier operation and clarifier operation

3 .6 .1 Purifier operation
The purifier operation refers to a separation into 3 phases or oil, water and sludge . It is most
commonly employed.
1. The high limit of specific gravity of oil to treat is 0 .991 (at 15°C) practically.
2. For normal operation, the interface must be set to within a specified range by changing the
diameter of gravity disc.
3. Before introducing oil, water sealing is required so that oil fill not flow out through the heavy liquid
outlet.
4. The purifier has a heavy liquid outlet for continually discharging separated water.
Fig . 3-13 is the cross sectional view of the bowl of SELFJECTOR (SJ-G series) under purifier operation.
Feed liquid is introduced from the feed liquid inlet into the separation zone by way of the distributor.
While separated heavy liquid (water) and solids go to the outer periphery of the bowl, light liquid moves
inside through between the discs and is forced out by the light liquid impeller . Heavy liquid passes
outside the top disc and flows over the gravity disc to be discharged by the heavy liquid impeller.
r Sealing water inlet
♦ Feed liquid(dirty oil) inlet

Light liquid purified oil) outlet
I Heavy liquid water) outlet
_f ~— Heavy liquid chamber
Gravity disc— ~----~ ~\l~ Light liquid chamber

~ : ~ ;~ - -1
Distributor ` г ~ '~` Disc
~ ~~ Top disc
[nte~face~ j ~ ~~ ;~~.,t~
~,-{\ ~ / "''' -~~Г y Di scharge hole
1 ~ ,c 1
i
tib-
-- - -
- f - . ~,~
Fig . 3-13


3 .6.2 Clarifier operation

The clarifier operation refers to a separation into 2 phases o~ oil and (water +sludge).
1. If the specific gravity of oil to be treated exceeds 0 .991 (at 15 °C) ,clarifier operation with the G-
HIDENS series machine is recommended.
2. The G-HIDENS series machines ensure stable clarifier operation for fuel oils up to 1 .01 (at 15°C) in
gravity.
3. Irrespective of gravity, the G-HIDENS series machines accept oils for treatment without adjustment
with the gravity disc.
4. The G-HIDENS series machines require no water sealing.
5. In the setup for clarifier operation, there is no heavy liquid outlet for letting separated water out of
the machine so that separated water cannot be continuously discharged.
The G- HIDENS system is designed to detect the accumulation of separated water at a predetermined
level by means of a presser sensor installed in the circulation line and discharge it out of the bowl . It
combines the feature of the clarifier which is leakage-free operation and that of the purifier which is the
capability of water separation.
Fig . 3-14 shows the cross sectional view of the bowl of a typical G-HIDENS system SELFJECTOR
(SJ-GH series) in clarifier operation.
While separated heavy liquid (water) and solids go to the outer periphery in the bowl, light liquid moves
inside through between the discs and is discharged by means of the light liquid impeller . Some of light
liquid passes outside the top disc and is returned to the feed liquid port via circulation line by means of
the heavy liquid impeller . To make this take place, pressure (0 .1 MPa) is built in the circulation line
through back pressure valve . Upon arrival of accumulated water in the bowl at the top disc outside level,
the circulation of light liquid is stopped with an ensuing drop in circulation line pressure . This pressure
drop (the sign of maximum water accumulation in the bowl) is detected by a pressure sensor, a sensor
output is transmitted to the Multi-Monitor and accumulated water is released from the bowl as a result.
While water is normally discharged in the partial discharge mode, total discharge with sludge can take
place, depending on the time spent for water detection.
;. Г.
Back pressu'r ыа 1иг.

ОЕи •п 01
П пвс ~_t
~ ~ ~ Fcrd liquid( д f г 1 и ui U гп 1сг
п о г
Light lfquid (puri(icd и i U иш 1ct а

` _ _ ~-
°- ~i
tp
Нгас} 1i уи i д ЪиЬгг
г '~ и i гг мп
•
f г ~ J¢ .~ ,~~
_ ~~г ~ 1 ~\`~~, - Li~h~ 1i ~ i1 1 а iегхг
с ~.~1 и 1 i ~ ^l
й ni,~
Separated water arrives
1н ьп i гю i иг ~% ~~~ Тир д1м ac top disc outside level
-
i ~,
~ . ~~~ ~~ \
Discharge
~ ~= hole
{
~ Е, –
~
~~ ,~~ г~~
f i
~ О. ,_%,~ ~г ~ ~ и~~ ' __

~ ~
ZЭ
-, ~.
~1~J' J .
Fig . 3-14
3_g
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual Operation Manual "I

3.6.2 Clarifier operation

The clarifier operation refers to a separation into 2 phases or oil and (water +sludge).
1. If the specific gravity of oil to be treated exceeds 0 .991 (at 15 °C) ,clarifier operation with the G-
HIDENS series machine is recommended.
2. The G-HIDENS series machines ensure staff a clarifier operation for fuel oils up to 1 . 01 (at 15°C) in
gravity.
3. Irrespective of gravity, the G-HIDENS series machines accept oils for treatment without adjustment
with the gravity disc.
4. The G-HIDENS series machines require no water sealing.
5. In the setup for clarifier operation, there is no heavy liquid outlet for letting separated water out of
the machine so that separated water cannot be continuously discharged.
The G-HIDENS system is designed to detect the accumulation of separated water at a predetermined
level by means of a presser sensor installed in the circulation line and discharge it out of the bowl . It
combines the feature of the clarifier which is leakage-free operation and that of the purifier which is the
capability of water separation.
Fig . 3-14 shows the cross sectional view of the bowl of a typical G-HIDENS system SELFJECTOR
(SJ-GH series) in clarifier operation.
While separated heavy liquid (water) and solids go to the outer periphery in the bowl, light liquid moves
inside through between the discs and is discharged by means of the light liquid impeller . Some of light
liquid passes outside the top disc and is returned to the feed liquid port via circulation line by means of
the heavy liquid impeller . To make this take place, pressure (0 .1 MPa) is built in the circulation line
through back pressure valve . Upon arrival of accumulated water in the bowl at the top disc outside level,
the circulation of light liquid is stopped with an ensuing drop in circulation line pressure . This pressure
drop (the sign of maximum water accumulation in the bowl) is detected by a pressure sensor, a sensor
output is transmitted to the Multi-Monitor and accumulated water is released from the bowl as a result.
While water is normally discharged in the partial discharge mode, total discharge with sludge can take
place, depending on the time spent for water detection.
pressure ~и 1~с
Ор1п /п
Еегд liquid(di1-ty ui 1) inlet
Light liquid(puri fled ni 1) ои [ let
Z
ip
~ , ` `t Нгаг ~-
пГе1~I1fе 1l`11~о Г
~ liquid ~haiн Lcr
_~, ~
`'~j'~— -Light liquid ihaт bar
(' `1
С 1~~1)~ Лги '--
4~ ~ера
п 1sll iLulur f, `, Тор di>,
.1/. ~ ,- аГ i0~
Г,''
— ~~
~--
'`,~ \
Discharge
~' hole
~~Г
1~~ ' —.
"`-' ~)
Fig . 3-14
3-g

3 .7 Parallel operation and series operation
So long as the feed rate is within the actual capacity, 1 stage of purification suffices basically.
When, however, treating oil for which catalyst mixture, excessive sludge, etc . are expected, raising the
purifying effect is required utilizing spare machine(s).
In this case, the purifiers are subjected to either:

• Parallel (parallel purifying) operation
• Series (series purifying) operation.
When operating several machines as shown above, the parallel operation is preferable to, for its better
separating effect than, the series operation . -- --


3 .7 .1 Parallel operation
For parallel operation, 2 or more SELFJECTORs are arranged in parallel.

Fig . 3-15 exemplifies piping for parallel operation.
NOTE
In the case of parallel operation with two units of SELFJECTOR, the two machines share oil feed
to the whole system half and half between them . Select the sizes of piping, with flow velocity
and pipe resistance taken into account, so that pipes one size larger in bore diameter are used
upstream of the inlet line branching point and downstream of the return and outlet line meeting
point, for example.
вн
Feed liquid
Peed li
Feed liquid t
Fig . 3-15


3 .7 .2 Series operation
1 сАит iои
In case of a series operation by 2 SELFJECTORs, detach the gear pump furnished with the
latter stage SELFJECTOR from the safety joint because it is not used.
Do not use the oil heater for the latter stage.
For a series operation, the former stage is for purifier operation and the latter stage is for clarifier
operation usually.
• In case of a series operation by 2 machines, a general practice is purifier operation for the former
stage and clarifier operation for the latter stage . -
• The feed rate must be the same as for a single operation.
Fig . 3-16 exemplifies piping for a series operation.
NOTE
In the series operation, when the first- stage SELFJECTOR enters into the discharge process, oil
feed to the second- stage SELFJECTOR does not take place (as is the case with stop by an alarm
signal) in the meantime . The second-stage SELFJECTOR, therefore, requires an interlock
system to prevent the Multi - Monitor from issuing a false Leak Monitor output signal. (For general
description and working principle of fhe Leak Monitor, refer to Section 6.2 .)
Feed liquid tai Purified oil outlet
Feed liq
Feed liquid tank
Fig . 3-16


4 Motor, starter and control panel
4 .1 Motor
The following concerns specifications of class F insulated three-phase squirrel cage type induction
motor.
4 .1 .1 Precautions in handling
сАитiо N:
• Operation in explosive atmosphere is not allowed. Otherwise, injury, fire,
etc. might be caused.
• Turn off power before operation . Otherwise, electric shock, etc. might
occur.
• Connect the power cable according to the connection diagram.
• Do not force to bend or pull the power cam a or leads.
• Do not introduce fingers or objects into openings of the motor.
• - While running, do not touch the motor which may be considerably hot.
4 .1 .2 Motor characteristics
4 .1 .2 .1 Starting characteristics
The motor power is transmitted via the friction clutch to the horizontal shaft so as to mitigate the starting
load . When the motor is started, it immediately reaches near the rated speed, gradually accelerating
the bowl via friction clutch . During this while, the rated motor power is exceeded and, therefore, a
motor enduring an overload is used as given in Tab e 4 -1.
ТаЫе 4 -1
Overload Duration
25% overload 30 min
50% ~~ 15 /~
75% ~~ 5 ~~
100% ~~ 1 ~~
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 4- ~ Operation Manual

4 .1 .2 .2 Starting characteristics curves

Fig . 4-1 exemplifies starting characteristics curves.
~ -~ ~
д- ~~
х~ '—'
w ~
(min - 1) (А)
Characteristic curve ati start -ир
8000---40 S150G(7 .5KW 4Р 440V 60Hz)
7000---35 Revolution speed of bowl
6000---30
5000---25
4000---20
3000---15 Rated electric current(12 .7 А )

~ ~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~ М ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Е 1 ес ric current
2000---10
w i~
о ~~ ~ о ~ ion —j~ ~~
Revo 1ut
1000----5 ~ ~~~ speed of motor—jо й ~

~ v
~ ~ ~ N й са
0 5 10 15 20 Time (min)
—~
Fig . 4- 1

4 .1 .2 .3 Output and speed of revolution

If the speed of revolution drops, the treating capacity of SELFJECTOR lowers . If the speed is higher
than rated, the safety is compromised . Table 4 -2 gives motor output and speed for different models.
Тан 1 в 4 -2
Designation *1 Rated out ut (kW Poles Rotation speed (min"~)
G GH 50Hz 60Hz
SJ10G / GH 3 .7 5 .5
SJ20G / GH
5 .5 7 .5
SJ30G / GH
SJ50G / GH 7 .5
Approx. Approx.
SJ60G / GH 11 4
11 1500 1800
SJ70G / GH
SJ100G / GH
15
SJ120G / GH 18 .5
SJ150G / GH 18 .5
NOTE1 : G type is standard machine, GH type is G-HIDENS machine.
4 .1 .2 .4 Other specifications of motor

• Continuous rating
• Insulation : Class F
• Ambient temperature : 50°C max.
• Alloway a voltage fluctuation : 10% of rated voltage
4.1 .3 Motor structure vew of Load Side

Counter Load Side Load Side D1Г0C~ Of RO~aiIO~
4.1 .3 .1 Type
Flange-mounted horizontal shaft totally enclosed fan-cooled 1 i
type (indoor type)
Turning direction : Counterclockwise as viewed of load (CCW) _~_ _
4 .1 .3 .2 Structure of wire lead-in

When used on ships, the structure must conform to JIS F8801
"Maririë watertight cad a glands (for box)" (water-proof glands) . Fig . 4-2
4 .1 .4 Rated current intensity

Tab e 4 -3 gives rated current intensities of standard motors in case of 60~~.
ТаЫе 4 -3 (Unit : А)
Ratin 3 .7kW 5 .5kW 7 .5kW 11 kW 15kW 18 .5kW
Voltage 440V 6 .48 9 .25 12 .7 18 .5 25 .0 31 .0

220V 12 .9 18 .5 25 .3 37 .0 49 .0 61 .0
.3
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 4 Operation Manual ~

4 .2 Starter
On the starter panel, there are "push-button" for starting the purifier motor, "indicator lamp" and
"ammeter" . It incorporates "overload relay (thermal relays".
сдитiои
• Do not put combusti~ a things nearby. Otherwise, a fire might occur.
• Before proceeding to wiring, make sure power is turned off.
• Only a specialized electrician is allowed to conduct wiring.
• Using grounding terminals in the starter panel and out, ground the starter
to the hull to make it electrically effective . (Be sure to ground.)
• Make sure the rated voltage and frequency of the starter panel match the
'i source voltage and frequency.
4 .2 .2 Starter structure
• Made of steel sheet, drip-proof, wall-mounted type
• External wire introduction : Gland
4 .2.3 Overload relay (thermal relay)

• Resetting : Manual
• Operation characteristics :Time limit characteristics
• Current setting :See Tam e 4 -3
-®, - -
т }9
__~-I
- _ __ __- -
__ __ Ф
.L
.~~
~О Г
,Q
1'
! _у_ ~ i` !r~ s - -
Fig . 4-3
.4

4 .2 .4 Connection of Starter
Reference to Fig . 4-4 (Internal connection in the SELFJECTOR 's starter at AC440V .)
мссы аа -1. ;~
R o —b ~~o - - -- — ~--- -- ~ `5, ~ -0 u
rowf~ su~i~i- r ~ ~ ~___
(5 А) ~ (5А )
(30) (3 ~~)~
(391
^м~ Тг ~~0/ 270/1, OV, c00VA (33)
F 3 (3~)
89
Г—4
(3А)
3-88
— д~О
(36) 5,
- Ь- цв -~и ¢ мв ~~
--а .
РЭ 1
-
~'' ~
-__ ._J
'.9i
19 (a7)
I
--- _ . V _ —_~
вы (~)^
сд т0 Си 5 ТОмС 4'~
Т
OCLOW ПV МС = а CIRCUIT IS ПаРИ . Д TC
ОVСа "~. 1Kw МО i0 :а .( АС 220V ~ AC22UV)
СО NТа 01 СО ~~~ О ', Г
(V С ~ Оа RU\) г
D—~`)
А
аа
(s)„ мн 1 ~Z
TО Аит 0 . СОИТа 0~ ЕАN Е . ¢ ~
(м0-0А RU~~)
о (6) Ч 12
88Х ,,,
м ~
°~ Al 10 С J9 мЕч ' ~ .2
сС N1? .0 ; ^.ON5C1C
М,~с 7иА . ) -о питомп~ СО ~Т 40 . 'ПП =I ОЗ П'- Пт V РП~\~-
( A? П7 ( иФ а (rv cns_ с i мпиик_ с ~_ ат iС ~ сошСспоп 'ь
voi ~нпич : ~ .)
Fig . 4-4
NOTE : 1) Terminal No . PR and PC are connected fo customer's control console.

2) Terminal No . M11,M12,M1,M5,A1 and A2 are connected to control panel or alarm
panel . (In case of manual type, Not need connection .)

4 .3 Control panel
The control panel repeatedly and automatically performs SELFJECTOR operating steps shown in Table
4 -4.
It also receives alarm signals from detectors and, after due processing according to particular alarms,
stops the purifier.
The control panel comes in different types given in Tab e 4 -4.
Close bowl
Sealing water
Alarm
Purifying operation To stop the purifier
Replacement water
Discharge sludge ТаЫе 4 -4
Control e
GBC-1 CPU For 1 purifier
Fig . 4-5
CPU For 1 purifier

HIDENS configuration
GSH-1
(total and partial
dischar e
сАитiоги
• Do not put combustibe things nearby . Otherwise, a fire might occur.
• Before proceeding to wiring, make sure power is turned off.
• Only a specialized electrician is allowed to conduct wiring.
~~ • Connect the ground terminal of the control panel to an electrically effective
point o~ the hull . (Perform grounding .)
• Make sure the rated voltage and frequency of the control panel match the
source voltage and frequency.
.6

4 .3 .2 Detail explanation of control panel (model GBC-1 and GSH-1)

Detail explanation of the automatic panel are described on Operation Manual 3.

5 Multi - Monitor
5 .1 Multi - Monitor
5 .1 .1 General
The Multi-Monitor forms an integrated detection system with various detectors and data displays.
• LED display functions (Flow rate, Temperature, Pressure, Revolution number)
• Leakage Monitor function (LM)
• Discharge Detector function (DD)
• Water Detector function (WD)
Yellow LED Green LED Red LED

Blinking or turn - on Blinking when Turn on when
when light liquid normal revolution abnormal revolution
outlet press. is normal
1 Indicate flow rate ~
Indicate treating temp. Revolution signal

,~~
(proximity switch)
Indicate light liquid o---
outlet ress.
Oil inlet press. signal
Indicate Heavy liquid
outlet ress. (press. sensor)
Indicate horizontal shaft

revolution number Temp. signal
(temp . sensor)
Automatic control panel
GBC-1, GSH-1 Oil outlet press. signal
(press . sensor)
OГ
Alarm panel s . si nail Circulation line press. signal

GAP-11 water signal) (press. sensor)
(for GSH-1)
Fig . 5-1 Block Diagram of Multi-Monitor

5 .1 .2 Kind of Multi-Monitor
The Multi-Monitor is availa~ a in three types (refer to Tab a 5-1) for selection according to the type of
automatic system .
ТаЫе 5-1
Functions MM- 1 MM-2 MM-3

Applied automatic control device GBC-1 GBC - 1 GSH-1
Alarm anel :GAP-11 with DD
Leaks a Monitor Function LM O O O
Indication of inlet tem erature O O O
Indication of flow rate O O O
Indication of outlet reesure O O O
Dischar a Detector Function DD — O O
Indication of revolution number — O O
Water Detector Function WD — — O
Communication RS485 — O O
Trouble display LED (red)
Rotation display LED (green)

Pressure adjustment LED (yellow)
~ MITSUBISHI KAKOKI KAISHA, LTD, .~ MITSUBISHI КАК()KI KAISHA,LTD,

Ог iиг ~ пь > о гг~г игм >
ОТоРiо
q
~ О ер~ г°s~
iо и е~
ги. О ~. а .~~ г ~ sv. О ~ гуя .г~~
О ме. . o-i ю
о ~.
О илг г: п г « ро ~
О
о Е~гы
Fig . 5-2 Sketch Drawing of MM -1 Fig . 5-3 Sketch Drawing of MM - 2, MM-3

5 .1 .3 Explanation of internal switches on Multi-Monitor

Fig . 5-4 shows an internal view of the Multi-Monitor.
11 О ® О
оо о 1~ о ~ О
О
~~
q®w 4~~41~~ o
оо оо
`qи w ~® ~ ~
~бб 8 b6 8 lqи T1 ® fll ~
O
оо
19 \
О
О о
~
а аа О
О
a° °
0 0
DDD ОСзОФСзСз ~ о~~ oN
15 16 17 18 19 20 212 2 24
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 1 21314
о0
oN ои
~ O
о~ ®
OFF
~
OFF О ~о
Fig . 5-4 Internal Drawing of Multi-Monitor (MM-2, MM-3)
NOTE
In case of the Multi-Monitor-1 (MM-1 ),switches from number 3 to 12 and 22 are not attached to the
Multi-Monitor . The terminal dock (No .23) consists of the board number 1 to 17.
.3

Tam a 5-2 Designation of Internal Switches on Multi-Monitor
No . Designation No . Designation
1 Power switch 13 Temperature indication adjustment VR
2 LM alarm output switch 14 Flow rate indication adjustment VR
3 DD alarm output switch 15 Function setting switch

SW1 : Select of setting item
4 Water detection output switch 16 Function setting switch

SW2 : Forward item
5 Temperature alarm output switch 17 Function setting switch

SW3 : Backward item
6 Rotation output switch 18 Function setting switch

SW4 : Enter
7 1 : 50Hz / 60 Hz selector switch 19 Pressure display lock switch

2 : Partial ON/OFF selector switch
8 Discharge measurement switch 20 Input signal confirmation LED (Green)
9 Datum sensitivity VR 21 Output signal confirmation LED (Red)
10 Center voltage of discharge quantity setting 22 Partial discharge quantity confirmation LED
switch
11 Discharge quantity setting switch 23 Terminal block
12 Water detection selector dial - -

O :No water detection / 1 : Water detection
5-4 Operation Manual ~


5 .1 .4 Identification and Location of Multi - Monitor Sensors

Fig .5-5 shows the identification and location . of the Multi .Monitor sensors.
Pressure Sens
for oil outlet
:sure sensor
hea liquid outlet
Main parts of SH-1~
Multi-Monitor
assure sensor __ ~ --
oil inlet
mperature sensor
Revolution sensor
(proximity switch)
(GSH-1 and Option)
Fig . 5-5 Identification and Location of Multi-Monitor Sensors
5 .1 .5 Routine running
• Turn off power of Multi-Monitor before SELFJECTOR is left unused for a long time.
• After turning on power of Multi-Monitor again, perform at least 10 minutes warm -up so as to stabilize
the internal circuit.
сАитiоги
~ The Multi- Monitor is a precision instrument. Handle it with utmost attention so as not to give
shock, etc.
• Use the Multi- Monitor at ambient temperatures between 0 and 60 °C.
_
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 5-5 Operation Manuals

5 .2 Leakage Monitor Function (LM)

5 .2 .1 General
The Leakage Monitor Function of the Multi - Monitor is a protective
device that detects:
• Leakage of treated oil to feed liquid outlet л ипвивгвнг кпкок i кпгви, ип,
• Leakage of treated oil from bowl's sludge outlet because bowl is о ~ ~~
Bи. Ots~
P~im
'
0~vsnW
not properly closed O Омь,ы
OWxw...a ►и
ОВм
attributable to any reason and notifies it to SELFJECTOR control
panel via the Multi-Monitor to minimize the loss of treated oil .
Multi-Monitor (MM)
5 .2 .2 Operating principle
The pressure sensor installed on the light liquid outlet connecting
piping of SELFJECTOR monitors the pressure at all times and if, for
any reason, the pressure has dropped when the flow has decreased
from a normal rate, deems treated oil is out-flowed and outputs an
Cade gland
error signal . Use of a precision pressure sensor allows to detect a
large leakage flowing to the heavy liquid side as well as a slight Fig . S-6
leakage due to poor bowl opening.
In the normal running, pressure control valve that is arranged on the treated oil outlet piping adjusted so
as to apply a certain pressure . If, on account of accidental leakage of purifier, the pressure has dropped
below an alarm trigger or lower limit level, an alarm is outputted.
whin delay tme~ setting VYithm Hold L' mer setting

(Alan cancel) (Alan cancel) Hold timer ~p Hold timer ~p
Allowable variation Leakage
range ± 15% ;
I
Actual back pressure ~' '

Set back '~
P ressure __ • _ _ _—• ~- - -• —
• •— • •—•
I ~P
` ~ ~ ~~
Alam trigger level ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ Lower limit' ~ ~ ~~
. ~~ ~~
Pressure change Pressure drop ~
due to pulsation due to leakage
~ Drop ~el~w lower level
1
No ala~rn i~.,`„
_ _ c--i i.~ ,,,
Alarrrt ~~ ~ ~~
IS ai.iti'Ci - ~-~ _~ ~.~art~ ~
—~_ ,--
Start of feeding
Time
Fig . 5-7
NOTE1
To prevent a false alarm, when actual back pressure, light liquid outlet pressure, falls below the alarm
trigger or lower limit level, the Leakage Monitor will not issue a "Leakage" signal until after a certain period
of time . The alarm trigger pressure is averaged by the CPU in the Multi-Monitor to follow with actual back
pressure that is fluctuated by pressure pulsation at the light liquid outlet .
.6
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 5 Operation Manual ~

• Delay Timer
After starting the feed, the light liquid pressure rises gradually . To prevent an alarm from being delivered
during the period where the pressure achieve set pressure, a delay timer is provided.
• fold Timer
As soon as the pressure has dropped below the alarm pressure while feeding, the timer for feeding starts
counting and, if the time is up, delivers an alarm . If the preset pressure level is recovered while counting, the
timer resets itself.
NOTE
Be sure to adjust and set the light liquid side delivery pressure . --
(Standard value :0.15 MPa {1 .5 kgf/cm 2})
Since its operating principle is such that this instrument needs a steady pressure independent of
the piping pressure loss downstream from SELFJECTOR for proper detection, adjust the pressure
control valve to maintain the instrument under a necessary level of back pressure during the
operation.
When a light liquid delivery pressure beyond the standard level is required, refer to "Leakage
Monifor (LM) " in the Operation Manual 2.
6 .2 .3 Connecting with control panel

To avoid erratic alarms, "feeding" signal is inputted from the automatic control panel or alarm panel so that no
alarm could be outputted unless when "feeding".
NOTE
For a manual type, the feeding signal contact is normally closed to simulate feeding . To avoid a
false alarm during sludge discharge, therefore, turn off the "MM Function Switch" on the starter
panel before sludge discharge, then turn it on again after feeding is started.
i нпвивгвнг кпкикг кпгвнп,~ты

®q Feeding
о..~.М,
O~ii~
О 0~ и~ пры
ОИиитсми Control Panel
о~
c~c-1
А1агт ~ sH-1
Multi-Monitor ZvIM) GAP-11
Fig . 5-8

5 .2 .4 LED display
1. "Pressure adjustment" (yellow)
The pressure adjustment LED (yellow) flashes when light liquid pressure varies by ±15°/о or less from the
Multi-Monitor setting and stays illuminated while the variation is less than ±3°/о.
Adjust the back pressure regulating valve so as to just light the LED when feeding.
(Set the back pressure to the standard setting for light liquid pressure is 0 .15 MPa (1 .5 kgf/ст 2 )).
2. "Leakage display" (red)

When a leakage is detected, the Error LED (red) on the Multi-Monitor panel and Leakage signal output LED
(red) above the boards in the Multi-Monitor are illuminated and an alarm is issued to the control panel at the
same time . The oil purifier is stopped as a result after sludge is discharged.
Specifically, the Leakage LED is lit when:

• Pressure fails to reach a constant level before the delay timer is up.
• Pressure falls below the alarm trigger or lower limit level and fails to return to a constant level before the
hold timer is up.
For self-diagnosis, in the case of an abnormality with the light liquid sensor described below, the "Light Liquid
Sensor Abnormal" LED (red) in the Multi-Monitor is illuminated, with "Error" and the corresponding error
identification number displayed in the upper and lower seven segment displays, respectively, and an alarm is
issued to the control panel at the same time . The oil purifier is stopped as a result after sludge is discharged.
• An extraordinarily high voltage (equivalent to 0 .45 МРа {4 .5 kgf/ст 2 }) is detected at the pressure sensor.
Auxiliary display LED
0 0 ~o
-- - –
Confirmation LED ~~~
for input signal (green) °~ ®® O Temperature
ипвивгвнi кпкас i кпгвип, [
И
of1WL1.1
~*п%
qqq
Feedrg Ro[аио~
O+ Llght lquid pressure
о 1. а~~ ши ®® ®® ~~,~ O+ Rewlution number

~ оамыи Discharging
л~ ~,..~
В ® ®®
O+ Circ~la~on Sow pressure
® ~о ® Error
~~ — ~ оа LM alarm output switch

5 6 7 9 1 ~ а о~
l 2~{ 3 6 7 В 9 о 111 1 1 ё8
oFF o~
® о
Confirmation LED for output signal (red)
---- ;
. , Revolution No-discharge Ab~~rmal temp . Sensor2 error
~'tE rrcr LED (red) lighting L~skage Water detection Sensori error Sensori error
Fig . 5-9
Fig . 5-10
NOTE
When the self-diagnosis function is actuated, the Multi-Monitor holds "Error" and error identification
number in display, which cannot be cleared until power is turned off.
After the cause is identified and eliminated, reset by turning power off, then on.
5_g

5 .2 .5 Routine running LM alarm output switch
Normally, keep the LM alarm output switch in the Multi-Monitor

in the ON position . '
LM alarm ()FF LM alarm QV
Fig . 5-11
NOTE1
The ~P(pressure drop) value in regard to the Leakage Monitor function varies in response to the
changing level of actual back pressure . Therefore, it needs no adjustment even if light liquid side
pressure differs from its initial set value unless the deviation exceeds 0 .2 MPa (2.0 kgflcm 2).
NOTE2
On the method of the back pressure regulating valve, make adjustments correctly in accordance
with appropriate procedures described in "Leakage Monitor Function (LM) " in the Operation
Manual 2.
Wrong setting or adjustment may cause a false leakage alarm.
5 .2 .6 Items to adjust
Normally, the back pressure regulating valve requires no adjustments after set up at once, except in the
following cases . For the adjusting method, refer to "Leakage Monitor Function (LM)" in the Operation Manual
2.
Ad'ustment Procedure
Change treating size of Adjust the light liquid pressure to a desired level by
SELFJECTOR ressure control valve.
Change light liquid pressure Change light liquid pressure setting memorized in
the Multi-Monitor .
5_g

1 сдитiои
When adJustin~ light liquid outlet side pressure and flow rate or changing values (light liquid pressure,
~P(pressure drop), minimum light liquid pressure level, etc.) preset in the Multi- Monitor, be sure to
refer to section 4. '1Vlulti-Monitor"and section 5 . "Operation"in the Operation Manual 2 and follow the
procedures described there . Failure to follow given instructions could result in a false alarm or cause
damage to the machine.
6 .2 .7 Factory settings (main value)

• Delay timer 40 sec
• fold timer 15 sec
• Set pressure (Set press .) 0 .15 MPa (1 .5 kgf/ст 2 )
• Pressure drop (~ p) 0 .02 МРа (0 .2 kgf/ст 2 )


5 .3 Discharge Detector Function (DD)

5 .3 .1 General
The Discharge Detector Function (DD) of thë
Trouble display LED Eeд)
Multi-Monitor is a protective device that monitors sludge Rotation display LED §peen
discharge from the SELFJECTOR and sends an alarm
signal to the automatic control panel when it detects an
abnormal discharge. А ютвиегвн [ кгаасг клгтж, иа
ow
8
r о~ ё
о~ .~<ы
о..,.~,
О
о~-
5 .3 .2 Operating principle (Alarm function)
The Discharge Detect relies on the rotation speed
change of the horizontal shaft to do the action ; when the ми 1tl-мопгног (мм )
rotation speed falls to a preset level due to sudden loss

of energy by sludge discharge, the Discharge Detector
detects it by means of a proximity switch installed on the
horizontal shaft to determine that sludge discharge has
taken place. СаЫе д1апд
Also, the Multi-Monitor tells that the purifier is in

switch
operation for safety and precaution through the rotation
display LED (green).
In addition, as aself-diagnosis function, the troub e
display LED (red), also on top of the Multi-Monitor, is lit Fig . 5-12
to indicate a trout ed purifier when the detector output is
equivalent to 2500 rpm or more or when rotation pulses
skip.
5 .3 .3 Connecting with control panel

To prevent a false alarm, the Multi-Monitor is fed with "discharging" signal from the automatic control panel
during sludge discharge and issues an alarm signal only during feeding.
~. игтвивгвнг кпкокг кагвнп,~ тв.

Ог~гим Discharging
® Ог-Ргл
п О ~ ит <ron
~ о . .<.~,
ОУмит с~
Control Panel
о ~..
GBC-1
А1 агт GSH-1
Multi-Monitor ( ММ )
Fig . 5-13
5-11 Operation Manual ~


5 .3 .4 LED displays
1 . "Rotation display" (green)
Indicates the purifier is rotating and externally notifies safety alarm/caution.
Rotating : Flashing
Standstill : Lighting
2 . "Troub e display" (red)

As aself-diagnostic function, the LED lights any of the following cases.
i The output corresponds to 2500 rpm of speed or higher
(A circuit failure is suspected .)
ii The proximity switch input signal is unstable
(The proximity switch may be out of position .)
Correct its position . This LED goes out as soon as its input signal has been stabilized.
NOTE
The trout a display LED (red) may be transiently illuminated when the purifier is in or out of
operation, which is no indication of the detector being in trou Ыe.
3 . "No-Discharge display" (red)

In the state of a "discharging" signal being fed from the automatic control panel, if there is not a predetermined
amount of speed drop in the oil purifier, the Error LED (red) on the Multi-Monitor panel and "No -Discharge"
signal output LED (red) above the boards in the Multi-Monitor are illuminated . At the same time, an alarm is
delivered to the Multi-Monitor and the oil purifier is stopped as a result.
Trou p e display LED (red)
Rotation display LED (green)

/ O Flow rate
Confirmation LED q
п
® Oxo
for_input signal en)
(gre 0 ~® ® О
Q Temperature
мпвивгвн ~ кпкокг к nisw,, ~гд ,
рг~.~ниг1 q q q O+ L'gM Iquid pressure
Q О 7ео10т Feeding RoLLa~
01. реп.оро
O
+ Revolution number
и
O Ом. аги X79
О гм_рл пуп1 O Circulation fbw pressure
® ®® ®® о ~ ® E~~r
Power switch т~ т ~ ®~
`DD alarm output switch.
о
117 1 221 ~
1 2~/ 367 В 9 о 1111 1 О

о° ,_Revolution output switch
OFF ON О
O
®~/ ~~ ® о
O D
OFF ON
% Confirmation LED for output signal (red)
q ~ q q q q q
i Revo,Wd~n No -dachaiyr ~bnurmal temp. SensoR e~or
Leakage Water detection Sensori епог Sensori епог
+~~ErrorLED (red) 1i~h[ ng
Proximity switch
Fig . 5-14 Fig . 5-15


5 .3 .5 Routine running
Normally, keep the DD alarm output switch i,n the Multi-Monitor in the ON position.
Normally, the Discharge Detector requires no adjustments . For further information, refer to "Discharge
Detector Function (DD)" in the Operation Manual 2.
сдитiо N
• This is a precision instrument . Handle it with utmost attention so as not to give shock, etc.
• Securely tighten screws to mount the proximity switch
(to torque 60 kg • cm max.)
• Keep the turning shaft stopped when mounting the proximity switch.
• Do not use other proximity switches than furnished with the instrument


5 .4 Water Detector Function (WD)

5 .4 .1 General
The Water Detector Function (WD) of the Multi-Monitor is a device to prevent separated water from leaking
into light liquid (purified oil) . It is availab a in two types, i .e ., pressure sensor type water detector (GSH-1) and
electrostatic capacity type water detector (option) .
Photo 5-1 Pressure sensor type water detection system Photo 5-2 Electrostatic capacity type
( G-HIDENS system) water detection system
5 .4.2 Pressure sensor type water detector (GSH-1/MM-3)

5 .4.2 .1 Operating principle
The Water Detection system provided with a pressure sensor, which is called G-HIDENS system, is controlled
on the automatic control panel (GSH-1) via the Multi-Monitor (MM-3).
The G-HIDENS system constantly monitors separated water being accumulated in the bowl by means of a
pressure sensor installed in the circulation line and causes separated water to be discharged before it leaks
into lig.htJiquid (purified oil).
In the clarifier operation, some of light liquid (purified oil) is returned to the feed liquid inlet via circulation line.
The circulation line, which is provided with a back pressure valve, pressure sensor and pressure gauge, is
maintained under a required level of back pressure by means of the back pressure valve, with the shut-off
valve in the heavy liquid outlet line fully closed.
Upon arrival of separated water in the bowl at the top disc outside level, the circulation of light liquid is stopped
with an instantaneous drop in circulation line pressure . Detecting this pressure change, the pressure sensor
sends a signal to the control panel via the Multi-Monitor to tell that the predetermined quantity of separated
water has been accumulated in the bowl and separated water is discharged, normally in the partial discharge
mode . In some cases, total charge with sludge takes place, depending on time spent before detection of
pressure drop.


~► a n. f ~,u
&ick pressure valve

Ol~xn ~~
Feed liqu id(dirty oil) inlet
Light liquid(pu~ificd oil) outlet
Heavy liquid cha~bcr

/ Pressure sensor
~~ —_--Light liquid ch~nbcr
G~лΡ vlty dl~ ~ ` .~'~ D1SC'

4 1 I
5 ера
Distributor Ji I~ ~ Top disc at toy
Disc~~gc .
hole
~г ~ ~~_
Fig . 5-16
5 .4 .2 .2 Connecting with control panel

To prevent a false alarm, the Multi-Monitor is fed with "feeding" signal from the automatic control panel and
issues an alarm signal only during feeding.
л ютвив[ вн [ кпкокс кпОг~гиа

[ внл,~ ты Feeding
B Ог. о'гп
л 0~v~~w~
O Ом o-пи Control Panel
О ~м ~~ гqо
о [,~
А1 аггп
GSH-1
Multi -Monitor (MM)
Fig . 5-17


5 .4.2 .3 LED displays

"Water detection display" (red)
In the state of being fed with "feeding" signal from the automatic control panel, when the pressure sensor in
the G-HIDENS system circulation line detects the arrival of separated water at the predetermine level in the
bowl, the Error LED (red) on the Multi-Monitor panel and the confirmation LED for output signal "Water
Detection" LED (red) above internal boards in the Multi-Monitor are illuminated . At the same time, a signal is
delivered to the control panel and the oil purifier is stopped after sludge discharge.
Also, for self-diagnosis, when an extraordinarily high voltage (equivalent to 0~45 МР a {4 .5 kgf/сm }) is detected 2
at the pressure sensor, the "Water Sensor Abnormal" output LED (red) in the Multi-Monitor is illuminated, with
"Error" and the corresponding error identification number indicated in the upper and lower seven segment
displays, respectively . At the same time, an alarm is issued to the control panel and the oil purifier is stopped
as a result after sludge discharge.
NOTE
To prevent a false alarm due to pressure fluctuation or pulsation at the start of oil feed or during
normal running, the Delay Timer and Hold Timer are provided . Either timer is actuated when
pressure falls below the preset level during running . If pressure fails to return to normal after the
timer is up, the detector recognizes it as a "Wafer Detected" status and sends an alarm signal to the
control panel.
Flow rate
Confirmation LED q
O O+ x10
for input signal (green) 00 ® ® ~ ® 0 Temperature
а. м ~ твив ~ вн i клкпи ка ~ внп, ид ,
O г ~им 0 o a +Q Light liquid pressure
Feadiq Rotation
О г„р10о
®
О ~ и~ гАо Discharging
~~ ®® ®® ~~ +0 Revo~tion number
O ов..ггпи
л ~~. .е ~~ +O Circulation how pressure
® ®~ ®® IoIO ® Error
Water Detection
~~ ° ~~
( -~ output switch
l 6l 1 2l ~
0 D O
~о OFF ON
123 56789 о 111 1Э1
® ® ~
~ No Water / Heavy
liquid
Detector Function
~ Water Detector Function
Confirmation LED for
output signal (red) Heavy liquid Detector Function
O q q ~ ~ O ~ m (Foy optional use)
Revdution No-discharge ~hr~rmal temp. Sensor2 error
+lD Error LED( ~~d) lighting
Leakage W~terdetedkn Sensori error Sensori error
Proximity switch
Fig . 5-18 Fig . 5-19
NOTE
When the self-diagnosis function is actuated, the Multi-Monitor holds "Error" and the error
identification number in display, which cannbt be cleared until power is turned off. After the cause
is identified and eliminated, reset by turning power off, then on .


5.4 .2 .4 Routine running

For clarifier operation that needs the Water Detector Function, select "Water Detector Function" on the Water
Detector Function selector dial in the Multi-Monitor . (Sed Fig . 5-19) For purifier operation that needs no Water
Detector Function, select "No Water /Heavy liquid Detector Function" on the same dial.
No Water/1-~еа~у 1 iquid Water Detector F~xtion Heavy liquid

Detector FLU'1Сн 1ОЛ Detector Fwкtion
(For Opt iorral use)
• With the Water Detection output switch (See Fig . 5-19) in the ON position, the Water Detector monitors
water being accumulated in the bowl . When it detects the arrival of water at predetermined level, it sends
an output signal to the control panel and causing water to be discharged.
Normally, clarifier operation is performed with the Water Detection output switch placed in the ON
position .
Т
Water Detection Output switch Water Detection output switch
~0 F F~ position ~ONJ position
NOTE
When clarifier operation is switched to the purifier operation, the Water Detector Function selector
dial in the Multi-Monitor setting must be from "Water Detector Function " to " No Water /Heavy
liquid Detector Function "but the position of the Water Detection output switch needs not be
changed to OFF.
5 .4 .2 .5 Items to adjust
Normally, the Water Detector requires no adjustments . For further information, refer to "Water Detector
Function (WD)" in the Operation Manual 2.
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 5- ~~ Operation Manual

5 .4 .3 Electrostatic capacity type water detector (GSH-1/MM-2)

The electrostatic capacity type water detector relies on difference in
dielectric constant between water and oil to determine the capacitance of
oil, thereby detecting the water content of oil.
This detector is installed in the light liquid connection line of the
SELFJECTOR and controlled on the automatic control panel (GSH-1 ).
In the clarifier operation, the detector monitors the water content of light
liquid . When a rise of approximately 0 .5% occurs in the water content, the
detector recognizes it as "water in the bowl having arrived at
predetermined level" and issues an output signal to the control panel.
Fig . 5-20
Water is discharged as a result .
5 .4 .3 .1 Connecting with control panel

To prevent a false alarm, the electrostatic capacity type Water Detector is fed with "feeding" signal from the
automatic control panel and issues an alarm signal only during feeding . This detector exchanges signals with
the control panel, not via the Multi-Monitor but directly.
Feeding
Control Panel
А1агт GSH-1
Fig . 5-21
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 5- ~ $ Operation Manual

5 .5 Partial discharge detection function (GSH-1)

The automatic GSH-1 system combined with Multi-Monitor MM-3 has a Partial Discharge Detection Function
that, in addition to sludge discharge monitoring, indicated whether or not sludge discharge is optimal for partial
discharge adjustment.
5 .5 .1 Operating principle
When the Partial Discharge Detection Function of the Multi-Monitor monitoring the horizontal shaft rotation
speed of the SELFJECTOR detects a rotation speed drop (peak hold) during sludge discharge, it compares
the data with the optimal discharge value preset for each SJ-G model to determine if the quantity of discharge
effected is optimal . And the Multi-monitor indicates the result of comparison through confirmation LEDs
(Over, Just, Under) for partial discharge . (See Fig . 5-22) -- ~ --
Datum sensitivity VR Discharge measurement switch

Discharge quantity
setting switch
Partial dischar a confirmation LED
о0 ® O ® o ~,- ® OVER (LED red)

Center voltage of discharge D JUST (LED green)
quantity setting switch
~ UNDER (LED red)
D MEASURING (LED green)
® ®® ®® : q~
1. 50~z / 60~z selector switch
Power _ switch ® ~®~ 2. Partial ON /OFF selector switch
111181 ЕР] ~
~~ 1 234567890111 1
ADD alarm output switch_
~°о
о
OFF ON
® oFF o~
Fig . 5-22
Control / LED Function
Power switch ON/OFF control of Multi-Monitor power
DD alarm output switch ON /OFF control of discharge alarm output

Used to select SELFJECTOR power source frequency
50~z / 60~z selector switch (50~z or 60~z).
Used for constant monitoring of sludge discharge to
Partial ON /OFF switch determine optimal or otherwise . The status of sludge
dischar e is indicated throu h a~tial dischar e LEDs.
Measures quantity of sludge discharged only once to
determine if discharge is optimal . Pressing this button
Discharge measurement switch switch illuminates green LED in it and starts measurement
of stud e dischar a if a~tial ON/OFF switch is OFF .
OVER (red) Lit when discharge is more than preset.
Partial
discharge JUST (green) Lit when discharge is optimal as preset.
confirmation UNDER (red) Lit when discharge is less than preset.
LED MEASURING (green) Lit when discharge measurement switch is pressed .

5 .5 .2 .1 50Hz / 60Hz selector switch
Remove the front cover of the Multi-Monitor and set the switch (See Fig .5-22) to the power frequency of the
SELFJECTOR (50 Hz o~ 60 Hz).
Setting to 60 ~~ Settir g to 50 ~~
` I'
W W
Ф ~ ,~ Ф ~ ,~
~ Ф ГИ -~ Ф ГИ
NOTE
The switch in wrong position prevents the Partial Discharge Detector from measuring the quantity
of sludge being discharged accurately . Be sure that the switch in the right position before discharge
measurement
5 .5 .2 .2 Measure of the amount of discharge

There are two purposes for which sludge discharge measurement is performed.
1. Monitoring during normal running

Set the partial ON/OFF switch (See Fig . 5-22) to ON . The detector becomes ready to constantly monitor
partial discharge for "No-Discharge" status . Normally, the SELFJECTOR is run with this switch in the ON
position.
2. Partial discharge adjustment /confirmation
Set the partial ON/OFF switch to OFF, then press the discharge measurement switch (See Fig . 5-22).
Measurement is immediately effected -only once.
Partial ON / OFF switch Partial ON /OFF switch

~ONJ position ~0 F F) position
NOTE
With the partial ON/OFF switch in the ON position, the discharge measurement switch is

5 .6 Display Function
5 .6 .1 General
The Multi-Monitor is provided with two 4-digit seven segment displays (upper and lower) that indicate
SELFJECTOR sensor output data (flow rate, temperature, pressure, rotation number, etc .) and error . Settings
can be altered by use of four function setting switches (SW1 - 4) and altered data are stored in the internal
memory of the Multi-Monitor .
The expansion of ~~` MITSUBISHI KAKOKI KAISHA, LTD.

~~~ т a part of the display ®Flux(L/Hr)
О~~~
8 0~<~
оыим
Овмр .в ~ S~, ®L . press, C Mpn)
Оы.
® ® ® ® ®Rev, (r/n)
O ® ~/H. press, (Mpu)
/ ®Error
Seven segnent cisplays
иррег ев ее
Lower ее ее
Fig . 5-23
5 .6 .2 Configuration of display
• In normal operation, the flow rate is incrementally indicated in the upper seven segment display at every 5
seconds . In the lower display, the feed liquid temperature and light liquid pressure are indicated in the
same way.
• Using the function setting switches (SW1 - 4), the feed liquid temperature, light liquid pressure and speed
(MM-2 and MM3 only), and circulation line pressure (MM-3 only) can be fixedly indicated in the lower
seven segment display.
• In the case of an error, "Error" and the corresponding error identification number appear in the upper and
lower seven segment displays, respectively . (See Table 5-3 .)
• At the time of setting change, the setting number and set value are indicated in the upper and lower seven
segment displays, respectively.
5-21 Operation Manual 'I


Function setting switches

оо
о ®® ~® SW1 Select of setting item
SW2 ~o~ward item
®® ®® 0 о SWC backward item
SW4 inter
® ®® ®®
О qо
® ®q
® q
®
~
0 О
1 16171В 192 21
с
о
1 2345678901111 1
® о
°
Fig . 5-24
ТаЫе 5-3
Normal runnin Error dis la Chan a the settin items

U er Flow rate Error dis la Settin number
Lower Inlet temperature Identification number Set value
Light liquid pressure
( Revolution number )
( Circulation line
pressure )
NOTE
(Speed) : Multi-Monitor with Discharge Detector Function
(Circulation line pressure) : Multi-Monitor with Water Detector Function (G-HIDENS system specification)
Identificatio Contents of error

n number
1 Light liquid pressure sensor abnormal
2 Water detection pressure sensor abnormal


5 .6 .3 Factory settings
Selection range of
No Setting items MM-1 MM-2 M М -3
settin
1 Power switch ON. /OFF OFF OFF OFF
2 LM alarm output switch ON /OFF OFF OFF OFF
3 DD alarm output switch ON /OFF — OFF OFF
4 Water Detection output switch ON /OFF — — OFF
5 Kinds of oil FO / LO FO FO FO
10G,20G,~OG,
6 SELFJECTOR-G model 50G,60G,70G, 10G 10G 10G
100G,120G,150G
10G,20G,~OG,
7 Gear pump model 10G 10G 10G
50G,70G,100G
8 0 .03^-0 .30 0 .15 0 .15 0 .15
MPa
LM trigger pressure (OP)
g 0 .010^-0 .050 0 .02 0 .02 0 .02
МРа
Minimum light liquid pressure
10 0 .03--0 .30 0 .12 0 .12 0 .12
МРа
Delay timer
11 5 Г --120 40 40 40
sec
Hold timer
12 5-120 15 15 15
sec
13 Partial discharge detection function ON /OFF — OFF OFF
14 Frequency 50Hz / 60Hz 60Hz 60Hz 60Hz
WD trigger pressure (DW)

15 0 .010^-0 .10 — — 0 .05
МРа
Minimum WD pressure
16 0 .010-0 .10 — — 0 .03
МРа
NOTE
Shown above are shop - set default values.
At test operation, it is necessary to adjust the settings according to the specificationlmodel of
SELFJECTOR.
For set values, refer to "Multi-Monitor" in the Operation Manual 2.


Operation Manual 2
Instruction Precautions for safety
Functions of components
Manual Operation setting items and
adjustment procedures
How to start and stop
SAMGONG-MITSUBISHI
SELFJECTOR
GEN1 U.S-SERIES
~~~ SAMGONG CO., LTD.
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual Operation Manual2

IMPORTANCE

such as for purifying fuel oil or lubricating oil .
`,
WARNING
The instruction manual is a guidebook for using the automatic discharge type oil
purifier, SAMGONG-MITSUBISHI SELFJECTOR GENIUS SERIES (hereinafter a
referred to as SELFJECTOR).

The present manual is Part 3 "Operation manual2".

understand the information .

OO : Design Engineer Q~ : Installer ®~ Engine Engineer ® : Operator ,,

~ Intended
Manual Description Reader
a
000®
1 Outline of fitting-out aboard Information for transportation, handling and storage of the
machine
O O
Instructions for installation and dimensions
S stem dia ram and connection dia ram
Configuration and construction of SELFJECTOR ~
Motor, starter, automatic control panel
Multi-Monitor
`.

Function, operation and maintenance information o~ O
automatic control panel GBC-1 &GSH-1
5 Maintenance Manual Precautions for safety
Disassemb y and reassembly procedures ~
Maintenance and inspection procedures
Trou~eshootin and corrective action
NOTE
The Part 4 manuals (Operation Manuals 3) deal with the following types of the automatic control
systems . When you purchase the SELFJECTOR controlled by one of these control systems, the
associated operation manual of Past 4 will be supplied.
Automatic control systems : GBC-7 and GSH-7

Contents (1 / 3)
1 Precautions in safety 1-1
1 .1 Symbols related to safety 1-1

1 .2 Labels for safety 1-2
1 .3 Safety precautions 1-3
1 .4 Definition of terms 1-5
2 Component Functions of the Purifying System 2-1
2 .1 Automatic control panel 2-1

2 .2 Multi-Monitor (MM) . . .~ ~ .~ ~ ~ . . .~ ~ . . . .~ .~ ~~~ ~~~~~ 2-2
2 .2 .1 Display Function 2-3
2 .2 .2 Leakage Monitor Function (LM) .~ . .~ ~ . . .~ ~ ~ . . . .~ ~ .~ ~ . . . .~ . .~ .~ .~ ~ .~~ 2-3
2 .2 .3 Discharge Detector (DD) .~ ~ . . .~ . .~ ~ ~ .~ . . .~ ~ . .~ ~ . .~ ~~ .~ .~ 2-3
_
2 .2 .4 Water Detector Function (WD) 2-3
2 .3 Gear pump 2-5
2 .4 Safety joi~t 2-5
2 .5 Plug (sludge outlet) 2-5
2 .6 Operating water solenoid valves unit 2-6
2 .7 3-way Cylinder Va1ve 2-6
2 .8 3-way Solenoid Valve 2-6
2 .9 Oil Heater 2-6
2 .10 Oil strainer 2-6
2 .11 Flow control valve 2-6
2 .12 Pressure Control Valve (needle valve) 2-6
3 Setup Items and Recommended Values for Operation 3-1
3 .1 Feed Rate 3-1

3 .2 Treating Temperature 3-2
3 .3 Gravity Disc 3-3
3 .3 .1 Supplied gravity discs 3-3
3 .3 .2 Gravity disc selection procedure 3-5
3 .4 Lubrication Oil ~~~~ .~ ~~ .~~~~~~~ . . .~ .~ .~~ . .~~ . . .~~~~~ .~ .~ .~ .~ ~~ .~~ ~ .~ .~ . . .~ .~~ . . .~~~ 3-35
3 .4 .1 Oil quantity 3-35
3 .4 .2 Optimum viscosity 3-36
3 .4 .3 Recommended brands .~ .~~~ ~~ .~ . .~ . . . .~~~~ . .~~~~ ~ . . .~ .~~ .~~~ . .~ . .~ . .~~ .~~~~ . .~~ . .~ . . . .~ 3-37
3 .5 Sludge Discharge Interval ~-38
3 .5 .1 Discharge Interval (Total discharge) .~~ .~ ~ .~~ .~ . .~~ . . . .~ . . . .~~ .~ . .~ .~~~ . . .~ .~ . . .~ .~~ .~ 3-38
3 .5 .2 Discharge Interval (HIDENS specification)~ . . .~~ .~ . . .~ . . . .~~~~ .~~ .~~~~ . .~ ~~~ . .~ .~~ 3-3~

Contents (2 / 3)
3 .6 Operating Water x-41

3 .6 .1 Operating water quality 3-42
3 .6 .2 Setting pressure of operating water 3-42
3 .6 .3 Operating water for opening bowl 3-44
3 .6 .4 Operating water for closing bowl 3-44
3 .6 .5 Quantity of sealing water/regulating water and replacement water, washing water 3-45
3 .6 .6 Quantities of washing water 3-46
3 .7 Partial Discharge Setting/Adjustment (GSH-1) x-47
3 .7 .1 Setting/adjustment of partial discharge x-47
3 .7 .2 Measure of the amount of partial discharge 3-48
3 .8 Timer Setup on the Automatic Control Panel ~ . . .~ . . .~~ ~ .~~ ~ ~-51
3 .8 .1 GBC-1 type timer settings(guideline) ~ ~ . .~ . . . .~ .~~ . . . .~ . . .~ ~~~~~ 3-51
3 .8 .2 GSH-1 type timer settings (guideline)~ ~~~~ . .~ .~ .~~~ . .~ . . .~~~ . . .~ ~~ 3-53
4 Multi-Monitor 4-1
4 .1 Multi-Monitor ---• 4-1
4 .1 .1 Kinds of switches and Setting parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4-1
4 .1 .2 Accessing Memory Preset Items and Changing Memory Settings 4-3
4 .1 .3 Wiring 4-5
4 .2 Leakage Monitor Function (LM) 4-7
4 .2 .1 Setting Up the Leakage Monitor Functio~ 4-7
4 .2 .2 Principal Preset Items 4-8
4 .2 .3 Light Liquid Outlet Pressure Adjustment 4-9
4 .2 .4 Checking Timer Setting after Start of Feeding 4-10
4 .2 .5 Pressure Adjustment after Feeding 4-10
4 .3 Discharge Detector Function (DD) 4-11
4 .3 .1 Setting Up the Discharge Detector Function 4-11
4 .3 .2 Adjusting the Proximity Switch Position 4-12
4 .3 .3 Checking Proximity Switch Position 4-13
4 .4 Water Detector Function (WD) 4-14
4 .4 .1 Setting Up the Water Detector Function 4-14
4 .4 .2 Principal Preset Items 4-15
4 .4 .3 Adjusting Circulation Line Back Pressure Valve 4-15
4 .4 .4 Setting Up the Electrostatic Capacity Type Water Detector 4-16

Contents (2 ! 3)
5 Operation 5-1
5 .1 Inspections Prior to Running 5-1

5 .1 .1 Pipe connections 5-1
5 .1 .2 Electrical wiring 5-1
5 .1 .3 Flushing : 5-1
5 .1 .4 Inspections prior to running (confirmation) 5-2
5 .2 Start-Up 5-4
5 .2 .1 Precautions on start-up 5-4
5 .3 Stop 5-4
5 .3 .1 Precautions on stop 5-4
5 .4 Automatic Specification (GBC-1, GBG2) 5-5
5 .4 .1 Start-up 5-6
5 .4 .2 Stop 5-8
5 .5 Automatic Specification (GSH-1) 5-9
5 .5 .1 Start-up 5-10
5 .5 .2 Stop 5-1 ~
5 .6 Manual Specification (GAP-11) 5-14
5 .6 .1 Start-up 5-15
5 .6 .2 Stop 5-19
5 .7 Manual Specification 5-21
5 .7 .1 Start-up 5-22
5 .7 .2 Stop 5-26
6 Suspension 6-1
6 .1 Preparations for Suspension 6-1

6 .2 Maintenance during Suspension 6-2
6 .2 .1 Purifier main body and mechanical components 6-2
6 .2 .2 Electrical component 6-2
6 .3 Resuming Operation 6-2
6 .4 Other 6-2


WARNING : indicates a potentially hazardous situation which ,if not heeded, could result
1 CAUTION : indicates a hazardous situation which ,if not heeded ,may result in minor or
moderate injury or damage to the purifier or facilities.
NOTE : indicate precautionary instructions that given contain what must be done
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual ~_~ Operation Manual2


There are ~ different labels for safety.
The one shown in Pic . 3 is put in the spare part box . After fitting-out aboard, the person in charge of
installation is requested to attach it on an easily visible place near SELFJECTOR.
Pic . 1,Pic . 2 are factory attached direct on SELFJECTOR . Do not smear them by painting but keep
them
visi Ы e at all times.
Safety labels are available any time . Request them as required .
~А~ТУ INSTRAC'f IONS зг ~ ~ ~ ;~ ~.

® шпАи ~ис ®3 о
ThеЬов '~ дцЕУ~С 7в1 геьо 1кг оf ИуА Sаее4сшяпр ел~Чг ~ го @t ич tt{i}9кК 1 о *t!i '~ иЛ~МС
q ю 1 un1r11ugd IOrCe 1 л о(1. 70 м9<е уа,г оеп юк 1у, Ет 1ьЕнЛьглСеитг . Ои 5.П 1 н +Нгпв
паде и1 н д+е ( а iнап парпаноп .бвпюп:4пд твнп@гп1 tnt~i . tag8c ц . т . it • Нк • ид 1 иЕ1 Сй
пюп1 аюпст апд гирес 1спЕагадаке .гт Ие ; е 7! Е1 .т < ггы , ~./
~~1N( сМ ооаЫ1 'г 1аи оп дду to rtод :пе
СцU и l~т ооди caelWly
1 .Рге 1 ат ossemb'гпд perkclly. 1, 1В д п~4 г ?i ~ т Е f ы ,
У ~ у 1: С7 рА мт пш ,у рп lв Ьу ше .в.~1 о.1 о11ег СА~~ г 09 р )( ОПОк ё 6гl Ь 7 . иII тье:~tl
смГпптд N оl ннеу ае 1уЫепд сапдг 1N у.иг1 н геg гм0 ийгТ4п . гптынвд11q~~ т f ны. йЧ 1
но юФ ранв ив ЬоИ ргогде0 п1н нне 1дiупюк,Ье fi йА®ЕS гпеьгдСеш tt аг . +Аг 2i1 .н f[
5~ге lo ССг lет 1по : Пl АУ5 М! П СОПс~дмС! м 1п !ой ~ .@Ей# . 1~ -~ гоЬьгцl м~ Тд . дУ ~- ов
о1нн .Егуюд ~у ~! 1не 1дiу такг огеп '1 ь 1пе п~1 - п ;. тпь ( гьи ~~ тигги , в . всиэ ~~ ге 1 н; д
р 1оп 9геон1у еАм Ьоа пи1 ане 1гуп1 епа ,соп1ас 1 иг ни 4', 87- овд } < эП~4 n 8 й . ЯиЬьи@7- С
~ а~ г ЮиСе ореп1, д ~1е~~iМ ~ il~,
2 .~1ор ~ттедтне1у инеп уыа1 Юп is g ео 1. 2 . М 1 Ьд~i;!1~►!1гн и: 'ь [~ г ~2 и .
11 гаевг~к ша1 им о(пгк;ттеФо1ду в 1ир цЕг ~С1@А Е 1 И*! о 4+ не1 @ . х ~ ч ~iettl 1. il'~1: ел ~
ш1оШ г .Муе оЬсТогуе.А 11н сопу<пиу сапуаlе внаррпq, i . оеей [~ т < в'ги, Сг . ел! сдх4 сйi ьх [tt
ргосеед 1о дгиптн iмр, детпд опд пгрп 1~оп. иЕе. ггг . АМ • ий •urttk,r т 1~~.
3, А 'нет соп `ытгпу сопрiа( е slap .loosen lhepats. 3. - кYc6il,h,~tf Б~L~t~ ч 411GEGCr т F2u.
,11на гтГ пд нна: 1пе Оол1 сотр1е1 е 1f у внерред @ Ей~@ttlt? : йс ~ г: .: гги ~'~ тнваи;к
геМ !гу ,1 оо~М 1н [ ра 15 лпе Егип0П 1кОп 1 н !01пн ил . NKtk л tFt~ +. tl . Г[У ~4[ Аl LeeiA
птЕ,впе 1па а т1 гею1о1'юп пог :(орреЕ сотрК1е1у и . < маг 7( ЕипииА f8 УЕл ; А1кЕ6.и~~т i
ст Ье сап 1:тед а1 the pew оагю опе haцonld Чю11 ти ;нт ь ег ,
соппес 1;оп(ю!е1 у jо~п1), а 1 Ье тл1а 1 м .
4 .Нопде ро •1 г со1 е 1 :'у. 4 . ~12iilL т $I4 о г ^? и~
Ав ц~ЕдСТС2 гв лргеюггм тогЛпе ,1де дие сынгтв СшJ гг 9f диуЕЕТГгт . @о°.1 цаА1! РЕие
гп Птдпр оf нне раl в : о оюгд мрог ~Егреддiу пек • i иьи. •ииг, :31 Егы . иг @Ерйд (@ Е~.
heel ц lfJE( Тв1 Ьо<1 Ьоду,Ьоп поода о1пн Олв 1 ра lг @ЕЧЬ1 )1 игтИ ~ е [ . 1йэь _ ги!71 г 8птЕгс~.
.ам покм ьопг мд п !к - гагу w1 опч тдепр . акг
оп Ьогп ра1г.
5 .iаМесои 11 а1 oga~st calosion опд e~osior . 5, W{® г'Ь:Н 1: ;~ г. ЬгЕ г ~.~.
Еег~одгсд.у снкi 1а дапауе ,гг o- у,дие о УвАеЕ90 Ч 1 с 1 ьЕ~1Г ~ытби ~ тггы . О~Е
аног~м.чгео0тдм 1ос 1~ гаолггн..гоум 1. е.агвпи . вдлато - гакпз < тлем .аьанг~.
(i)веro, ее'~я-п~иа q .е< ~~ г ~п ~.~1 а~ опе 0ен Ρ iо 1i~ мк. с ~ г ~ км/ шл. и , тяа .~.
г ;а 1н .
(2)ипеп 1 .ес1 пу lquie б 1!е• м : trап 1 пе Iipиd 121 5N:1iL Т. fЬАЯг ; г:8 Анпдть и8 . ! п
о•igпсАу рпппед 1о ог н~ ео 1ед р 1етг гоп1ос иг ~ ьы ~7 - t]~ АБ 1 Т ti й l 'ЕПо <!£~•
~ Иг цГУУ! одеП 1.
(7)$~псе lне оо .+ Ит оем ое jиг 1ео оодта,до по1 f5) йкри ~15 : х 31 н 1. тлг, 31 . пнАы - ЕN н
г 1егглапуе 1 песа-У мгвогпьо. пнм 1 ьо~еог л ~ ноУ[ YO6b`. г. Ап !1i и !г i:iгпи~ гЕг ~.
а ^у о 1пн цИ ,£С 'О~ емп п 1 пг соге о 1 Ue гте пюеN.
Pic . 3
WARNING
98
оо
~11 А &. ~0 NCT 0'LN 'i

il н i5 , LI:G ABSCLl, 1 EL~ ~
;CURIAL А ~~!OG_
L6CFARGE PROCESS.
1 гд .~ Т 1э н :с ~ с,7 ; г ; Сгг 1с
' а 1 э г: игТ * н ,
~ -
Pic . 1 Pic. 2
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 1 .2 Operation Manual2

1 WARNING
dangerous . Pay utmost attention according to the manual for operation, disassemb y, reassembly,
maintenance, checkup, etc . Use of non-genuine parts might damage SELFJECTOR or impair human
safety . Be sure to employ genuine parts.
• Perfectly assem~ e.
Many points of SELFJECTOR are connected by screws . When assembling, make sure tightening is
particularly of:
(A) Bowl nut

(B) Disc nut
service agency.

Vibration of SELFJECTOR is caused by unbalance, ship oscillation,
SELFJECTOR installation, etc . If the vibration is excessive, immediately
stop SELFJECTOR without discharging sludge.
Then, check for the cause and take necessary corrective action to ensure A•
safety before restarting SELFJECTOR.

To be more specific, if the vibration at the point A of Fig .1-1 exceeds
100 µ m (peak to peak) at rated speed, stop SELFJECTOR.
Even if readings aye below 100 µ m, continuous cruising ship vibrations
4-5 times higher than registered when external vibrating forces are small,
such as when the main engine is not in operation, could adversely affect
Fig . 1-1
the durability of SELFJECTOR . In such case, stop SELFJECTOR
immediately . Then, check for the cause and take necessary corrective
action to ensure safety before restarting SELFJECTOR as described
above .
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 1_3 Operation Manual2

WARNING


SELFJECTOR is a precision machine . Handle it attentively away from impact and high temperature.
Particularly never heat the bowl parts (Bowl body, Bowl hood, etc .) by open flame nor weld them.
• Beware of corrosion and erosion.

• Others
1. Before disassemЫ ing, turn off the starter.
agency.
3. The bowl is factory balanced . Never interchange bowl parts Disc (1) even within the same model.
For ambiguous points in the instruction manual, contact our company or

service agency.

Density (p ) : Mass per unit volume. Clarifier operation (clarifying operation):

Operation of separating into 2 phases or liquid
Specific gravity (y ) : Ratio of mass to mass of and solid or, here, into oil and solids.
water of the same volume . Varies with (See "Clarifier operation" .)
temperature .
Parallel operation:
Oil feed rate : Volume per unit time of untreated Operation with oil fed proportionally to several
liquid upstream the purifier expressed in terms of purifiers arranged in parallel.
Uh or m~/h . (See "Parallel operation" .)
Actual capacity : Purifier treating capacity based Series operation:

on SM Standard (eliminating sludge with 1 .8 of Operation by several purifiers arranged in series.
specific gravity and 2 µ m of diameter or more). (See "Series operation" .)
(See "Feed rate" above .)
Total discharge type
Feed liquid : Untreated oil to feed to purifier Purifier designed to totally discharge all
contained in the bowl.
Light liquid : Oil treated by purifier or purified oil.
Partial discharge type
Heavy liquid : Separated moisture and heavy Purifier designed to partially discharge water and
components in oil or simply "water" . solids only in the bowl . This type has the total
discharge function as well.
Sludge : Solids accumulated in bowl in narrow
sense . Mixture of solids, water and oil discharged Abbreviations and units
from bowl in wide sense.
L: Liter: Unit of volume.
Interface : Boundary surface between heavy and h: Hour(s) : Unit of time.
light liquids in bowl. min -"' : Number of revolutions per minute.
Hz : Number of frequency.
Purifier operation (purifying operation): (cycles per second)
Operation of separating into 3 phases or liquid, ~ : Unit of diameter in mm.
liquid and solid or, here, into oil, water and solids mmZ lS : unit of kinetic viscosity of oil . (= cSt)
(See "Purifier operation" .) ISO : Standards estab fished by International
Standardization Organization.
VG : Indication of viscosity of lubricating oil in
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 1-5 Operation Manual2

2 Component Functions of the Purifying System _,

2 .1 Automatic control panel
• Automatic start : (AUTO . START)
Each automatic control panel has an "AUTO . START' push button . Pressing this push button after the
purifier has reached its rated speed starts the predetermined sequence of automatic running.
• Automatic stop : (AUTO. STOP)

Each automatic control panel has a~ "AUTO . STOP" push button is incorporated in each of the
automatic control panels . Pressing this push button during running switches the feed valve to the
bypass line . The sequence of water replacement and sludge discharge follows, then the automatic
running circuit is cut off and the oil purifier motor is stopped.
• Emergency stop : (EMERG . STOP)
Each automatic control panel has an "EMERG . STOP" push button . Pressing this push button during
running cuts off the automatic running circuit immediately and switches the feed valve to the bypass line,
then the oil purifier motor is stopped without sludge discharging.
• Discharge test : (DIS-T)
Each automatic control panel has a "DIS-T" push button . When the oil purifier is in automatic
running and in the feeding, pressing this push button forces the discharge interval timer to be timed up,
sludge is discharged.
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 2_ ~ Operation Manual2

2 .2 Multi-Monitor (MM)
The Multi-Monitor forms an integrated detection system with the following digital displays and detectors.
The Multi-Monitor is available in three types (MM-1, MM-2 and MM-~) for selective use according to the
automatic system configuration.
• Digital displays Function (Flow rate, temperature, pressure, rotation number'` ' and other LED)
: MM-1, MM-2, MM-3
• Leakage Monitor Function (LM) : MM-1, MM-2 and MM3
• Discharge Detector Function (DD) MM-2, MM-3
• Water Detector Function (WD) MM-3
NOTE1 : MM-1 has no rotation number display function.
YeAow LED Green LED Red LED

Blinking or tum-on Blinking when Turn on when
when IigM squid normal revolution abnormal revolution
outlet press. ~ normal
1 Indicate how rate 1
Indicate treating temp. Revolution signal
(prox~~ity switch)
Indicate Ight liquid
outlet Gress.
o-
Oil inlet press . signal
Indicate light liquid I
outlet cess . ~ (press . sensor)
Indicate horizontal shaft

revolution number Temp . signal
(temp . sensor)
Automatic control panel
GBC-1, GSH-1 Oil outlet press, signal

(press. sensor)
or
Alarm panel DIS . 51 gel) Circulation line press. signal
GAP-11 sly water signal) (press. sensor)
(for GSH-1)

2 .2 .1 Display Function _ f
• Data necessary for daily monitoring of operational status are digitally indicated through seven
segment LEDs.
• Indicated data pertain to flow rate, temperature, pressure, rotation number, circulation line pressure
(G-HIDENS spec .), though those vary with different models of the Multi-Monitor.
NOTE
Since the flow rate displayed on Multi-Monitor(MM) is the value which converted pressure into
flow rate ,please use it as a guideline.
Whey you always use a gearpump under 30% or less capacity, we recommend using,
of its rated
the small oripce (option) under 1 rank. ~~
2 .2 .2 Leakage Monitor Function (LM)

• The Leakage Monitor is a protective device that detects the treated oil leaking from the sludge
outlet or heavy liquid outlet of the SELFJECTOR by means of a pressure sensor, thereby
minimizing the loss of treated oil.
• The pressure sensor is installed o~ the SELFJECTOR bracket (at the light liquid outlet) aid `-'
constantly monitors pressure during feeding . When a pressure drop occurs due to a leakage, the
pressure sensor detects it and the pressure sensor output is sent as a "Leakage" signal to the
automatic control panel via the Multi-Monitor.
2 .2.3 Discharge Detector (DD)

• The Discharge Detector is a protective device that monitors sludge discharge from the
SELFJECTOR and detects a discharge failure as the "No-discharge" status.
• Normal sludge discharge is accompanied by a drop in horizontal shaft rotation speed to the preset
level . Relying on this characteristic, the Discharge Detector constantly monitors the horizontal shaft
rotation speed by means of a proximity sensor . If the horizontal shaft rotation speed fails to fall at
sludge discharge, a "No-discharge" signal is delivered to the automatic control panel via the
Multi-Monitor.
• As aself-diagnosis function, "No-discharge" LED ( ped) is illuminated in response to a shaft rotation
number beyond 2500 rpm or an instable proximity switch input signal.
• In addition to the sludge discharge monitoring function, the automatic GSH-1 system combined
with Multi-Monitor MM-3 has a partial discharge detection function to indicate whether or not sludge
discharge is optimal for partial discharge adjustment.
2.2 .4 Water Detector Function (WD)

• The Water Detector is an integral device that is used for the G-HIDENS system (for clarifier
operation) that constantly monitors the changing levels of separated water in the bowl by means of
a pressure sensor installed in the circulation line.
• Pressure in the circulation line falls when separated water in the bowl has reached a predetermined
level . The Water Detector in the G-HIDENS system detects this pressure change by means of the
pressure sensor and effects partial discharge or total discharge with sludge, whereby the inside of
the bowl is always maintained in a normal separating condition.
• The Water Detector is used only in the automatic GSH-1 system configuration.

Trouble display LED ~Eed)
Pressure adjustment LED (Yellow) Rotation display LED green)

Pressure adjustrnent LED
~. MITSUBISHI КАКОК [ KAISHA,LTD. ~. MITSUBISHI КАКО (1 КА [3НА,~Т~.
®я.
о~
0iwia
оьавси ~
р ~.
от~~мìa
оьг ~~~ш
O Ои .им
О~~~ с~
О в+п ои.
Multi-Monitor SIM)
Multi-Monitor biM)
Cade gland
Cade gland
Proximity switch
Fig . 2-2 Sketch Drawing of MM-1 Fig . 2-3 Sketch Drawing of MM -2, MM-3

2 .3 Gear pump
• This is installed on the bearing housing (3) of Fressu~e se
for of outlet
the purifier and connected to the horizontal sure sensor
heavy liquid outlet
shaft via a safety joint . It is driven by the motor ~ai~ pans ~ SH-1
Sulu-~~~t~
of the purifier . (Refer to Fig . 2-4) :scare sensor
of i~kt
• The gear pump supplies feed liquid to the
pu rifie~. mpe~ature sensor
• The gear pump can be selected according to

its treating capacity. ~ea~ ~~~
Safety joint
Revolution sensor
(proximity switch)
(сΡ s~-~ and opt~>n)
Fig . 2-4
Table 2- 1 Gear pump capacities (use for suction pump)*~
Моде 1 GP10G GP20G GP30G GP50G GP70G GP100G

Capacity
1,300 2,100 3,600 5,700 8,200 11,600
(L/h)
Suction head : -4m /Delivery head : 20m
NOTE1 :I~ case of 60~z
2.4 Safety joint

• This is mounted on the end of the horizontal shaft for transmitting the motor power to the pump.
(Refer to Fig . 2-4)
• This will be automatically disconnected for protecting the gear pump, if it is subjected to an
excessive overload due to sticking foreign matters, etc.
2 .5 Plug (sludge outlet)
WARNING
7o not open this plug absolutely during a sludge discharge process.
• These are inserted in the sludge chute of the purifier main body . (Refer to Fig . 2-4)
• When it becomes necessary to check the internal state of the frame, unplugged.
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 2 .5 Operation Manual2 ~~

2.6 Operating water solenoid valves unit

• There are a triple solenoid valves unit for total discharge and a quadruple solenoid valves unit for
both total and partial discharge availa~e for control of operating water . Each unit has a reducing
valve upstream of the solenoid valves . (Refer to Fig . 2-5)
• The solenoid valves unit for operating water is built in the oil purifier.
• The solenoid valves unit controls the feed of operating water for opening bowl, operating water for
closing bowl, sealing water aid replacement water.
• Each solenoid valves is actuated by input signals from the automatic control panel to effect and
stop the feed of operating water to the oil purifier.
2 .7 3-way Cylinder Valve

• This is a pneumatically operated cross valve mounted o~ the pu~~er inlet pipe . (Refer to Fig . 2-5)
• It supplies feed liquid to the purifier.
• When discharging sludge, it returns the oil from the by-lass pipe to the tank by switching the valve
position.
2 .8 3-way Solenoid Valve

• This is attached on the air piping to the 3-way cylinder valve .(Refer to Fig . 2-5)
• The 3-way solenoid valve changes its position according to signals from the control panel and
actuates the ~-way cylinder valve.
2 .9 Oil Heater
• This is installed on the way between the gear pump and the purifier .(Refer to Fig . 2-5)
• It heats the feed liquid supplied from the gear pump to an optimal treating temperature.
• There are two types of oil heater ; steam type and electric.
2 .10 Oil strainer

• This is installed upstream of the oil purifier to remove residual solids in the feed liquid . (Refer to Fig.
2-5)
2 .11 Flow control valve

• This is installed to control the feed rate to the oil purifier . (Refer to Fig . 2-5)
2.12 Pressure Control Valve (needle valve)

• This is installed in the light liquid outlet line of the oil purifier . (Refer to Fig . 2-5)
• This valve is used to control the light liquid outlet pressure to 0 .15 MPa {1 .5 kgf/cm 2 } (standard
value).
NOTE
The light liquid outlet pressure is critical in ensuring that the Leakage Monitor Function (LM) of
the Multi-Monitor acts correctly.
Improper pressure adjustment could result in a LM alarm output . For pressure adjustment
during running, refer to "Leakage Monitor Function (LM)" in the Operation Manua! 2.

----------
Е1есцгс
юигсе
Automatic j ~ - - {---
Starter Power
~ -- _ ~
Сопцо1 panel
~ ~ ~ ~
L__ — _, —__~__J ~ 5
1 1 1
~ '__~ sva
И'
1 1 1
-_' i
- - L--
1
~
1
-J1 т ~
~___~_ - --~ - -~
_~ ~
- - -
3 Р s~з 'svsl svt ' sva ' ~ ~ - --~ ~ '
j Аа s s ~ ~-- --1 i cvi~ q
L т ~ ~-- - -~ Т
' ~i1 I ~ C
10
G Е
-- . .~ SAMGONG SUPPLY
Note) Automatic GBC-1 specification

F D is not provided with Water Detector (WD)
and solenoid valve (SV9).
Also, Discharge Detector (DD) is optional
for these specifications.
Fig . 2-5 Typical Purifying System Configuration with Automatic GSH-1 (HIDENS)
Specification of SELFJECTOR
1 SELFJECTOR A Di oil inlet

3 Solenoid valves unit for o eratin water C Com ressed air inlet
4 3-wa c tinder valve Feed valve D Slud a &Water outlet
5 3-wa solenoid valve E Water inlet
6 Multi-Monitor F Drain
7 Leaka a Monitor function LM G Circulation
8 Dischar a detector function DD P Pressure au e
9 Water detector function WD C Com ound au e
10 Oil heater Motor
11 Oil strainer
13 Pressure control valve Needle valve

3 Setup Items and Recommended Values for Operation

3 .1 Feed Rate
An appropriate feed rate should be set for operating the SELFJECTOR efficiently.
Take 3-1 shows the actual capacity for each model of the SELFJECTOR G-series.
(NOTE
Actual capacity refers to the maximum treating capacity of each model (maximum feed rate}.
ТаЫе 3-1
Асниа 1 canar_ifi л c ( ип i н ~ и h1
Fuel oil Lubricatin oil
A hea oil Chea oil Cross-head Trunk- iston
40°C 98°C 74^-90°C 83~-90°C
Treating z
mm~ /sec mm /sec
temperature Deter9ent oil
at 40°C at 50°C
100mm 2/sec 150mm Zlsec
Viscosity 14 180 380 500 600 700
at 40°C at 40°C
2900 1,600 1,150 890 790 720 1,250 1,050
SJ 10G1GH
2,900 1,650 1,200 930 830 760 1,350 1,100
4,350 2,450 1,750 1,400 1,250 1,150 1,950 1,650
SJ20G/GH
4,350 2,600 1,850 1,450 1,300 1,200 2,050 1,700
7 , $00 4,500 3,200 2,550 2,250 2,050 3,550 2,950

SJ30G/GH
7,800 4,700 3,350 2,650 2,350 2,150 3,750 3,100
11,600 6,900 4,900 3,900 3,450 3,150 5,450 4,550
SJ50G/GH
11,600 6,950 4,950 3,950 3,500 3,200 5,500 4,600
13,300 8,000 5,700 4 500 4,000 3,700 6,350 5,300
SJ60G/GH 5,350
13,300 8,100 5,750 4 550 4,050 3,700 6,400
15,900 9,800 6,950 5,500 4,900 4,500 7,750 6,450
SJ70G/GH 6,400
15,900 9,750 6,950 5,500 4,900 4,500 7,750
21,800 14,100 10,000 7,900 7,050 6,450 11,200 9,250
SJ100G/GH
21,800 14,200 10,100 8,000 7,100 6,500 11,300 9,350
24,500 16,300 11,600 9,200 8,150 7,450 13,000 10,700
SJ120G/GH
24,500 16,500 11,700 9,250 8,250 7,550 13,100 10,800
29,200 20,500 14,600 11,600 10,300 9,400 16,300 13,500
SJ150G/GH
29,200 20,400 14,500 11,500 10,200 9,300 16,200 13,400
NOTE : G-series are Standard . / GH series are HIDENS specification . upper row: bunz
Lower row: 50Hz
NOTE
Actual capacities maybe changed for improvement without notice.

3 .2 Treating Temperature
The treating capacity of the oil purifier depends mainly on the viscosity of feed liquid . To ensure that the
oil purifier operates efficiently, heat the feed liquid to specified temperatures of Table 3-2 as
appropriate .
ТаЫе 3-2
Oi1 e Treating temperature (°С )

A heav oi1 14 mm 2/sec at 40°С 40
C heav oi1 180^-700 тт 2/sec at 50°С 98
100 mm2/sec at 40°С (SAE#30) 74^90
Lubricating oi1
150 mm2/ sec at 40°С (~ АЕ#40) 83^-95
Fig . 3-1 shows the relationship between various oil temperatures and their viscosity.
ю ю •о so ~о ~о ео о0 ta юо no
1 ооо 1000
1
1
900 ~00.
400 ejr вО0
too ч аоо
200 О 200
~ 1 SO гво
1
10 ~
!00 100
ti. ,
v 7! 73
.~
о
SO
г ~. до
.о в0
зо Optimum tr) ~• '
'so
(ог purHiptlon ~
т 20
1,~ t3
~ ~
t0 .0
zo ао so so ю ~ оо во юо ~~ о
Тепреп N п гС )
Temperature vs . Viscosity diagram
Fig . 3-1
How to obtain a treating temperature

[Ex .] Case of purifying a heavy oil of 45 mm 2 lsec (50°C)
Draw a dotted line that is parallel to the line of 40 mm 2 lsec at 50°C and passes an intersection (point A)
between a horizontal line of 45 mm 2lsec and a vertical line of 50°C . From the intersection between this
line and a horizontal line of 24 mm 2 ~sec draw aline perpendicular to the horizontal axis, then read the
temperature falling on the foot ; that is 67°C.
Thus the treating temperature of this heavy oil should be 67°C.

3 .3 Gravity Disc
In the purifier operation it is necessary to hold the interface between the light liquid and heavy liquid in
the bowl within a definite rage . Therefore, the SELFJECTOR can employ gravity discs of various inside
diameters such that the outlet diameter of the heavy liquid side can be altered for interface position
adjustment . One gravity disc having a larger inside diameter, if incorporated, moves the interface
outward, and another disc having a smaller inside diameter moves the interface inward.
Selection of an appropriate gravity disc is one of the most important subjects for oil treatment with the
SELFJECTOR . Exercise sufficient care for this selection to avoid unintended purifier operation.
NOTE
At the delivery of a SELFJECTOR, the gravity disc and bowl come in each package.
Select an appropriate gravity disc and assem~ a it in the bowl according to Section 3.3.2
"Gravity Disc Selection Procedure".
3 .3 .1 Supplied gravity discs
сдитiои
• Before treating a different type and nature of oil, select a suita~ a gravity disc having an
inside diameter that fits the gravity of the treated oil.
• Running the purifier with a gravity disc of incorrect diameter may cause oil outflow to the
heavy liquid side and water circulation over the light liquid side.
Tab a 3 - 3 shows the supplied standard gravity discs for the purifier operation and Table 3 -4 shows the
gravity discs for the G- HIDENS operation.
NOTE
Actually supplied gravity discs differ for types of the treated oil. For detail refer to the attached
document and drawing.

Gravity discs for purifier operation
ТаЫе 3-3
Model Inside diameter of ravi disc

SJ10G/GH 64 65 66 .5 68 .5 71 .5 74 78 79
SJ20G/GH 64 65 66 .5 68 .5 71 .5 75 77 78 82 83
SJ30G/GH 65 66 .5 68 .5 71 .5 75 79 82 86 90
SJ50G/GH 86 .5 88 .5 91 94 98 103 107 .5 113 115
SJ60G/GH 86 88 .5 91 94 98 103 106 .5 110 .5 115
SJ70G/GH 87 .5 91 94 98 103 107 .5 113 119 122
SJ100G/GH 113 116 120 124 129 136 140 .5 142 150 153
SJ120G/GH 113 116 120 124 129 136 140 .5 142 146 .5 150 153 160
SJ150G/GH 114 118 122 127 134 142 145 .5 146 .5 153 160
(mm)
2 . Gravity discs for G-HIDENS operation

ТаЫе 3-4
Model Inside diameter of gravity disc

SJ 10G H
SJ20GH 62
SJ30GH
SJ50GH
SJ60GH 83
SJ70GH
SJ100GH
SJ 120tH 108
SJ150GH
(mm)

3 .3 .2 Gravity disc selection procedure

3 .3 .2.1 Purifier operation
For purifier operation, use dedicated gravity discs for purifier . Tam a 3-5 below shows the model series
of SELFJECTOR versus the numbers of Figures in which gravity disc selection nomograms are given
for reference . Select appropriate gravity discs by models aid kinds of treated oil accordingly.
ТаЫе 3-5
Моде1 ~ ие 1 oi1 ~ ие 1 oi1 Lubricating oi1
A hea oi1 С heav oi1
SJ10G/GH Fi .3-3 Fi . 3-12 Fi .3-21
SJ20G/GH Fi . 3-4 Fi . 3-13 Fi . 3-22
SJ30G/GH Fi .3-5 Fi .3-14 Fi .3-23
SJ50G/GH Fi .3-6 Fi .3-15 Fi .3-24
SJ60GlGH Fi .3-7 Fi .3-16 Fi .3-25
SJ70G/GH Fi .3-8 Fi .3-17 Fi .3-26
SJ100G/GH Fi . 3-9 Fi . 3-18 Fi . 3-27
SJ120G/GH Fi .3-10 Fi .3-19 Fi . 3-28
SJ150G/GH Fi . 3-11 Fi . 3-20 Fi . 3-29
3 .3 .2 .2 G -HIDENS operation
For G-HIDENS operation, use dedicated gravity discs for G-HIDENS . (See Tab a 3-4)
NOTE
!n the case of G-HIDENS operation, there is no need to change gravity discs according to
operating parameters such as gravity of treated oil.
For HIDENS purifier operation, select suitable gravity discs in accordance with the gravity disc selection
procedure for purifier operation described above.

3 .3 .2 .3 Gravity disc selection examples
[Example 1]
The specific Qravity of treated oil at 15°C is known.
• Treating condition
♦ Specific gravity of treated oil 0 .925 at15°C
♦ Treating temperature 70°C
♦ Feed rate 3000 Uh
• Selection method
1. From an intersection befi~een falling curve OO
of specific gravity of 0 .925 and the vertical line
of 70°C, draw horizontal line OO to reach the
vertical line of 100°C.
2. Connect between the right end of line0 and
the point of 3000 Uh on the treating capacity
scale using straight line ®•
3. Read within which section of gravity disc Inside
diameter scale the intersection made by line
O~ falls.
4. For this [Example 1] select a gravity disc
having an Inside diameter of ~ 79.
[Example 2]
The specific gravity of treated oil ata certain
temperature is known.
• Treating condition
♦ Specific gravity of treated oil 0 .944 at50°C
♦ Treating temperature 98°C
♦ Feed rate 1250 L/h
• Selection method
1. From an intersection between rising curve
of specific gravity of 0 .944 and the vertical line
of 50°C (being converted to a specific gravity
at 15°C), draw curve OO along the falling curve
to reach the vertical line of 98°C, then draw a
horizontal line to reach the vertical line of
100°C.
2. Connect between the right end of the
horizontal line and the point of 1250 Uh on the
treating capacity scale using straight line ©.
3. Read within which section of gravity disc Inside
diameter scale the intersection made by line
© falls . For this [Example 2] select a gravity
disc having an Inside diameter of ~ 71 .5.

Specific gravity
i . oo ,~
е.1s
(Ехагпр 1 в 2]
~Ехатр 1 е 1]
0.1о
0.15
a. м
o. 7s
ц го ао w 5о 0о 7о 1о 0о ~ оо ' С Feed rate (L/h)

w м βо
iао ~ ю i м i1 о ио у 'F
Separative te0iperature
Fig . 3-2
i.SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual Operation Manual2

3~

SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,

(Model SJIOG/GH (Poet Oil : A Heavy Oil)]
Specific gravity
1 .00 ~~ ~000
3500
0.95
3000
2500
0.90
- b 1{
2000
0.85
-~T9
1500
o. ю
Inside diameter iаоо
of gravity disc {am)
о. 75 ~~
is2o эо а 5о ю т ю 9о i оо ' С Feed rate Q/h)
ю ю ~ ао i2о ио i ю ti ю 2оо 'F

Separating temperature
Fig . 3-3


[Halal SJ20G/GH (Fuel Oil : A Heavy Oil)
Specific gravity
~ . oo
0.95
0.90
o. а5
1500
о. 9о Inside d i estate r
of gravity disc (mn)
1000
0.75 i 50~
~ 5 2о зо ~о 5о 6о 7о ео эо 1 оо ' С Feed rate (L/h)
во во i оо .12 о 110 i ь0 1 ео гоо 'F

Fig . 3-4


[Model SJ~OG/GH (Fuel Oil : A Heavy Oil)]
Specific Qravity
еооо
1 .00 ~
7500
7000
6600
0.96
1000
5500
5000
о. 9о
~5оо
— 092
~аоо
-0~ э5оо
o. ~5
эооо
— 090
2500
0 .80
Inside diameter 2000
of gravity disc (aw)
1500
0. l5 ' 1000 `
зо бо ю 9о 1 оо ' С Feed rate (L/h)

1s t0 1о so ~о
60 80 100 120 110 160 I80 200 ~~
Separating tprperature
Fig . 3-5


[Model SJ50G/GH (Fuel Oil : A Heavy Oil)]
Specific gravity
1 .00 ~~ 12000
11000
10000
0. 05
0000
0000
аЬ 7000
- ♦107 .6 8000
ЬООО
0.05
- ~ 115
4ооо
зоо0
а ло Inside dia~et~r
of ~~avity disc (s м)
2ооо
~ r г г ~ ~ 1 1~
0. 75' t ~
Тв 2о з0 4о 5о ю ~о ю Оо Тоо ' С Feed rate (L/h)
60 ю 1 оо Т 2о 140 160 160 200 ' F

Fig . 3-~
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 3_ ~ ~ Operation Manual2


[Model SJ60~/GH (Fuel O1I : A Heavy Oil)]
Specific gravity
1 .00 ~~ 11000
1000
ц000
0. 96 11000
10000
8000•
0.80 8000
-e108.5
7000
6000
а л5
—~ii~ 5000
1000
Inside diameter
о. ео ~000
of gravity disc (ate)
2000
0.75~ 1000
i 5 2о эо 1о 5о 6о ~о ео 80 i оо ' С Feed rate (L/h)
60 80 10~ 120 110 160 1 е0 200 ~ ~
Fig . 3-7


[Model SJ70G/G~ (Fuel Oil : A Heavy Oil)]
Specific `ravity
1.00 ~ -16000
- 15000
11000
- 13000
0.16
- 12000
- 11000
-10000
0, 90
о. в5
о. ео Inside d i sa~ete~
of gravity disc (~
2000
0.75' 1- 1000
Feed rate (L/h)

is 2о эо м во бо ю ео 9о too ' С
60 Во 100 120 110 160 180 200 ' F

Separating teпperature
Fig . 3-8

3-13


[~~ s~~ooG~~~ (Fuel al : A ~~avy aq~
Specific gravity
1 .00 r~ 22000
21000
20000
1!000
1/000
0.96 1700D
10000
15000
11000
13000
0.90 12000
11000
10000
9000
0.86 8000
7000
X09
5000
0, ю Inside diameter
I000
of gravity disc (nom)
~oo~
2000
0 .15 1000
1520 ~o ~ 50 60 7o so ~ i oo ' C
Feed rate (L/h)
60 BD 100 120 110 160 1B0 200 'F
Fig . 3-9


[Model SJ120G/GH (Fuel Oil : A Heanry Oil)]
Specific Qravity
1 .00 .~ 2б000
z4000
2эооо
22юо
21000
0. !a 200 ю
1 юю
16000
17000
16000
0.00 15000
14000
13000
12000
11000
o. к 10000
юоо
6000
7000
6000
o. ю
Inside diaбл eter 5000
of gravity disc Ga0)
4аоо
3000
П 75 -L 2000
15 2 о 30 4о 5о 6~ 70 ю во 100 ' С Feed rate il/h)
ю ю 1ю ' ► 20 14о 160 1 ю 2 оо 'F
Separating teaperature
Fig . 3-10

3-15

SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF CiRAV~Y DISC,

[Model SJ150G/GH (Fuel Oil : A Heavy Oil)7
Specific gravity
~ . oo .~ 70ооо
2!000
!1000
2То 00
2с 000
2ь000
21000
0. f5
23000
Zt000
1000
20000
1001е
10000
а >е 17000
1 с000
15е 10
11000
t7000
12000
a 0~ 110а
1 оое 0
0 оео
Inside dia~ete~ еооа

ym)
of gravity disc ( g 7000
.
0 а0
iN0
SOHO
1000
7000
. 7S
0 1000
1~ 2е >• и ~ W 7о ае я 1 ее ' С Feed rate (L/h)
со со 1 ое не 110 1 со tw :ео -F
Seд aratinQ teт perature
Fig . 3-11


[Model SJ10C/GH (Fuel Oil : C Heavy Oil)]
Specific gravity
too - моо
- зб00
Фб~
Ф 6s
o. ~ Фбб . 5
- э00 о
♦ б8.5
-2500
о . Оо
- :000
Inside dia~ate~
of gravity disc G~i)
о. лб
-150U
0 .80
-1000
0.75 -1- S00
в0 ~ оо ' С Feed rate (L/h)

15 20 30 ~о 5о бо 1о ао
60 60 l00 120 1~0 160 160 200 ' F
Fig . 3-12
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual ~_~~ Operation Manual2


[Model SJ20C/GH {Fuel Oil : C Heavy Oil)]
Specific `ravity
1.00 ~
— Фб 1
— д 85
-~99.6
0.96
- ~ 9В . 5
- ♦71.6
. 90
0 -~75
1nsid~ dia мeter
0. BS
of grav ity д i ас (пад
1500
0.80
1000
0.76~ ~ ~
i 500
15 т эо 1о 5о бо 7о ео 9о 1 оо ' c Feed rate (L/h)
60 80 ~00 120 110 160 180 200 'f

Fig . 3-13
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 3_ ~ $ Operation Manual2

SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVY DISC,

[~odei s~~oG/G~ [F~ еi on : C H eavy al>2
Specific gravity
1 .ao~ 0ооо
1500
1000
0.86 6600
00о0
56ю
аю 5000
15оо
/ооо
Inside dia~ete~
o, ю of gravity disc (~} эьоо
э0 оо
26оо
o. ю
гооо
150 о
О.7Ь ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
-+- 1000
i52o 30 /0 50 60 iо ю 9о 1 оо ' С Feed rate (L/h)
60 80 100 120 1/0 160 180 200 'F
Fig . 3-14

SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC.

[Model SJ50C3/GH (Fuel Oil: C Heavy Oil)]
Specific gravity
1 .00 ~ 12000
t 1000
— о 88 .5
— оаа . s 10000
о, оь — 081
чооо
- ов +
— ои
о. ао 0 ~o~
Inside diameter
of gravity disc (tea)
а лб
о. во
2000
-L 1000
15 20 э0 ~о 5о е0 то е0 90 100 ' С Feed rate (L/h)
i0 BO 100 120 UO 180 180 200 ' F

Fig . 3-15

SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVIN DISC,

[Model SJ64G/GH (Fuel Ofl: C Неаvy Oi1)]
Specific E r~vity
-11000
1 .00 ~
-1300~
- 12000
-11000
o. ю
— 10000
- эоо0
о. эо - ео0о
7aoo
In~id~ diameter β
~oу
of gravity disc (m~
o.»
5000
l000
о. эо ~000
2000
-
0.75 • 1000
зо 1о 5о ео 7о ю ю 1 ' C
Feed rate (L/h)
is 2о
ба ю iso i2о 110 i ьо 1ю zoo 'F
Fig . 3-16


[Model SJ70G/GH (Fuel Oil : C Heavy Oil)]
Specific =rsvity
1 .00 ~
- нгооо
- 15000
-16000
Ф в7.5
- 13000
а вь
- ~2оо0
- 11000
-10000
а во - воо0
- еооо
- 7000
Inside diameter
о. в5
of gravity disc (n~) вооо
5000
6ооо
о . во
эооо
2000
1000
0 .75~
F@ Вд
i52о зо ~~ 5о ео ю ео во ноо ' С Y8t8 (~/h)
60 в0 100 120 1~0 160 180 200 'F
Fig . 3-17

SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAV~~Y DISC,

[Model SJ100GJGH (Fuel Oii : C Heavy Oii)l
Specific gravity
1 .00 - 22000
- 21000
- 20000
— д 113 -1ю00
- д 116 - 11000
o. 96 — л 12о -17000
-1 еооо
-1121
-16000
Ρ129
-д -11000
- 3000
o. ~ -12000
-11000
-10000
Inside dia>Aeter - 9000
of gravity disc (мa) - юоо

o. a
- 7000
6000
5000
0.10 1000
3000
2000
0.75 1000
t 520 30 Io 5o eo 70 eo 90 100 ' C feed rate (L/h)
80 60 100 120 110 180 180 200 ' F
Fig . 3-18

3 .23

SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC.

[Model SJ120G/GH (F~el Oil : C Heanry Oil)
~рас i f i с gravity
26000
1 .00
г50оо
2400~
— Ф 113
2200D
— Ф 116
21000
— Ф 120
. 05
0
— Ф 124 10000
18000
17000
11000
а 0о 16000
14000
13000
12000
Inside diameter . 11000
of gravity disc (am)
0.06 10000
0000
8000
7000
6000
0 .80
6000
4000
ЭООО
0.15 1. 2000
1s 20 30 10 50 60 ~о бо эо 100 ' C Ееед гене (L/h)
60 BO 100 ~120 110 160 18~ 200 'F
Fig . 3-19

3.24

SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF f3RAVITY DISC,

[Model SJ150C/GH (Fuel Oil : C Heavy Oil)]
Specific gravity
t. оо ЗОоо0
29ооо
29000
27000
— 01i4 26000
— Ot19 25000
21000
0.95 — 0122
23000
-0127 22000
21000
— 0134 20000
19000
18000
а 9о 17000
16000
15000
11000
13000
I~aide dia9~ter
аи of travity disc (999) 12000
11 ооо
10000
9000
8000
7000
0.80
6000
5000
4000
3000
0. T5 —+— 2000
1520 30 40 50 60 То ю 9о too ' С Feed rate (L/h)
60 BO 100 120 140 1 б0 180 200 'F

Separati п g temperature
Fig . з- го

3 .25


[Model SJtOG/GH (Lubrica4ng Oil)]
Specific gravity
~ . oo ~t
г5оо -
о. я8
вооо
0 .00 1500
1000
0 .85
500
0.80 Inside di ameter

of gravity disc (m~)
0.75'
...~. p
i5 0 ~o /0 50
2 50 7o eo ~ too ' C Feed rate (L/h)
60 80 100 Y20 lID 1f0 180 200 ~F
Fig . 3-21


[Model SJ20(~/GH (Lubricating Oil)7
Specific gravity
1 .00
0.96
0.90
0.16
1000
Inside diameter
600
o. eo of gravity disc (mn)
0 .16 ` ~ ' ~. .. 0
1s 20 30 10 60 10 70 80 90 100 ' С Feed rate (L/h)
ао 9о ~ оо ~2о ио 1 ео 19 о гоо •F
Separating temp в rature
Fig . 3-22
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 3.27 Operation Manual2


[Model SJ30G/GH (Lubricating Oil)]
Specific gravity
1 .00 .~ еаао
5500
6000
0.96 4600
4000
3500
0.90 3000
2500
2000
0. е5
~ боо
1 ns i де д i an~ete r ~ 1000
of gravity disc (59п)
о. ео
ьоо
о. ~ь y 0
is z0 3о 1о so бо ~о ео 9о i ао ' C Feed rate (~/hl
60 90 100 120 110 160 190 200 ~

F
Fig . 3-23
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 3 .28 Operation Manual2 ~-~


[Model SJ50~/GH (lub~icati~g Oil)]
Specific gravity
1.00 .~ -12000
-11000
-10000
а яв
- t000
a000
О. 90 7000
e000
5000
о. е 5
~000
Inside diameter ~000

of gravity disc Gia)
0 .90
2000
о. 75 i i i i ~ ~ ~ i i ~
1000
Feed rate (L/h)

15 2о а0 t0 5о 60 70 в0 90 100 ' С
so ео ~ оо t2o ио i5o ~ ю 2оо 'F
Fig . 3-24


[Model SJ60GIGH (Lubricating Oil)]
Specific gravity
1 .00 ~ 11000
1~ ОО ~
12000 у
0.96 11000
10000
0000
0.90 9000
7000
1000
0.95
6000
1000
Inside d'~a~et~~
о. ео of gravity disc (~~) зооо
2000
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
0.76~ 1000
152о зо 1о 5о бо ю ю 9о 1 оо ' С Ееед Г 8~8 (~~1)
60 80 100 120 110 160 180 200 'F
Fig . 3-25


[Model SJ70GJGH (~b~lcating Oil)]
Specific gravity
1 . oo .~ ~ вооо
15000
11000
13000
0.16
12000
11000
10000
0.00 9000
1000
7000
0.05 0000
5000
1000
1nsida diameter
аю
of `r а~ i ty д г вс (А1д)
3000
2000
1000
152о 30 10 50 ю 70 ю 00 1 оо 'С Feed rate (L/h)
5о ю 1 оо 120 110 1 ю 1ю 200 'F

Fig . 3-26

3-31


[Model SJ100GIGH (Lubricating Oil)]
Specific iravity
~. oo .~ -22000
- 21000
~- 20000
У
'-1!000
11000
0, У5 17000
-11000
-15000
-1~ ю0
- 13000
0.00 - 12000
- 11000
-10000
- 1000
а as - 1000
- 7ооо
- еооо
Inside diameter - 5000
of gravity дгвс Сли)

0 .10 ~000
3000
2000
0.75 ' ' 1000
i~ го Эо 4о 50 60 iо ю 90 100 ' C Feed rate (l/h)
ю ю ноо гго t4o ню 1ю гоо 'F
Fig . 3-27
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual Operation Manual2 v

3 . 32


[Model SJ120G/GH (Lubricating oil)I ,
Specific gravity
t. 00 21000
25000
21000
2J000
22000
21000
0. i5
20000
11000
11000
17000
11000
а 9о 15000
11000
1JD00
12000
11000
0.15 10000
9000
1000
Inside diaмeter
of gravity disc (wtп ) 7000
бооо
o. во
5000
1000
~000
0.75 2000
15 20 30 40 50 60 70 10 90 100 ' С Feed rate Q./h)
60 80 100 120 110 160 160 400 'F

Fig . 3-28

3-33


[Model SJ150G/GH (Lub~icati~g Oil)]
Specific gravity
1 .00 ~~ эооо0
29000
28000
27000
0.95
22000
21000 ~--
20000
19000
11000
0.90 17000
11000
15000
14000
13000
i2000
0.15 11000
10000
9006
Inside diameter еооо

of ~ravitY disc (m дJ юо0
а ео бооо
5000
4000
эооо
0.75 -1- 2aoo

i520 ао 4о 5о 6о ю ю 9о 1 оо ' С Feed rate (L/h)
60 ВО 100 ~ 120 140 160 110 200 '~
Separati пg temperature
Fig . 3-29
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual Operation Manual2 y

3-34

3 .4 Lubrication Oil
Lubrication oil in the gear case lubricates each
bearing of the vertical aid horizontal shafts as well
as the acceleration gear.
The available lubrication method includes the oil
bath and splash lubrication by a spiral gear.
As the maintenance performance of the lubrication
oil seriously affects the life of each power
transmission unit, sufficient care should be
exercised on its handling.
For this lubrication, remove the gear cover or
lubrication plug attached on the gear cover .
Fig . 3-30
сАитi ои
Before supplying the lubrication oil, be sure to stop the SELFJECTOR. The oil becomes very hot
during operation . To avoid the risk of the oil being scattered around t~ burn operator's hand or
~ hurt his eyes, do not remove the plug or gear cover when the SELFJECTOR is i~ operation.
3 .4.1 Oil quantity
сАитiои
Oil quantity should be checked with the SELFJECTOR being held
horizontally.
Refilling the lubrication oil as to exceed the upper re g line (H) may
cause additives contained i~ the lubrication oil to deposit into sludge,
which cam adversely affeect the lubrication effect. Take sufficient care
mot to exceed the upper red line (H).
Refer to
Tab a 3-6 for appropriate oil quantities . Refill the oil up until the red
line (H) on the oil gauge as shown in Fig . 3-31.
During operation make sure that the oil level falls in -between the ped lines (H) and (L).
ТаЫе 3-6
Моде 1 SJ10G/GH SJ50G/GH SJ100G/GH
SJ20G/GH SJ60G/GH SJ 120E/GH
SJ30G/GH SJ70G/GH SJ150G/GH
Oil quantity (L) 6 .3 11 .5 16

3-35

3 .4.2 Optimum viscosity ---
Optimum viscosity ISO VG150 (135 ^-165 mm2/sec)
Refer to Section 3 .4 .3 for recommended lubricating oil brands.
NOTE
Synthetic lubricating oil should be within an equivalent range of ISO VG220 (198 to 242 mm 2lS).
1, c~u~ioN
Before using synthetic lubricating oil, make sure of its suitability by the procedure described in
the "Maintenance Manual".

3 .4 .3 Recommended brands
For the recommended brands refer to Tab a 3-7.
ТаЫе 3-7
i iscosity
Manufacturer Brad name mm /sec at40 oC
BP ENERGOL GR-XP150 140
MEROPA LUBRICANT 150 143

CALTEX URSA OIL P150 140
GASTROC GASTROC ALPHA SP150 159
GEAR COMPOUND EP150 142

CHEVRON 143
MACHINE OIL AW150
COSMO OIL COSMO GEAR SE150 153 .8
SPARTAN EP150 144

EXXONMOBIL 152
MOBIL GEAR 629
GULF EP LUBRICANT HD150 150
IDEMITSU KOSAN DAPHNE SUPER GEAR OIL 150 150 .4
JAPAN ENERGY JOMO REDUCTUS 150 149 .4
NIPPON OIL BONNOC M150 154
SHELL O МА RA OIL 150 150

SHELL 150
SHELL TELLUS OIL C150
MEROPA LUBRICANT 150 143
T Е XA СО 150
REGAL R&O 150
NOTE
Please consult our company whew using lubricating oil other than herein recommended or
synthetic lubricating oil.
For the replacement period of the lubricating oil and precautions for use of synthetic lubricating
oil, refer to Section 3 .2 of the "Maintenance manual".

3-37

3 .5 Sludge Discharge Interval
c~u~io~
Too long sludge discharge intervals may cause defective separation and mechanical damage on
the unit
The optimum sludge discharge interval varies with the operation method and nature of the treated oil,
etc ., which makes it hard to be uniformly determined.
Too long intervals may accelerate the contamination inside the bowl and result in sludge deposition,
whilst too short intervals may reduce the operation efficiency.
NOTE
To determine an optimal discharge interval, it is a recommended practice to perform a test run
under practical conditions for a certain length of time and find an interval commensurate to
sludge concentration in the treated oil while watching the internal state of the bowl partial
accumu/atio~ of sludge, contamination of disc(1), etc.
3 .5 .1 Discharge Interval (Total discharge)

The general discharge intervals and amount of sludge discharge for the treatment of fuel and lubricating
oils by the manual type GAP-11 and automatic types GBC-1 and GSH-1 are as shown in Take 3-8 and
Tab a 3-9, respectively .
ТаЫе 3-8

A Heavy Oil C Heavy Oil Cross-head engine Trunk piston engine
(380mm 2/s at50°C)
Standard Standard Standard Standard
Sludge discharge times
12 24 12 24
time / da
Sludge discharge interval
120 60 120 60
min
Bowl washing times
0 0 2 4
time / da
ТаЫе 3-9
SJ10G/GH SJ20G/GH SJ30G/GH SJ50G/GH SJ70G/GH SJ100G/GH SJ150G/GH

SJ60G/GH SJ 120E/GH
Amount of
sludge
20 2 .3 3 .5 7 .1 8 .4 17 .2 19 .2
discharge
(L /time)

3 .5.2 Discharge Interval (HIDENS specification)

For reference, Table 3-10 shows the general discharge intervals where a fuel oil or lubricating oil is
treated in automatic specification GSH-1.
The automatic specification GSH-1 discharges sludge in the total discharge aid separated water in the
partial discharge . In some cases, however, total discharge of separated water with sludge takes place,
depending on the amount of time spent for water detection . The lubricating oil treatment can include
post-total discharge the bowl washing process at a certain rate . The sludge discharge rates for different
types are generally as shown in Tai a 3-9, though they vary with the frequency of water detection.
ТаЫе 3-10
A Heavy Oil C Heavy Oil Cross-head engine Trunk piston engine
(~SOmm 2/s at50 C)
Standard Standard Standard Standard
Sludge discharge times
12 24 12 24
time / da
Sludge discharge interval
120 60 120 60
min
Bowl washing times
0 0 2 4
time / da
NOTE
No the bowl washing process is included, except in lubricating oil treatment.
Take 3-11 shows the amount of separated water in the partial discharge.
ТаЫе 3-11
SJ10GH SJ20GH SJ30GH SJ50GH SJ70GH SJ100GH SJ150GH

SJ60GH SJ 120tH
Amount of
separated
0 .8 - 1 .2 0 .9 – 1 .4 1 .4 – 2 .1 2 .8 – 4 .3 3 .4 – 5 .0 6 .9 – 1 0 .3 7 .7 – 11 .5
water
(L /time)

сдитi ои
Operate the lubricating oil puri>•rer continuously as long as possi~ e.
Should the purifier be forced to stop for the reasons below, operate it for approximately 12
hours with sludge discharged at 10 to 20 minutes intervals before setting for discharge at
standard Intervals after taking into consideration of the system oil at the time of normal
operation.
Length of Purifier Shutdown

Cross-head engine Trunk piston engine
Restarting the engine and purifier after stopping
them in the anchorage or dock .(This is because
the sludge density increases at the inside 24 h or more 12 h or more
bottom of the sump tank due to natural
sedimentation .)
Restarting the purifier after once stopping it

12 h or more 6 h or more
with the engine kept running .

3 .6 Operating Water
The SELFJECTOR requires;
• Operating water for opening/closing bowl,
• Sealing water,
• Replacement water,
• Regulating water (when lubricating oil is treated),
• Bowl washing water (when lubricating oil is treated).
Normally, pure water is used in all cases . To ensure proper use of the SELFJECTOR, the water
pressure should be correctly set by means of reducing valve for operating water.
м
шнюгорим 0, гтг
дмьа ьим
м•г +ег ошг•ма •~ь►

~► ьам
ы.сног ...ь ,оист.г

~~~~ SV1
Opa~atln~ wat~~ raducing valve
SV2
SV3
Fig . 3-32 Triple Solenoid Valve Unit (GBC-1)
ыи ~ог а,иьш ге 1ег

гог аоаго Ьам
ш.ьг
1ог
SV9
rr.~ fог ..гьпр шв1п
~,а ~р.о «~ипгш.ы
5V1
Op~~atln~ ~rab~~ ~~dudng valve
SV2
SV3
Fig . 3-33 Quadruple Solenoid Valve Unit (GSH-1)

~-41

3 .6 .1 Operating water quality
сдитiои
• When hard water is used, scale will be produced on the inside surface of the water
supplying device, drain nozzle, or solenoid valve, which may cause various troubles.
• The harder the water, the more scales on the water supplying device and pilot valve. To
prevent it, the cleaning intervals should be as shod as practically possible.
Since the operating water is used for the opening/closing valve of the purifier bowl, its quality should be
pure, transparent and soft water such that it can prevent the valve from scaling or corrosion.
Use that quality of operating water, as follows:
• Evaporation remainder 10 mg / L or less

• Total hardness 110 mg/L or less : as CaCO3 /L (Hardness ~° dH or less) V
• pH value 6.5 to 7 .5
• Salt content 100 mg/L or less : (CI' 60 mg/L or less)
3 .6 .2 Setting pressure of operating water

Use the following operation water pressure for each of automatic specifications.
Automatic type Discharge type Set pressure Required pressure

Standard value
Manual, GAP-11 0 .35 to 0 .5 МРа 2
Total discharge 0 .3 MPa (3 .0 kgf/cm2 )
GBC-1, GBC-2 0 .35 to 0.5 k f/cm
Total and Partial 0 .35 to 0 .5 МРа
GSH-1 0 .25 МРа (2 .5 kgf/cm2 )
dischar a 0 .35 to 0 .5 k flcm2
сдит i ои
Where the primary pressure of operating water is lower than 0.2 MPa (2 kgf/cm 2), then sludge
discharge efficiency will be decreased. Otherwise a pressure exceeding 0 .75 МРа (7.5 kgf/cm 2)
may cause the so /enoid valve malfunctioning.

To adjust the operating water pressure, use the adjust screw on top of the reducing valve while reading
the valve's pressure gauge . (See Fig . 3-17)
How to pressure adjustment with adjust screw

Turn clockwise : Pressure increases.
Turn counter-clockwise : Pressure decreases.
The reducing valve has been shop- adjusted for optimal water pressure according to manual and
automatic specifications shown in Section 3 .6 .2.
сАитi ои
When setting or adjusting the operating water pressure during running, use the manual handle
of SV2 while running operating water for bowl closing. Where the purifier is not running, perform
this with the operating water inlet tube (Teflon) removed. Otherwise, the operating water could
find its way to the gear case to damage bearings.
NOTE
The pressure of the operating water reducing valve may increase after the SV2 solenoid valve
closes, but this is not an anomaly.

3 .6 .3 Operating water for opening bowl

The operating water for opening bowl is used to force down the main cylinder to open the bowl, letting
out sludge and water accumulated in the bowl in the "total discharge" or "partial discharge".
• I~ the case of total discharge, the operating water is regulated by the solenoid valve SV1 and
introduced into the bowl opening water pressure chamber via feeding device.
• In the case of partial discharge (GSH-1 specification models only), the operating water is regulated
by the solenoid valve SV9 aid introduced into the bowl closing water pressure chamber via feeding
device. When the bowl closing water pressure chamber has been filled up, the bowl opening water
ove~Flows into the bowl opening water pressure chamber, depressing the main cylinder to open the
bowl instantly.
Main seal ring
Mein cylinder
Piblvalve
valve sheet
Bowl opening Watercourse tc~ closing bowl

water p~e~sura chamber
Bowl closing °°°°~°°'^

water pressure chamber (y[~
~ ~~~
Watsrcou~e for openlny bowl
Quadruple solenoid valve unit
SV9 ~ { Operating water for opaninp bowl
SV 1 ~ ; Operating water for onaninp bowl
SV2 ~ = Operating water for closl~y bowl
SVS ► To sealing water апд replacement inlet
Supply water
Fig . 3-34
3 .6 .4 Operating water for closing bowl

The operating water for closing bowl is used to force up the main cylinder to close the bowl . The bowl
closing water is regulated by the solenoid valve SV2 and introduced into the bowl closing water
pressure chamber via feeding device . The bowl closing water is introduced intermittently into the bowl
closing water pressure chamber for a predetermined period of time during purifier operation.
1 c~u~io~
Where the primary pressure of operating wafer is lower than 0 .2 MPa (2.0 kgf/cmZ), the bowl
closing failure could occur.

3 .6 .5 Quantity of sealing water/ regulating water and replacement water, washing water
сАитiо N
if the sealing water and replacement water are not adequate in quantity;
• Oil loss during sludge discharge will increase,
• Water circulates over the light liquid side, or
• Oil flows out from the heavy liquid side.
Therefore, be sure to set correct quantities of these waters.
Sealing water is used to form a water phase within the bowl prior to performing apurifier-run and
prevent feed liquid from flowing out of the heavy liquid side when it is supplied . On the other hand,
replacement water is used to collect oils in the bowl before discharging sludge so that the oil loss can
be minimized.
The quantities of sealing water and replacement water required by different models shown below,
respectively.
3 .6 .5.1 Quantities of sealing water, replacement water (Manual, GAP-11, GBC-1)

-- Tab a 3-12 shows the quantities of replacement water and sealing water for Manual, GAP-11, GBC-1
Type .
ТаЫе 3-12
SJ10G SJ20G SJ30G SJ50G SJ70G SJ100G SJ150G

SJ60G SJ 120E
Quantity of Sealing Water 1 .2 1 .3 1 .6 3 .5 4 .0 8 .4 8 .0
(L /time)
Quantity of Replacement Water 0 .6 1 .0 1 .6 2 .8 3 .7 7 .8 9 .5
(L /time)
3 .6 .5 .2 Quantities of replacement water, regulating water (GSH-1)

Table ~-13 shows the quantities of regulating water and replacement water for GSH-1 Type . On
lubricating oil purifier for G-HIDENS specifications, regulating water is supplied before oil feed.
ТаЫе 3-13
SJ10GH SJ20GH SJ30GH SJ50GH SJ70GH SJ100GH SJ150GH

SJ60GH SJ 120tH
Quantity of Regulating Water 1 .6
0 .1 0 .2 0 .3 0 .5 1 .3
(L /time)
Quantity of Replacement Water
for Total discharge 1 .3 1 .4 1 .9 4 .1 5 .2 10 .2 11 .0
(L /time)
Quantity of Replacement Water
for Partial discharge 0 .3 0 .7 1 .2 1 .7 1 .7
(L /time)
(NOTE
No reg ulatin g water needs to be fed into a fuel oil purifier.

3-45

3 .6 .6 Quantities of washing water

In the case of lubricating oil purifier, washing water is introduced into the bowl to clean the inside at
predetermined intervals of sludge discharge . Solids in the bowl are removed with washing water in total
discharge . The quantities of washing water required by different models are as shown below.
ТаЫе 3-14
SJ10G/GH SJ20G/GH SJ30G/GH SJ50G1GH SJ70G/GH SJ100G/GH SJ150G/GH

SJ60G/GH SJ 120E/GH
Washing water 1 .6 1 .8 2 .5 5 .2 6 .1 12 .8 14 .2
(L /time)
NOTE
No washing water needs to be fed into a fuel oil purifier.

3 .7 Partial Discharge Setting /Adjustment (GSH-1)

Partial discharge (amount of sludge) adjustment can be accomplished through pressure control by the
reducing valve for operating water . The Multi-Monitor (MM-3) tells whether or not partial discharge is
optimal.
3 .7 .1 Setting/adjustment of partial discharge

1. Set the timer (T011) of the control panel to 0 .6 sec.
2. Set the reducing valve connected to the solenoid valve unit for secondary pressure at a standard
preset level of 0 .25 MPa (2 .5 kgf/cm 2 ).
NOTE
The primary pressure of the supply water line should be 0.35 to 0.5 МРа (3.5 to 5.0 k~flcm 2).
The supply water pressure beyond 0 .75 МРа (7.5 k~flcm 2) could cause a reducing valve
failure.
_ To adjust the reducing valve for optimum secondary pressure, use the adjust screw that is exposed if
the seal on top of the valve is removed . Turning the adjust screw as required, set the reducing valve for
desired pressure while reading its pressure gauge . Turning the adjust screw clockwise increases the
secondary pressure and acounter-clockwise turn decreases it.
Proper pressure setting on the reducing valve provides the discharge rates of Take 3-11 "Separated
Water Discharge Rates (Partial Discharge)" . After pressure setting / adjustment, check through the
Multi-Monitor that sludge discharge is optimal in accordance with Section 3 .7 .2 "Monitoring Partial
Discharge".
Quadruple solenoid valve unit

Ад1 иst агг+аш
SV9 ' ~11~' ррегеЬп9 шннег redиdng
SV1 in уаирв
_ Expansion of
SV2 o- орвпзtlпу шанеГ
reducMg valve
SV3 т
Fig . 3-35

3 .47

NOTE
• With the reducing valve for operating water set (shop- adjusted) for secondary pressure
at a standard preset level of 0.25 MPa (2.5 kgflcm~), be sure fo ascertain that partial
discharge is optimal by measuring its quantity.
• Increasing the reducing valve secondary pressure increases sludge discharge. To
decrease, lower the pressure.
~ The pressure of the operating water reducing valve may increase after the SV2 solenoid
valve closes, but this is not an anomaly.
3 .7 .2 Measure of the amount of partial discharge

The measure of the partial discharge is available only in the automatic control (GSH-1) system.
To measure, there are two methods:
1. Continuous measurement during normal operation . .,r
2. One-time measurement for discharge adjustment or check
In this paragraph, the procedure for one-time measurement will be described . Before measure of the
partial discharge, make sure that the sensor is in position by reference to Section 4 .3 .3 "Checking '~
Proximity Switch Position" in this manual.
сдитi ои
Described below is the genera! procedure for checking the amount of partial discharge . Prior to
starting operation, be sure to refer to Section 5. "Operation" in this manual. Given Instructions
are subject to the SELFJECTOR being ready to start. (The piping had completed for operation).
1 . Set the power switches of the starter, automatic control panel and Multi-Monitor to ON in that order.
2 . Remove the front cover of the Multi-Monitor aid check that all internal switches aye in the
designated positions.
1) Check that the 50Hz/60Hz selector switch is in the position of power frequency for the
SELFJECTOR . (See Fig . 3-36)
2) Set the DD alarm output switch to OFF . (See Fig . 3-36)
3) Set the Partial ON/OFF switch to OFF . (See Fig . 3-36)
NOTE
Each model of the SELFJECTOR has a different range of optical discharge.
Correct measurement cannot be performed without proper settings . (Refer to Section 4.1 .2)
3 . Start the SELFJECTOR in accordance to the start-up procedure described in Section 5.

"Operation".
4 . Ascertain that the SELFJECTOR has entered into purifier operation . Purifier operation is started in
response command signals received by the Multi-Monitor from the automatic control panel, when
the confirmation LED for input signal "Feeding"(green) in the Multi-Monitor апд the "Rotation
Display LED"(green) on the Multi-Monitor are illuminated.
5 . Press the Discharge measurement switch in the Multi-Monitor . The green "Measuring" LED of the
confirmation LED for partial discharge quantity is illuminated . This indication means that the purifier
is ready for measurement . (See Fig . 3-36)

6. Then, press the "DIS-T" push button on the automatic control panel.
7. The sequence of the automatic control panel proceeds to the "sludge discharge" process and
sludge discharge takes place.
8. The revolution sensor (proximity switch) installed in the purifier picks a drop in horizontal shaft
speed and its output signal equivalent to the quantity of sludge discharge effected is sent to the
Multi-Monitor.
9. The input is indicated through appropriate Partial Discharge LED in the Multi-Monitor ; ped LED for
"OVER", green LED for "JUST" or red LED for "UNDER" . (See Fig . 3-36)
10. If "OVER" LED (red) or "UNDER" LED (red) is illuminated, regulate the secondary pressure of the
reducing valve for operating water (refer to Section 3 .7 .1 and perform above operations from Step 5
downward to adjust the quantity of discharge until the "JUST" LED (green) is illuminated.
NOTE
A change in reducing valve setting must be followed by discharge tests to have line pressure
- stabilized before proceeding to discharge measurement.

Datum sensitivit vR Discharge measurement switch

Dischargr quantity
setting switch
~ ~ Partial discharge confirmation LED
оо
0
~ Ф o ~ OVER KED red)
Center voRa9e of discharge q JUST LED green)
оо
quantity sett~g switch
о ее вв ~ UNDER KED red)
q MEASURING KED green)
® 8® ~®
1 . 50~z / 60~z selector switch
Power switch ® ~~ ~2 . Partial ON_/ OFF selector switch
~~
OFF ON
1 2 3 4 3 6 7 8 9 0 ц 1
g
ADD а 1 агт ои
О
ut switch
® 0~
OFF ON
Fig . 3-36
Control /LED Function
Power switch ON/OFF control of Multi-Monitor power
50Hz / 60Hz selector switch Used to select power frequency for SELFJECTOR.
Setting to ON effects constant monitoring to determine
Partial ON /OFF switch whether or not discharge is proper . With the switch in OFF
osition, there is no monitorin of dischar e.
Used for one-time measurement of sludge discharge . With
Partial ON/OFF switch in OFF position, pressing this
Discharge measurement switch switch once effects measurement of sludge discharge only
once, with "Measurin "LED reen illuminated.
Partial OVER (red) Lit when discharge is more than preset.
discharge JUST (green) Lit when discharge is optimal as preset.
confirmation UNDER (red) Lit when discharge is less than preset.
LED MEASURING (green) Lit when discharge measurement switch is pressed.
Setting the switch to OFF cuts off No Discharge alarm
DD alarm output switch signal . There is no alarm output to the automatic control
anel and alarm anel .

3 .8 Timer Setup on the Automatic Control Panel

Literally the automatic control panel automatically controls each operation of the SELFJECTOR.
This automatic control panel has incorporated various timers such as to control each solenoid valve, etc.
Correct settings of these timers are the keys to normal and efficient machine operations . The set
periods of these timers will vary depending on the flow rate of the operating water . Consult
Tai a 3-15 and Table 3 -16 for standard settings (guidelines) at each operation mode.
3 .8 .1 GBC-1 timer settings guideline)

Fig . 3-37 shows the operation timing of each timer incorporated in the automatic control panel during
sludge discharge process and purifying process.
Pu~~ying process Sludge discharge process Purifying process Sludge dlscharga process
Operation intervals of each solenoid valve

during sludge discharge process
J Replacement water suРР N P~

g sludge discharge p гooess
I I диriп
Treated liquid feeding period

(sludge discharge interval)
Sealing water supply period

during sludge discharge p~oce~
1
Operating water supply for Dosing bowl
3
6
I Intermittent water supply timer
Replacement .
4 4
β
wat^ Sealing water
In[en~ittent water supply
Water for Wates for

closing bowl closing bowl
Operating water supply period for opening bowl

during sludge discharge process
Closing the feed valve Sludge discharge
(Remarks)
• Figures in the oblong boxes above denote timer numbers.
• For treatment of lubricating oil, bowl washing process is added downstream of the
sludge discharge process .
Fig . 3-37
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 3_ ~~ Operation Manual2

3 .8 .1 .1 GBC-1 type automatic control panels
Tam a 3-15 Timer Counter Setting Guideline (GBC-1)
Timer
Item U nit SJ10G SJ20G SJ30G SJ50G SJ60G SJ70G SJ100G SJ120G SJ150
Interval T000 sec 15 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20

Opening bowl T001 sec 3
Re lacement water T003 sec 5 8 12 14 14 19 29 29 32
Sealin water T003 sec 9 10 12 18 18 20 32 32 27
Intermittent water su 1 C014 min 10
Operating water supply for
T016 sec 5
closing bowl
Dischar a interval C015 min NOTE1
Bowl washing Fuel oil T004 0
sec
water Lubricating oil T004 12 13 19 26 26 31 48 48 47
Bowl washing Fuel oil CO23 0
times
counter Lubricatin oil CO23 6
NOTE1 : For discharge intervals, refer to Section 3 .5 "Sludge Discharge Interval".
NOTE
• Timer settings for sealing water and replacement water in the above list are based o~ the
feed rate at 8 L/min, for SJ10G to BOG, at 72 L/min . for SJ50G to 70G, at 16 L/min. for SJ100G
and 120E and at 78 L/min . for SJ150G . For practical setting, always measure the flow rate
actually and select proper values accordingly.
• Fuel oil purifrers have no bowl washing proce:

3 52

3 .8 .2 GSH -1 type timer settings (guideline)

Normally, the G-HIDENS type oil purifier discharges sludge in the total discharge mode aid separated
water in the partial discharge mode on a command signal from the Multi-Monitor with Water Detector
Function.
For G-HIDENS specification, various timers in the automatic control panel GSH-1 are actuated at the
timings shown in Fig . 3-38 for sludge discharge process and bowl washing process . For action timings
for total discharge timers, see Fig . 3-37 . For specific setting requirements for timers in the automatic
control panel GSH-1, refer to the Operation Manual 3.
Ригi1у1 пр process авралЬд water discharge pro иss Ригi1у1пр р rои ss Sludge diseharpe process Purifying process Sludgs discharge ргьсеее
(Рагtiа1 dbeЬarpe) (7она 1 disehargs) ( Гона 1 д1венагре )
Monitod~g time
Commend to discharge
of sep~ra[ ed wele~
hom the wales deled~
Ope~atlon intervals
of each adenoid valve
Water deted'~n during separated water
discharge process
~ Treated Ipuid feeding period (sWdge discharge interval)
Operating water soppy β

t^ closing bowl
T016 ~~~
In ŭ~nlltent wab~ wpply Omar
14 . ..
Rapleeerrи nl webr
( Рагн1е 1)
I~te~nitlenl wales supply
1~
Water for dosing bawl Operating water supply period for opening bowl
during separated wales discharge process
Closing tAe feed valve Separated water discharge
(Remarks)
• Figures in the oblong boxes above denote timer numbers.
• If the Water Detector is activated after the lapse of monitoring time (CO22), total
discharge of sludge and separated water is effected.
• For the timing of total discharge, refer to Section 3 .8 .1.
• I~ the case of lubricating oil treatment, washing process is effected as many times as
set on the washing counter (CO23) after sludge discharge process (total discharge).
• For lubricating oil treatment, regulating water feed is added before washing process
and after separated water discharge process (partial discharge).
Fig . 3-38

3-53

13 .8 .2 .1 GSH- 1 type automatic control panels
Tam a 3-16 Timer Counter Setting Guideline (GSH-1)
Timer
Item Uni SJ10G SJ20G SJ30G SJ50G SJ60G SJ70G SJ100G SJ120G SJ150G
No .
Interval T000 sec 15 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20
O enin bowl T001 sec 3
Re lacement water T002 sec 10 11 14 21 21 26 38 38 37
Regulating Fuel oil 0
T003 sec
water Lubricatin oil 1 1 2 ~ 3 3 5 5 5
Bowl washing Fuel oil 0
T004 sec
water Lubricatin oil 12 13 19 26 26 31 48 48 47
O enin bowl artial T011 sec 0 .6
Replacement
T012 sec 2 2 2 3 3 6 6 6 6
water artial
T013 sec
Water( partial) Lubricatin oil 1 1 2 3 3 3 5 5 5
Intermittent water su 1 C014 min 15
Operating water supply for
T016 sec 5
closin bowl
Dischar a interval C015 min NOTE1
Detection count reset CO26 min 30
Water detection setting
CO27 time 6
counter
Monitorin time CO22 min 20
Bowl washing Fuel oil 0
CO23 time
counter Lubricatin oil 6
NOTE1 : For discharge intervals, refer to Section 3 .5 "Sludge Discharge Interval".
NOTE2 : Please use CO21 by fixing to 1.
NOTE
• Timer settings for sealing water and replacement water in the above list are based on the
feed rate at 8 L/min . for SJ10GH to 30tH, at 12 L/min . for SJ50GH to 70tH, at 16 Amin . for
SJ100GH and 120tH and at 18 L/min . for SJ150GH. For practical setting, always measure
the flow rate actually and select proper values accordingly.
• Fuel oil purifiers have no regulating water feeding process and bowl washing processes.
сдитiои
When SJ10GH to 150tH types are used in the total discharge mode (purifier operation), select
an appropriate gravity disc that fits the specific gravity of feed liquid aid install it in position.
Then, fully open the shut-off valve and set the Water Detector selector dial to No working
position. (Refer to Section 6.4.2.4 in the Operation Manual 1 .) In this particular case, the
regulating water (T003) mentioned above refers to sealing water. Accordingly, set appropriate
value for sealing water on fhe timer of the mode! used by reference to Table 3- 15 in 3.8.1.1. if
there is ~o setting for sealing water, the Leakage Monitor function of the Multi-Monitor is
acfuated and gives an alarm.
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual ~-54 Operation Manual2

4 Multi - Monitor
4 .1 Multi-Monitor
The Multi-Monitor, which is an integrated detection and display instrument, is available in three types.
The Multi-Monitors vary in the functions that have with applicable types of automatic system (Refer to
Tam a 4-1) .
ТаЫе 41
Functions MM-1 MM-2 MM-3
Applied automatic control device GBC-1 GBC-1 GSH-1

Alam anel : GAP-11 with DD
Leaks e Monitor Function LM O O O
Indication of inlet tem erature O O O
Indication of flow rate O O O
Indication of outlet ressure O O O
Dischar a Detector Function DD — O O
Indication of revolution number — O O
Water Detector Function WD — — O
Communication RS485 — O O
NOTE
See Tab a 4-7 above for the functions incorporated in different types of the Multi-Monitor.
4 .1 .1 Kinds of switches and Setting parameters

For the Multi-Monitor, there are parameters to be selected through switches, etc . and those preset in
internal memories . Fig . 41 identifies the switches, etc . aid their locations . For memory preset items,
see Tam a 42.
Datum se~sitivit VR Discharge measurement switch
Discharge quantity setting switch 1 1. 50~z / 60~z selector switch

2. Partial ON/OFF selector switch
Center voltage of discharge quantity settingswitch

00 ° ®~
ion setting switch
Pressure displ~lock sw~c~
h O
В
$ ® SWl Select F
О
® Sw2 Fo~w~d 4
®
о ~® ® ® SWC Backward ~
~1' =' 1 Sw1 Enter 1t
DD alarm output switch
Water detection output_ switch _'
Temperature ala~n output switch ~~~ аг ои
Rotation output switch_ __ о
13 17 - D
~
~
~
~
`
ir-' °
~
~. Flow rate indication adjustment VR
111 i
Power switch 123~367 В 90 и оо
° ~ Temperature indication adjustment VR
,О sub connector
10
\ \D-
Water detects selector dial ; ~
~~ LM alarm output switch
No water / heavy liquid detector function
Water detect~ functim
B Heavy Fquid detector function lf~ optional use)
q
Fig . 4-1

ТаЫе 4-2
Memory preset
Setting items Operation
item number
1 Kinds of oil YES
2 SELFJECTOR-G model YES
~ Gear pump model YES
4 Minimum light liquid pressure (MPa) YES
5 LM trigger pressure DP ( МРа) YES
6 Delay timer (sec) YES
7 Hold timer (sec) YES
8 Feed oil temperature (°C) NO
9 Detection exclusion temperature (°C) NO
10 Minimum WD pressure ( МРа ) YES
11 Maximum heavy liquid pressure ( МРа ) NO
12 WD trigger pressure OW (МРа ) YES
13 Light liquid pressure ( МРа) YES
14 Pressure averaging time (sec) NO

4 .1 .2 Accessing Memory Preset Items and Changing Memory Settings
4 .1 .2 .1 Accessing Multi-Monitor Memory Preset Items

To access the memory preset items of the Multi-Monitor, use the function setting switches (SW1 to 4).
Press the function setting switch 4 (SW4 : Enter) for 2 seconds and release . A preset item number
appears in the upper seven-segment display with the current preset value indicated in the tower . Keep
pressing the function setting switch 1 (SW1 : Select) until the desired preset item number is displayed.
4.1 .2.2 Changing Multi-Monitor Memory Preset Value

When it becomes necessary to change a memory preset value, access the number of the item to be
changed through the function setting switch 1 (SW1 : Select) and change it by means of the function
setting switch 2 (SW2 : Forward) or the function setting switch 3 (SWC : Backward) . The preset value
increases or decreases at minimum varia~ a steps predetermined for each preset item . Key in a desired
new value and press the function setting switch 4 (SW4 : Enter) . The new value is registered in the
memory.
NOTE
Preset values cannot be changed without pressing the function setting switch 4
4.1 .2 .3 Locking Display

During normal operation, "flow rate" is always indicated in the upper seven-segment LED display, and
"feed liquid temperature"Flight liquid pressure" appears in the lower changing (incrementally) at steps of
5 seconds.
At the start of operation or during operation, when back pressure at the light liquid outlet becomes
necessary to adjust to optimize the Leakage Monitor function of the Multi-Monitor or for other reason,
press the Pressure Display Lock switch on the Multi-Monitor panel once . This freezes the "light liquid
pressure" appearing in the lower seven-segment LED display of the Multi-Monitor . (Flow rate remains
indicated in the upper LED display .) To release the lock to resume the incremental display of pressure,
press the Pressure Display Lock switch again.
NOTE
To lock the display of light liquid pressure oily, press the Pressure Display Lock switch at
the left of the Multi-Monitor panel once, and the incremental display is switched to the locked
indication . To resume the incremental display, press this select switch once.
By continuing pushing the function setting switch 2 (SW2 : Forward), the incremental display is switched
to the "feed liquid temperature", the "light liquid pressure", the "revolution number", the "water pressure"
indication by repetition.
The "revolution number" is indicated by MM-2 (with DD function) and MM-3, the "water pressure" is
indicated by MM-3 only . LEDs (green) on the Multi-Monitor panel are illuminated to confirm the
indications.
By detaching from the function setting switch 2 (SW2 : Forward), the display indicates only the "feed
liquid temperature" and the "light liquid pressure" indication by repetition incrementally.
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 4 .3 Operation Ma~ual2

4.1 .2 .4 Default of Setting Value _,

Factory-set default values for the res p ective p reset items are as shown in Tai a 4-3.
сАитiои
At test running, listed default values require adjustment according to the SELFJECTOR
specification and model.
ТаЫе 4-3
Selection range of
No Setting items MM-1 ~M-2 MM-3
settin
1 Power switch ON /OFF OFF OFF OFF
2 LM alarm output switch ON /OFF OFF OFF OFF
3 DD alarm output switch ON /OFF — OFF OFF
4 Water Detection output switch ON /OFF — — OFF
;~1
5 Kinds of oil FO / LO FO* FO~~ ~Q . ;.
10G,20G,~OG,
6 SELFJECTOR model 50G,60G,70G, 10G"' 1bG*Q 10G'`
100G,120G,150G
10G,20G,~OG,
7 Gear pump model 10G*~?~ 10G ,1.OG*!
50G,70G,100G
8 0 .03^-0 .30 0 .15"' 0:1.5" 0:15*
MPa
LM trigger pressure (DP)
9 0 .010^-0 .050 0 .02 0 .02 0 .02
MPa
Minimum light liquid pressure ~1 _,. *~
10 0 .03^-0 .30 0 .12 ; 0,412 ,~ 0 ;.12:.
MPa
Delay timer
11 5^-120 40 40 40
sec
Hold timer
12 5-~-120 15 15 15
sec
13 Partial discharge detection function ON /OFF — OFF OFF
14 Frequency 50Hz / 60Hz 60Hz" ' 60Hz*~ 60Hz*~
WD trigger pressure (DW)

15 0 .010^-0 .10 — — 0 .05
МРа
Mni um WD pressure
16 0 .010^-0 .10 — — 0 .03
Pa
NOTE * 1 : The default value surely requires setting change according to machine specification and
operation conditions . And please set various switches to ON position according to
directions of operation manuals.

4 .1 .3 Wiring
Fig . 4-2 is a general view of the Multi-Monitor terminal layout.
Tai e 4-4 lists the terminals by use and connection.
• Connect sensor output signal lines by using furnished wires.

• To facilitate connection, strip the wire end 5 to 6 mm long.
• Connect wires to the terminal board as follows:
1. Put a small standard screwdriver in the appropriate screwdriver inserting slot above the terminal to
which the wire is connected and depress the internal metal piece . This opens the snap-in metal
piece to hold the wire in the cable plug receptacle below the screwdriver slot.
2. Plug in the wire stripped at end 5 to ~mm long . (See Fig . 4-3)
3. Remove the screwdriver, and the wire should be held in place.
4. Pull the wire lightly to check that it is firmly connected.
Cade inserting slot
Fig . 42
5-ys пгп
Fig . 43
~ SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 4_5 Operation Manual2

ТаЫе 4-4
Terminal Terminal
Number Number
Connection Connect to Connection Convect to
MM -2 MM-2
MM1 MM1
MM-3 IMM-3
1 1 Power source (DC24V) 7 13 Temperature Signal (Black) Temperature sensor

The color of a tube
2 2 GND 8 14 Temperature signal (Red) ~ hack
Oil inlet pressure signal

3 3 Leakage Signal 9 15
(Black)
Oil inlet pressure
U
Control panel
16 Oil inlet pressure signal sensor
— 4 No discharge signal Alarm panel 10
(Green) The color of a tube
Starter
~ green
Oil inlet pressure signal
— 5 Highly water signal 11 17
( R~)
12 Oil outlet pressure signal

6 6 Feeding signal 18
(Black)
Oil outlet pressure
Oil outlet pressure signal sensor
— 7 Discharging signal 13 19
(Yellow) The color of a tube
~ Yellow
Revolution signal Oil outlet pressure signal
— 8 Spare output 14
(Collector) 20 (Red)
Revolution signal Circulation line

— 9 Spare output — 21
(Emitter) pressure signal (Black) Circulation line
pressure sensor
Circulation line
— 10 Revolution signal (Black) — 22 (MM -3IGSH-1)
Revolution sensor pressure signal (Pink)
The color of a tube
(MM-3 : Standard)
Circulation line : ~ ue
— 11 Revolution signal (White) (MM -2 : Option) — 23
pressure signal (Red)
The color of a tube
~ White 15 Leakage Signal Alam panel
— 12 Revolution signal (Red)
16 (tea contact) Starter
NOTE : 1 . The terminal board number 24 of the Multi-Monitor (MM-2, MM -3) is for optional function.
2 . The terminal number 15 is used for "b-contact" and the terminal number 16 is used for "a-contact"

_ 4 .2 Leakage Monitor Function (LM)
NOTE
The Leakage Monitor Fu~ctio~ of the Multi-Monitor is a protective device that detects treated
oil leaking from the sludge outlet or heavy liquid outlet of the bowl by meas of a pressure
sensor. Be sure that settings are correct to prevent a false alarm.
4.2 .1 Setting Up the Leakage Monitor Function

Fig . 4-4 shows principal switches necessary for setting the Leakage Monitor Function.
Pressure dis la lock switch

оо ~q
®© Function setting switch
° ®® ®®
~~ ~® оо
SW1 Select F
Seven - segment LED q~ SW2 For~~ard 1
Upper : Setting item number ~ 0 SW3 Backward y
O
~ ®~ о 0
Lower : Set value SW4 Enter E.I
O О
® о® о О
Power switch 1 6171819 2 21 о~ 0
LM alarm ou ut switch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 11 11
о0
~~ ~~
OFF ON 0 OFF ON
Fig . 4-4
Switch Function Remarks

Power switch ON/OFF control of power Power is turned on with the switch in ON position,
and off in OFF osition.
LM alarm output ON/OFF control of LM Alarm is issued with the switch in ON position,
switch alarm out ut and not in OFF osition
Function setting Used to access preset Pressing SW1 indicates preset item number in
switch items in memory of the upper seven-segment display and current preset
Multi-Monitor and change value in lower . SW2 aid SW3 select a new value
preset values . to replace existing value . Pressing SW4 registers
new value in memo
Pressure display Change "the incremental Pressing this switch indicates the flow rate in
lock switch display" / "the locked upper seven-segment display апд the light liquid
display" . pressure in lower by fixed . IT is ale to operate
on the Multi-Monitor anel .
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 4_~ Operation Manual2

4 .2 .2 Principal Preset Items
Memory preset Preset Description Unit Minimum Setting Standard Factory

item item step of range value setting
No . ad'ustme~t
This is light liquid outlet
pressure . Pressure control LED
(yellow) on top of the 0 .03
Light liquid
13 Multi-Monitor flashes when MPa 0 .01 to 0 .15 0 .15
pressure
actual light liquid outlet pressure 0 .30
is within ± 15% of preset value
and is illuminated within ± 3%.
Alarm trigger level is ~ P lower
than actual light liquid outlet 0 .010
LM trigger
5 pressure . Whey actual light МРа 0 .005 to 0 .02 0 .02
pressure (~ P)
liquid outlet pressure falls below 0 .050
this level, an alarm is issued.
This is the lower alarm limit level
of light liquid outlet pressure . 0 .03
Minimum light
4 When actual light liquid outlet МРа 0 .01 to 0 .12 0 .12
liquid pressure
pressure falls below this limit, an 0 .30
alarm is issued.
Alarm status is released as long
5
as set on delay timer until actual
Delay Timer 6 sec 5 to 40 40
light liquid outlet pressure is
120
stabilized after feed is started.
If actual light liquid outlet
pressure falls below alarm
trigger level or lower alarm
trigger limit during oil feed, alarm
5
status is released as long as set
Hold Timer 7 sec 5 to 15 15
on hold timer . When the timer is
120
up, an alarm is issued if pressure
is not back to normal . Timer
count is cleared if pressure is
back to normal within set time .
NOTE
Set minimum light liquid pressure using the following as a guide.
[Minimum light liquid pressure] _ [Light liquid pressure] - [LM trigger pressure ~ P] - [A]
[А] = о . о 1 to о . о 2 мЕа
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 4 .8 Operation Manual2 -~

4 .2 .3 Light Liquid Outlet Pressure Adjustment

To ensure proper functioning of the Leakage Monitor, the Pressure adjustment LED (Yellow)
adjustment of light liquid outlet pressure to the light liquid
pressure level preset in the Multi-Monitor (memory preset ~~
item No . 13) through back pressure control valve is required. C А игтвиггиг клкисг кдгтьи,~тп
Carty out this adjustment as follows. о~
o 'А
о ~ ... ам
~ о ..~,го
ов .впы
1. Accomplish pre-operational checks . (Refer to Section о~
5 .1 .4 "Inspections Prior to Running" .)

2. Switch on the starter, automatic control panel (or alarm Ргецце di lock switch
panel) and Multi-Monitor in that order.

3. Set the MM function switch on the automatic control
panel (or alarm panel, starter panel) to ON and the LM
alarm output switch in Multi-Monitor to OFF.
4. Remove the front cover of the Multi-Monitor and check
that all internal switches are in the appropriate positions . cable gland
5. Start the oil purifier in accordance with the starting
procedure . Do not start feeding until the rated speed has P~ximity s►~itch
been reached.
6. While watching the flow rate display on the Multi-Monitor, Fig . 45
adjust the bypass valve and flow rate control valve for
the feed rate specified for the SELFJECTOR being operated . At the same time, fully open the back
pressure control valve (needle valve) at the lig ht li q uid outlet and record the oressure at that mint
without fail.
7. Check that the feed liquid temperature is at the preset level through the feed liquid temperature
display on the Multi-Monitor. If lower, pressure drops when the feed liquid reaches the preset
temperature and an alarm is issued in some cases.
8. Press the pressure display lock switch on the panel (or the function setting switch SW1 in the
Multi-Monitor) to freeze the indications of flow rate and light liquid pressure in the upper and lower
seven-segment displays . While reading the light liquid pressure on the Multi-Monitor, accomplish
pressure adjustment to the level preset in the Multi-Monitor (refer to Section 4 .2 .2) through the
pressure control valve at the light liquid outlet.
9. Make fine adjustment of pressure through the back pressure control valve until the pressure control
LED (yellow) on top of the Multi-Monitor is illuminated . This LED flashes when pressure is within ±
15% of the level preset in the Multi-Monitor and is illuminated within ± 3%.
10. After the adjustment of light liquid outlet pressure is completed, press the pressure display lock
switch on the panel (or the function setting switch SW1 in the Multi-Monitor) again to release the
pressure display locked status . Set the MM function switch on the automatic control panel to OFF
and then to ON . After that, the LM alarm output switch in Multi-Monitor to ON . Finally, reinstall the
front cover of the Multi-Monitor.
NOTE
For a period of approximately 20 to 30 seconds after the MM function switch on the automatic
control panel (or the alarm panel or starfer) is set to ON from OFF, the LED displays of the
Multi-Monitor remain bank, which is a norma! transient phenomenon.
!n addition the manual SELFJECTOR version with no alarm panel has the MM function switch
installed on the starter.

сАитiои
1. The level of "light liquid pressure" preset in the Multi-Monitor is the "measured pressure
recorded i~ ~" plus LM trigger pressure D ~ (standard value : 0.02 MPa).
Be sure not to set it beyond 0.2 MPa (2 .0 kgflcm 2) . Setting beyond 0.2 MPa (2.0 kgflcm 2) may
cause the light liquid to overflow the light liquid chamber. (Refer to Section 4 .2.2.)
• Standard value for setting "light liquid pressure" is 0.15 МРа (1.5 kgflcm 2) for fuel oil, and is
0.10 MPa (1 .0 kgflcm2) for lubricating oil.
2. The level of "minimum light liquid pressure" preset in the Multi-Monitor should be less than
the "light liquid pressure" mentioned above minus LM trigger pressure ~ P.
This value must be higher than the "measured pressure recorded in ~." If it is equal to or lower
than the recorded level, the Leakage Monitor may fail to detect a leakage of treated oil properly.
• Standard value for setting "minimum light liquid pressure" is as follows,
[Minimum light liquid pressure]
_ [Light liquid pressure] – [LM trigger pressure ~ P] – [0 .01 to 0 .02] ( МРа )
NOTE
• Normally, once adjusted at trial run, light liquid outlet pressure requires no further
adjustment unless there are fluctuations in flow rate and temperature.
• During daily check, ascertain proper illumination of the pressure control LED (yellow) and
correct indication in the light liquid pressure on the Multi -Monitor.
• LM bigger pressure follows up pressure fluctuations due to pulsations during operation.
Even if the pressure control LED (yellow) flashes, therefore, there is no particular need forj
t.
4 .2 .4 Checking Timer Setting after Start of Feeding

Always check that the following timer setting is correct after oil feed is started.
• Delay timer
Ascertain that the time from the start of feeding after sludge discharge to the arrival of discharge side
pressure at preset level is shorter than the time preset on the delay timer.
NOTE1
Control fluctuations in the flow rate of feed liquid to the purifier to be within ~- 0.01 MРa in
pressure equivalent.
NOTE2
Control feed liquid temperatures to be within ~- 5% of preset level. Excessive fluctuations
change the feed liquid in viscosity to fluctuate light liquid outlet pressure as a result, possi~ y
affecting ti►e output of the Leakage Monitor Function of the Multi-Monitor.
4 .2 .5 Pressure Adjustment after Feeding

1. Set the LM alarm output switch in Multi-Monitor to OFF.
2. Accomplish the steps 8 to 10 in Section 4 .2 .3 "Light Liquid Outlet Pressure Adjustment".

4 .3 Discharge Detector Function (DD)
NOTE
The Discharge Detector Function (DD) of the Multi-Monitor is a protective device that relies o~ a
shaft speed drop to work. More specifically, if the horizontal shaft speed is not dropped during
..sludge discharge, the detector detects it as a "No- Discharge" status by means of a proximity
switch . If the proximity switch is out of position or the switches are set wrong, a false alarm is
issued.
4 .3 .1 Setting Up the Discharge Detector Function

For the Discharge Detector Function, the Multi-Monitor is provided with a Partial ON/OFF switch for
monitoring sludge discharge among others, in addition to normal and abnormal speed indicating means.
Fig . 4-6 shows principal switches necessary for setting the Discharge Detector Function.
Discharge measurement switch
Pa~ial discharge confirmation LED
~ Dues LED red)
00 ° ~ a p ~us~ n_E~ gree~>

Seven segment display o ®® ~ u~oe~ reo ~ed>
Upper. Setting r~~iber O O ~easuRi~c CEO gee~>
Lower: Set vaWe O
0
O B ® ®
DD alarm output switch ~
~ ~ 1 . 50Hz / ~OHz selector switch
®e ~ ® O °
O Qp 2 . Partial oN/OFF selector switch
Rotation output switch
~~ eoит
0 a
oFF o~ q
® q
® ~ ~ ~.
~
Power switch u ~ y ~
0 orr o~
ie~~s~~a~ ~ ~
orr o~ ~ o
Fig . 46
Remarks
Switch Function
ON/OFF control of Power is turned on with the switch in ON

Power switch position and off in OFF position.
Multi-Monitor power .
DD alarm output ON/OFF control of An alarm is issued with the switch in ON
switch discharge alarm output . position, and not in OFF position.
Used to select appropriate power
50Fiz / 60Fi~ Selection of power frequency frequency for the SELFJECTOR between
selector switch between 50~z and 60~z . 50~z and 60~z.
Constant monitoring is effected with the
switch in ON position and stopped in OFF
Partial ON /OFF Constant monitoring of partial Position . Whether or not partial discharge
switch charge for optimal quantity . is optimal is indicated through partial
dischar a LEDs.
Measurement is enabled only when
A push button for effecting partial ON/OFF switch is in OFF position.
Discharge Whether or not partial discharge is
one-time measurement of
measurement optimal is indicated through partial
discharged quantity during
switch discharge LEDs . This switch is mainly
partial discharge .
used for ad~ustments at trial run .
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 4_ ~ ~ Operation Manual2

4 .3 .2 Adjusting the Proximity Switch Position
сАитiои
• The Discharge Detector is precision equipment. Take special cares so that it is not bumped
during handling.
• The proximity switch should be retained firmly with the screws.
(The fastening torque should be 60 kg • cm or less.)
• Make sure that the purifier is completely stopped before checking and adjusting, if
necessary, the installed position of the proximity switch.
• Do not use a p~ximity switch other than supplied with the SELFJECTOR.
The proximity switch is screwed directly in the gear pump housing (horizontal shaft cover where
separate pump is used) and secured with a lock nut. To adjust the installed position of the proximity ...
switch, loosen the lock nut and set the proximity switch at a distance of 1 .0 ± 0 .3 mm from the
horizontal shaft . After the adjustment is finished, retighten the lock nut to secure the proximity switch.
(See Fig . 4-7 .) The nut tightening torque should be less than 60 kg•cm . J
~~ouble display LEU fed)

Rotation display LED green)
®
а. ннтьивгвин кытиг кпнви, иы
~о
ог ии
® о .~~
n о ~.~<~w
~ о . .~.л.
о ~~~~
° и' ~ Lock nut
гп
Multi - Monitor bIM)

Prox~nity switch
Horizontal shaft
Cab a gland
• SJ10G — SJ30G :usually 0 .6 — 0 .9 mm

• SJ50G ^• SJ150G : ивиа11 у 1 . 0 -1 .5 mm
Fig . 4-7

4.3 .3 Checking Proximity Switch Position

1. If the proximity switch is in position
• The rotation display LED (green) on top of the Multi-Monitor flashes while the oil purifier is in
operation.
• The rotation display LED (green) is illuminated when the oil purifier is stopped.
• The speed appears in the appropriate seven-segment display.
2. If the proximity switch is out of position -

• The trout a display LED (red) on top of the Multi - Monitor is lit when rated speed is reached.
Specifically, this LED is illuminated in either of the following cases.
(i) Input signal to the proximity switch is unsta~ e - p~oba~ a cause is the proximity switch being out of
position.
(ii) Proximity switch output exceeds 2,500 p pm in speed equivalent - рго b аЫе cause is a circuit failure.
4 .3 .3 .1 Measuring Proximity Switch Output Voltage

The installed position of the proximity switch can be accurately checked by measuring its output
voltage.
Test pin REV k2ed +)
Open then cover of the Multi-Monitor aid measure voltage Test pin GND 91ack -)
across between the test pins [GND (hack) and [REV ( p ed)]
shown in Fig . 4-8 using a tester. о
Tai e 4-5 shows test pin voltages versus power frequencies о
® ® ~ ®
when the proximity switch is in position.
Check the measure voltage reference to the correct voltage.
®® ®® О q
о
qq о q
® ®® ®~ о a
ТаЫе 45 ® ~~
15161 1819 21 р O
Fre ие ~ с Volta e
1 2 Э 456~ В 90111 11 о °р
60 Нг A гох . DC3 .5V
гох . DC2 .9V ® ® о
50 Нг A
Fig . 4-8
NOTE
When the tester reading exceeds DC4V, a circuit failure is suspected . In such case, contact MKK
service shop or us nearest to you.

4-13

4 .4 Water Detector Function (WD) y

4 .4 .1 Setting Up the Water Detector Function
Described below is the pressure sensor type Water Detector (G-HIDENS system) incorporated in the
automatic control panel GSH-1/Multi-Monitor MM3 system configuration.
Fig . 4-9 shows principal switches necessary for setting the Water Detector Function of the
Multi-Monitor.
оо ~ q
® ~ Function setting switch
Seven -segment displ~
Upper. Setting cumber
°® ®°g SW7 5 е 1есс F
Lower : Set value f
~® оо
SW2 Fonиard
° ®® Оо Q SW3 Backward у
SW4 Епсег Е1 y
Water detection output switch

® ®® а 0
о~ о Water detector selector dial ~
~~
OFF ON
ФО Ф Ф No water /heavy liquid
D de[eC[arfunction
D
~
Power switch 1111
O Water detector function
1 234567 В 9 011121 1 ~р
°
Heavy iquid detector function
~~ (for optional use)
OFF ON ® О
Fig . 4-9
Remarks
Switch Function
ON/OFF control of Power is turned on with the switch in ON

Power switch position and off in OFF position.
Multi-Monitor power .
Selection between working Set the switch to working of the Water
Water detector and no working of Water detector function in clarifier operation and
selector dial
Detector function . to no workin in urifier o eration.
Water detection ON/OFF control of Water An output signal is issued with the switch
output switch Detection output signal . in ON position, and not in OFF position.
Pressing SW1 indicates the preset item
Used to access memory number in upper seven-segment display
Function setting preset item in the and current preset value in lower . SW2
switch Multi-Monitor and change and SW3 select new preset value to
preset value . replace existing value . Pressing SW4
re isters new reset value in memo

4 .4 .2 Principal Preset Items
Memory preset Preset Description Unit Minimum Setting Standard Factory

item item step of range value setting
No . ad'ustment
This is the trigger level for
pressure sensor installed in
circulation line . When pressure
in circulation line falls below this 0 .01
Minimum WD
10 level, pressure sensor detects MPa 0 .01 to 0 .03 0 .03
pressure
accumulated water in bowl 0 .10
having reached the predetermine
level and issues an output
si gal.
Water Detection trigger level is
~ W lower than actual circulation 0 .01
WD trigger
12 line pressure . If actual circulation МРа 0 .005 to 0 .05 0 .05
pressure (p W)
line pressure falls below this 0 .10
level, an alarm si nal is issued .
4 .4 .3 Adjusting Circulation Line Back Pressure Valve

1. Set the MM function switch on the automatic control panel (GSH-1) to OFF.
2. Operating the function setting switches, check that preset Water Detection trigger pressure (~ W:
memory preset item No . 12) and minimum water detection pressure (memory preset item No . 10)
are correct . If not, reset them.
3. Set the Water Detector selector dial to "Water detector function" position for working of the Water
Detector Function.
4. Reading the analog pressure gauge installed at the circulation line, adjust the circulation line back
pressure valve for a back pressure of 0 .1 МРа (1 .0 kgf/ст 2 ).
5. After circulation line pressure adjustment is finished, return the MM function switch on the automatic
control panel (GSH-1) to ON to make the Water Detector Function operative . Finally, reinstall the
cover of the Multi-Monitor .
Malogue type pressure gauge

Pressure sensor I Shut off valve
Circulation line
~~1:, t
Circulation line back pressure valve

F у-
L . . , ~ .~ .; ~ т. : : ,
~;
Heavy liquid connecting piping
г . s
г , ~ ~ ~ .,•
г `; } S
4
г
i
у' у
~~'
Fig . 4-10

4-15

сдитiои
To avoid the risk of feed liquid being scattered out from the chamber or the motor being
overloaded, be sure that the maximum circulation line back pressure is controlled by less than
0.15 MPa (1.5 kgflcm2).
сдитiои
Before operating the SELFJECTOR, make sure that the G-H/DENS gravity disc installed in the
bowl is suita~ a for its type . A wrong gravity disc may cause outflow of treated oil to the sludge
outlet or the motor being overloaded
4 .4.4 Setting Up the Electrostatic Capacity Type Wates Detector

1 . When the electrostatic capacity type Water Detector is used, set the following switches in the
Multi-Monitor in respective positions.
(i) Water Detector selector dial : "No water /heavy liquid detector function" position
(ii) Water Detection output switch : "OFF"
2 . Set [Water Detector] switch on the automatic control panel (GSH-1) to AUTO or MANUAL.
3 . Press (Start Water Detector Control] push button to make the Water Detector ready for control.
сдитiои
Do not operate the SELFJECTOR without installing necessary parts for clarifier operation i~ the
bowl fast.
tack of clarifier parts causes light liquid to flow out to the heavy liquid side.

5 Operation
5 .1 Inspections Prior to Running
сАитiои
The purifier should be operated under optimum conditions to suit the nature of the treated oil.
For each purifier type or specification, there are design limits for flow rate, pressure,
temperature, etc . Operation beyond these limits could put the purifier in a dangerous state.
5.1 .1 Pipe connections

Make sure that the oil pipes, operating water pipes, and air pipes are correctly laid and that the joints
are firmly tightened . (Refer to the attached document &drawing .)
NOTE
• Check if the operating water pipes for opening/closing bowl are not connected the wrong
way, i.e. one for the other.
• Make sure that a 60 to 100 meshes strainer is attached in front of the gear pump.
• Make sure that a butterfly valve is mounted on the sludge outlet pipe.
5 .1 .2 Electrical wiring
Make sure that the wiring has been done correctly . (Refer to the attached document &drawing .)
5 .1 .3 Flushing
Flush the inside of pipes connected to the purifier (oil delivery, water supply and compressed air lines)
to completely remove foreign matters from them.
сдит iои
If the purif'< er is re-started affer a~ insufficient flushing, the following malfunctions may occur:
• Damage to the gear pump and frequent breaks of the safety joint.
• Damage to the main cylinder seat surface and the main seal ring.
• Damage to the valve seat surface.
NOTE
Before flushing, disconnect the primary side connection flange from the operating water
pressure reducing valve to prevent ingress of water into the bowl from the water supplying
device during flushing.

5 .1 .4 Inspections prior to running (confirmation)
1 cAU~io~
Always confirm the following subjects prior to running the purifier.
1. Make sure that an appropriate gravity disc has been employed in the bowl . (Refer to Section 3 .3 .)
2. Refill an appropriate type of lubrication oil in the gear case . This oil quantity should be confirmed
with the oil gauge.
3. Make sure that the primary pressure of compressed air supply pressure is between 0 .5 and 0 .9
MPa (5 to 9 kgf/ст Z ).
4. Open the source valve on the operating water pipe to make sure the pressure.
Automatic Discharge mode Set pressure Required operating

confi uration Standard value water ressure
Manual, GAP-11 Total discharge 0 .3 MPa 0 .35 ^- 0 .5 MPa
GBC-1 (3 kg f/cm z ) (3.5 ^- 5 kg f/cm г)
GSH-1 Total discharge and 0 .25 МРа 0 .35 ^- 0 .5MPa
Partial dischar a (2 .5 kg f/cm 2 ) (3.5 ^- 5 kg f/ст 2)
5. Either operate the solenoid valve or manually operate the respective valve to make sure that the
operating water for opening/closing bowl is properly flowing out . (Check before the bowl is installed,
with the operating water inlet pipe disconnected .)
6. Disconnect the sealing water pipe (steel pipe) and measure the quantity of the sealing water
and replacement water. (Refer to Section 3 .6 .5 .)
7. Make sure that the brake is in the non-braking position.
8. Make sure that the purifier has been properly assembled with bolts completely tightened . (Refer to
Section 2 .2 in the "Maintenance Manual" .)
9. Make sure the direction of revolution.
Turn on the starter . Start the motor and stop it simultaneously (within 3 seconds) and check that
the rotating direction of the motor or horizontal shaft is the same as the arrow n the purifier frame.
10. In case of automatic specification, power on the control panel and make sure that the timer
setting value is appropriate . (Refer to Section 3 .8 .)
11. Set the power switch of the Multi-Monitor to ON, and check that all the switches in the Multi-Monitor
are in proper positions and necessary memory preset items/values are correctly set . (Refer to
Section 4 "Multi-Monitor" .)
12. Fully open the inlet valve, outlet valve, and by-pass valve of the oil pipe.
13. Open the butterfly valve at the sludge discharge outlet.

1 c~u~io~
Before resuming operation after the bowl has been overhauled and reassem~ ed, check to
ascertain the following.
1. Make sure that the cap nut tying the bowl and vertical shaft together is tightened firmly.
2. Make sure that the alignment marks (stamped 0) on the bowl meet.
(Refer to Section 2 .2 in the "Maintenance manual" .)
3. Assemble the bowl into the vertical shaft, check the height, and make sure that the bowl can be
easily rotated by hand.
4. Make sure that the joints and traps (frame cover) of the piping are firmly tightened.
5. Make sure that the union nuts and cover nuts of the inlet pipe are firmly tightened.

5 .2 Start-Up
5 .2 .1 Precautions on start-up
1 c~u~io~
Prior to starting operation, always accomplish what is described in Section 5-7 "Inspections
Prior to Running".
Note the following points at the start-up.
Sub'ect Measures
Operation sound Whey an abnormal sound is heard, immediately stop the operation and
ins ect the urifier and identi the cause.
Vibration Vibration may temporarily occur just after start-up, however, this is not
an anomaly.
It will be reduced when the rated number of revolution is achieved.
At the rated number of revolution if the vibration is large, immediately stop
the operation and inspect the purifier and identify the cause.
If feed liquid is being supplied, discontinue it and stop the purifier
immediate) without stud a dischar ed.
Start-uptime Small-size (SJ10G/GH - SJ30G/GH) and medium and large-size
(SJ50G/GH - SJ150G/GH) purifiers respectively reach their rated speeds in
less than 5 minutes and less than 10 minutes with current stabilized at 50
to 70% of the rated level . If the purifier fails to reach its rated speed despite
the lapse of more than 10 minutes, stop it in accordance with given
sto in rocedure and check the friction dock .
5 .3 Stop
5 .3 .1 Precautions on stop
As the bowl is retarded, the purifier may vibrate at certain low speeds . This is a transient phenomenon
and normal.
WARNING
Before disassemb ing or checking, make sure that the purifier is completely stopped and turn
off the starter. A look at the gear pump safety joint or motor fan tells whether or not the purifier
is at a stop.
NOTE
For the inspection procedure refer to the "Maintenance manual".

5 .4 Automatic Specification (GBC-1)
i Automatic i-- Е 1ес[ ггс

Starter
сопгд рыiе1 -- Рашег воигсе
~ — ? - -Г - - - .
1 ~ ~
1 ~ i L----i----~--J 1 L_ J rSW~
1 I 1 ~ 1 1
г - - -~--~— а ~
~ ~ ~ u ,~
1 _
2 Р sv з ~ svz~ svii 11 1
~cV, ~~ 1 1~
S (
~ i i L J
V9 ~ . _~ ~ ~ ~~ .
1 ~
~~
~~
L --
С
~1~ ~
T i 11 ш
а '~
L -~
"fГ
E
-- -
.~ 1
'
1 V6
А ~ ,
i V7
i
1 I
G Е— ~~
V8
r ~ .~~~У
L J
NOTE1 : DD is option.
Fig . 5-1
2 .Connection 3 .5ymbel
Eq~' рте ~t
~5 е 1'pctor 1Сду д Н<Цг0 : ham SelUey 1егi, ~0 ~ 1гае 5ипр 1 тМ; l Де~ C1ove vol ю
~Oprollпу wcler soenoid valve unit H ои rif гЕ д тдг1 (~0. 10 5 егдсе 1cnk,1 П ~ 10 $ипр 1т4)I N 'Check v
C Сот Dressed сп in1e ;(D .S~0.9MPc) рд 'Сосн
D 9 идде &water ои V ен Дд Иеедi е valve
v5 ~IOw асгивто 1е vclvc I E Wo ;er ~kel(0 .35 ~ О.5М~ а ) рг essme гед ~ дгу ~eguolor
ос ; ив 1 оо1 е vclve F operating wole• д• агп 7-way во 1епогд valve

~. V5 Presso re ~
V/ , Ееед inet ио1 ю G ~е ; иго(~ О .: to S д tGng look, ~..0.'. to ~ита tcrt 3- есу soleno д vclve
' V5 ГНу- рпвв waive ~ 3~ w су су 1г дег va lve

Орс~ с С~^ о wcter -г1 е : valve ~ сго пех
V9
V10 51„ Сс< cischc~~ е ю ve G ~ди 1'Crt' у vclve
5V' Зая '~ сеепгу вс 1 е о ~с vcloe _ ~+ Диа 1ех 1 урс г _г аг ~ е i

__
Ф 1'ге ееьг _ с гсе •
r. -1~~ir ~ . . . . сег
МО :^
._ _--
CV1 ~ геед ысг+е 1 С11 ге
-_ ~I51 .. ~g~ 6~ drei~ ê
IM чпр -V пп 'I :г — ~и'о ~. е ~ I г.<
_
~. ПО ~- ~., ог ~с t с :1 ст (Co-ion7 с 1♦ 11 '1 С
+-~- . А 'r 1пн —~

Uc_t~2 ~
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 5 .5 Operation Manua12

5 .4 .1 Start-up
Use the following procedure for start-up.
Step 1
Before start-up, make sure that the valves [V5, V6, V7, V8, V9, and V10] are fully open.
O eration Check item

Set power switches of the starter, automatic Make sure that power to the starter, automatic
control anal and Multi-Monitor to ON in that order control anal and Multi-Monitor is on.
.
Sten 3
Set the MM function switch on the control panel to Always operate this switch as described when feed
ON and the LM alarm output switch to OFF . liquid flow and light liquid outlet pressure become
necessa to ad'ust.
ste p 4
Depress the [START] button on the starter to start Make sure that the operation sound and vibration
up the purifier . are normal.
After the start- up make sure that the current value
falls within 50 to 70% of the ratin .
NOTE
Refer to Tame 4-3 in Section 4 .1 .4 the "Operating manual1 ".
Usually the rated number of revolution can be achieved 5 to 10 minutes following the start-up.
Sten 5
Start the oil heater . Make sure that the feed liquid is circulating in the
oil heater and heated u to the iven tem eratu~e.
NOTE
Such as fuel oil A does not have to be heated.
~{ Р_ С) В

Depress the [AUTO .START] push button on the Processes of [Opening bowl] ~ [replacement
automatic control panel . water] ~ [Discharge] ~ [Sealing water] ~
[Feeding] will advance in this order.
Confirm the discharge operation by the increase of
current readin or dischar a sound .

-- Step 7
After making sure that the purifier-run enters, Check that the flow rate displayed on the
regulate the by-pass valve V8 and flow control Multi-Monitor is the predetermined value.
valve V5 to a given feed rate . Make sure the pressure at the light liquid outlet
side when V6 is fully open.
After the feeding, make sure that no oil leaks out in
the stud a outlet side aid hea li uid outlet side.
NOTE
Always make sure the pressure at the light liquid outlet side when V6 is fully open . This is
necessary for Leakage Monitor Function adjustment of the Multi-Monitor.
When setting up the Leakage Monitor (LM), refer to Section 4 .2 "Leakage Monitor Function".
Ste 8
Throttle down the pressure valve V6 for the light The pressure adjustment LED (green) on top of the
liquid pressure level present in the Multi-Monitor . Multi-Monitor starts flashing when the pressure is
Then, change the MM function switch on the within ±15% of the set pressure, and changes to
control panel from OFF to ON and following to set continuous lighting when it is within ±3%.
the LM alarm output switch in the Multi-Monitor to
ON .
NOTE
After the temperature of feed liquid being fed is stabilized (approximately 5 minutes), check
once again that the light liquid pressure is within 15% of the level present in the Multi-Monitor
(the pressure adjustment LED flashing or continuous lighting) . Readjust the pressure, if
necessary, through V6 while watching the pressure adjustment LED.
сАитiои
When adjusting the light liquid outlet pressure only after feeding to a level beyond LM trigger)
pressure (DP), follow the procedure below. Failure to follow may cause a false alarm.
(i) Set the MM function switch on the control panel to OFF position.
(ii) Accomplish pressure adjustment.
(iii) Place the MM function switch on the соntrоl panel back into the ON position.
!n addition, the flow rate indicating LED of the Multi-Monitor should be actuated approximately 20 to
30 seconds after the MM function switch is set to ON.
The procedure adjusting both flow rate and light liquid outlet pressure after feeding refers to the
steps 8 to 10 in Section 4.2.3 "Light Liquid Outlet Pressure Adjustment".
Step 9
If the Multi-Monitor has the Discharge Detector Make sure that the Rotation display LED (green)
Function, set the DD alarm output switch in the on top of the Multi-Monitor is flashing . Make sure
Multi-Monitor to ON . that the Trouble dis la LED red turns off .
NOTE (MM-2 :Optional specification)
If the rotation display LED (green) does not flash or the trouble display LED (red) is lighting, the
sensor out of position or a sensor circuit failure is probable cause . Take appropriate action in
accordance with Section 4 .3 .3 in this manual or Section 6 .12 .5 in the Maintenance Manual.

5 .4 .2 Stop
WARNING
When a~ unusually large vibration or sound (contact sоипд or abnormal sound from the
bearing section) is present, stop the purifier as soon as possi~ a by depressing the
button.
Stop the purifier with the following procedure.

Sten 1
Depress the [AUTO .STOP] push button on the The feed liquid valve CV1 closes and the
automatic control panel . sequential process of [Replacement] ~
[Discharge] ~ [Stop] automatically follows.
current readin and dischar a sound.
Ste 2
Sto the oil heater.
Sten 3
After making sure that the SELFJECTOR Also make sure that the other valves and cocks are
completely stops, close both the feed liquid inlet closed.
valve V7 and ~utterFl valve V10.
NOTE
Whether the SELFJECTOR stops or not can be confirmed with either the safety joint at the
horizontal shaft gear pump or the motor fan.
As the Discharge Detector Function is included in the MM-2 system, the rotation display LED
(gree) on top of the Multi-Motor changes from flashing to constant lighting to tell that the
SELFJECTOR has been stopped.
Ste p 4
Set power switches of the Multi-Monitor, automatic Make sure that power to the Multi-Monitor,
control panel and starter to OFF in that order . automatic control panel and starter has been cut
Off .
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 5_$ Operation Manual2

5 .5 Automatic Specification (GSH-1)
АинотаИс ~~г[ег Е1еснггс

~ _ ~- - r - ~- _ - - ~ control panel г - - - ~ Рошег ва , гсе
ь— --~ ~, ~ ~
~
J SV4
i 1 i i i ~ i
г2 - - - ~--+--~- а ~ i ~М _ S~ '
i ! i ~
F---- ~
Р s~з svz sv~ ич~ ~~ ~,CV1 ~ ,
S S S S ~ i i
~ l ~ i i —~-- J
WU
~-- --
V9 L 1
~ ~ ~ ~ о: C
ш
ii
I — i ~
'3, LMiJ, ~
~-, 4 ~5 J
Е ~G~- -~ - -~-, ~ o
~ ~У ~ ~, ~
в ~-~
о- -
' 1 1 ~~ I 1
м
~ 1i6 у
оо
А ~ ~,
~ Q L ~;
-~ -J
P
J
~ ~
~i c ~ V10
1
G ~
~ ~ Ve
~ ИРР~У
~__
~ ~SAMGONG
For G -HIDENS Specification
у ~
F D I V12
V11
1 -_ _ ~ 1
i
1_ _- -
Fig . 5-2
i .Ecuipmen; 2 .Conneclio~ 3 .Sym~o'
-,
'jec; or 5е A ~гI У ог1 п1е!(!0.:1грг k11' look ~О .:!rcm $ит~ foil,)
~nq AQ 'Glove ~о 1~с
Г~ сИпу wcter воiепо :д volve wit Pw~lied оУ atkt(FO .ao 5еги rtе :ank. L0. ta 5итр ;~, ~ С с 1 ие i
'.
'~Monilor оЧДП> —_ C Compressed оа 1ме :(0.5 _9N° о) С~д СосИ
r — -_ -
~~ D Sludge & water outlet Ь,С ~Ncecic ~ а ~с
vow ос j., в : оо !с ~а !~с F Woler i~kel ( П. Э 5~ С .5 ЧРо ) ~ 'Pressure • educing regular or

'. к шсу во'е ~ ос vclve
V5 ''essu е ас jи s : оое ~а '~ е Г Operot g water д с г ~~ '~i 7
- - ~3-woy soc^ ог . И ~е
0 . c 5 ип G ~а ~Ч ) '
_-
Vl ~ Геес let ио .е С 1 с1 дп (_0_ lc KUIn^у 1аг _ '
VP i Эу - рачв т ~е
FH 3-way суг ~ сег ~о ~е '
~ s~• оге
V1U 5,дус двсми, ос .~и ~+с

С .. е iе . уос
Эс~ ш : . sv~ .~ir
:vt .~r. :,~,d v. ~~r
~i~ с,„g sucoid ~о i~ е
Эош ~' • Р ~ е >sre вег вег
5~7
~. Q I мегто se~sr
~~' 5соi- у и 'о : г вас ôic ~ о '~~ с
с~7, No1cr
iv4 J- ~ ..
и .! у vul ~е i
сро ~ о -~ . oI оич l аонî~,c so едс ~д + с Сд пе
. ..
' ! __ ..
Си 1 i - ио1 чс - SWgcS[ -~I ис
ил _ .~ . ы : ;! ~.
._ ~.' с 1-'1' Сг .
' Li . ~ е
..
~\ ..1 -. г - г ~ . . : 1 .. . ~..
~ .. -- F1 ,,, .. r

5 .5 .1 Start-up
Step 1
Before start-up, make sure that the valves [V5, V6, V7, V8, V9, V10 and V11] are fully open and that
the valve V12 is fully closed.
Prior to clarifier operation with the G-HIDENS type SELFJECTOR, make sure that the valve V12 is fully
open and the valve V11 is fully closed.
Sten 2
Set power switches of the starter, automatic Make sure that power to the starter, automatic
control anel and Multi-Monitor to ON in that order . control anel and Multi-Monitor is on.
Sten 3
Set the MM function switch on the control panel to Always operate this switch as described when feed
ON . Then set the LM alarm output switch and liquid flow and light liquid outlet pressure become
water detection output switch in the Multi-Monitor necessary to adjust.
to OFF .
Sten 4
up the purifier . are normal.
After the start-up make sure that the current value
NOTE
Refer to Section 4 .1 .4 Table 4-3 in the "Operating manual1 ".
Stee 5
oil heater and heated u to the iven tem erature.
Sten 6
Depress the [AUTO .START] push button on the Processes of [Closing bowl] ~ [replacement
automatic control panel . water] ~ (Discharge] ~ [Sealing water] ~
[Feeding] will advance in this order.
current readin or dischar a sound .

–_ Step 7

After making sure that the purifier-run enters, Check that the flow rate displayed o~ the
regulate the by-pass valve V8 and flow control Multi-Monitor is the predetermined value.
After the feeding, make sure that no oil leaks out
in the sludge outlet side and heavy liquid outlet
side.
NOTE
Sten 8

within ±15% of the set pressure, and changes to
continuous lighting when it is within i-3%.
NOTE
once again that the light liquid pressure is within 15% of the level present in the Multi-Monitor
Steo 9

Adjust the circulation line pressure to 0 .1 MPa (1 .0 Check that adjusted pressure is correct on the
kgfJcmz ) through the circulation line back pressure analog pressure gauge installed on the circulation
valve V12 . line (lower hood of the frame).
Set the water detector selector dial in the
Multi-Monitor to working of the water detector
position, aid change the MM function switch on
the control panel from OFF to ON . And then set
the LM alarm output switch and water detection
out ut switch in the Multi-Monitor to ON,

сдитi ои
When adjusting the light liquid outlet pressure only after feeding to a level beyond LM trigger
pressure (4P), follow the procedure below. Failure to follow may cause a false alarm.
(iii) Place the MM function switch on the control panel back into the ON position.
In addition, the flow rate indicating LED of the Multi-Monitor should be actuated approximately 20 to
steps 8 to 10 i~ Section 4.2.3 "Light Liquid Outlet Pressure Adjustment".
1 c~u~io~
Setting the circulation line pressure beyond 0.15 MPa (1.5 kgflcm 2) could result in the light liquid
flowing out to the sludge side or the motor being overloaded.
сдитiои
When adjusting the circulation line pressure to a level beyond the WD trigger pressure, follow
the procedure below. Failure to follow may cause a false alarm.
(ii) Accomplish pressure adjustment
(iii) Place the MM function switch on the control panel back into the ON position.
Step 10
Set the DD alarm output switch in the Multi - Monitor Make sure that the Rotation display LED (green)
to ON . on top of the Multi-Monitor is flashing.
Make sure that the Trou p e display LED ( ped)
turns off .
NOTE
If the rotation display LED (green) does not flash or the trouble display LED (red) is lighting, the
sensor out of position or a sensor circuit failure is probate cause . Take appropriate action in
accordance with Section 4 .3 .3 in this manual or Section 6 .12 .5 in the Maintenance Manual.

5 .5 .2 Stop
WARNING
When an unusually large vibration or sound (contact sound or abnormal sound from the
bearing section) is present, stop the purifier as soon as possi~ a by depressing the
"Emergency Stop" push button.
С ~ лм 4

Depress the [AUTO .STOP] push button on the The feed liquid valve CV1 closes and the
automatic control panel . sequential process of [Replacement] ~
[Discharge] ~ [Stop] automatically follows.
current readin and dischar a sound.
Ste 2

Sto the oil heater.
C~~ .~ 4

After making sure that the SELFJECTOR Also make sure that the other valves and cocks
completely stops, close both the feed liquid inlet are closed.
valve V7 and butte~fl valve V10.
NOTE
As the Discharge Detector Function is included in the MM-3 system, the rotation display LED
(green) on top of the Multi-Motor changes from flashing to constant lighting to tell that the
SELFJECTOR has been stopped.
Свлм A

Set power switches of the Multi-Monitor, automatic Make sure that power to the Multi-Monitor,
control panel and starter to OFF in that order . automatic control panel and starter has been cut
off .

5-13

5 .6 Manual Specification (GAP-11)
~ А 1агт рапе1 ~ 5 напег

Е 1еснггс
~ ~ I Power source
1
~sva~
~ ~ ~ s
г г S~Z' ~
г
V9 - -~ ! ~ 1
С
I 1 Н
Ем
2 ~ ~ ~ Q
~L
3 ! ~ ~5
o т -- и Yr м п i - -i- -~
—~- --~
~~~ 1
f
и
А —► ~~
'
~
z5 ! ~- i
i
i P
-- - ~
C ~ V10
т
i ~ ~е
- ~~ s~м ©оис su~- У

~__~ 1 1
F о
Fig . 5-~
1 .Equipment 2Co~rect o~ 3 .Sym~o1
Self 1ед or a ы 1г ; м1еg г о.' ьет вимьу 1а8, ~оьиг wnF 1игг) i
CA '~ Cove valve -_--_
2 Operating waler sa- епо1д vowe игпн B Rr~~Gee oi1 a1k1(f0 .• ro 4гЧсе tank, LOr 1 о ~итр ;см ) N i C~ec1 vol ve 1
3 Ми1 Ь - Мопдогг ~М 7 C Сото ~ е ssед air inle ;(0 .5 ~0 .9Мо с ; i
p~ Co.~
I ' D SLdge дс water ои де : C{G1 Needle valve —~
У- ~
V7
--
Вог ~ ореп ~пу ~о ~е Е Walcr inke l (0 .35+0.51дРо ) ~' i Pressure ~educi~g reguloto~
VS Sewing water ~с1~ е _F Орего • Ьу water дго 2-way solenoid valve — 11
1 V5 F1ew ед plslabie vol ~е C Rclarr (~ С ..1 и 5 с И 1 пу 10 4 ~0. tc 5]пш '.ги ) ~~. 3-way sole âid valve
V6 Pressure adjus tab е w ~е ~ r~
,- 3 way cyl~~der vcve ~
V7 Feed in~c : исЮе I
~i
Vti Ву - асвв vcivc Dal ;r `ly vac
VQ 0 - и~cter - ^1 ен ~с v^ - ~ ' G ~l~lc lei ly,-e 5 :'a ~t~
V~0 S1 .iGL .'. д ~i5 :]]Г J С vU1vC ~' P r CS~ .' С SC Г .̀Cr
EГ -__
~\'7 Hcw г о s1~ .~ s[• е rid v . ие '. lei ' h P•~p~
~~~ 3 - шоу ва iс• 1] д ~ о иС NclCr
_ .. _ ~_ _'
CV1 leetl од ~ е ~ - ---~- . . . ~ . . ~1 — ! Г ~11 гпе —_
~ ~ ~ дус ,4 с о . •. .i~c ,
'~\~ Il eOk – V ПП ' _ Г ~_~ i N с1 е ~ 1 пе .
~, СсСдо ~ у '~ е
SELFJECTOR Instruction ~a~ual 5-14 Operation Manual2

5 .6 .1 Start-up
Step 1
Before start-up, make sure that the valves take the following positions:
Full open : V5, V6, V7, V8, V9, and V10
Full close : V1, V3, CV1 and SV2
С}лм 7

Set power switches of the starter, alarm panel and Make sure that power to the starter, alarm panel
Multi-Monitor to ON in that order . and Multi-Monitor is on.
С4 лм ~

Set the MM function switch on the alarm panel to Always operate this switch as described when feed
ON . Then set the LM alarm output switch in the liquid flow and light liquid outlet pressure become
Multi-Monitor to OFF . necessa to ad'ust.
С 4лп d

up the purifier . Set the MM function switch on the aye normal.
control panel to ON . After the start-up make sure that the current value
NOTE
Refer to Section 4 .1 .4 Tam a 43 in the "Operating manual1 ".
С 4лв~ г.

NOTE
С 4лп R

Open the manual handle of the solenoid valve When the supply of operating water for closing
SV2 bowl is completed, close the manual handle of
for 20 to 30 seconds to supply the operating water the valve.
for closin bowl so that it is closed .

5-15

Sten 7
Fill the measuring hopper with a specified quantity When the refill is completed, always make sure
of pure water, and open the globe valve V З to that VЗ is closed.
refill the bowl su 1 of re lacement water .
NOTE
The inside surface of the measuring hopper has a mark to show the quantity.
For the necessary quantity of replacement water, refer to Table 3-12 in Section 3 .6 .5 .1.
Sten 8
Open the cock (for opening bowl) V1 for Confirm the discharge operation by the increase of
approximately 2 seconds to supply the operating current reading or discharge sound.
water for opening bowl so that water in the bowl
re lacement water is dischar ed.
NOTE
Pe~fo~m flushing inside the bowl.
Sten 9
When the discharge is completed, close the cock
V1 and open the solenoid valve SV2 for 20 to 30
seconds to supply the operating water for closing
bowl .
Sten 10
Refill the bowl with a specified quantity of pure When the refill is completed, always make sure
water usin the ho er su 1 of sealin water . that V З is closed .
NOTE
Same as above step 7.
For the necessary quantity of sealing water, refer to Table 3-12 in 3 .6 .5 .1.
11
Depress the fFEEDINGI push button.


Regulate the flow control valve V5 and by-pass Check that the flow rate displayed o~ the
valve V8 to a given feed rate . Multi-Monitor is the predetermined value.
Make sure the pressure at the light liquid outlet
Alter the feeding, make sure that no oil leaks out
in the sludge outlet side and heavy liquid outlet
side.
NOTE
_ When setting up the Leakage Monitor (LM), refer to Section 4 .2 "Leakage Monitor Function".
С ~ ли 44

Then, change the MM function switch on the alarm within ±15% of the set pressure, and changes to
panel from OFF to ON, and following to set the LM continuous lighting when it is within ±3%.
alarm out ut switch in the Multi-Monitor to ON .
NOTE
once again that the light liquid pressure is within 15 % of the level present in the Multi-Monitor
сАитiои
pressure (DP), follow the procedure below. Failure to follow may cause a false alarm.
(i) Set the MM function switch on the alarm panel fo OFF position.
(iii) Place the MM function switch on the alarm panel back into the ON position.
The procedure adjusting both flow rate aid light liquid outlet pressure after feeding refers to the
steps 8 to 70 in Section 4.2.3 "Light Liquid Outlet Pressure Adjustment".
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 5_ ~~ Operation Manual2

Sludge discharge procedure

To have sludge discharge effected during feeding operation;
1. Depress the [STOP FEEDING] push button on the alarm panel to stop oil feed to the purifier.
2. Accomplish Steps 7, 8 and 9 to let sludge discharge take place.
3. Then, accomplish Steps 10 and 11 to resume feeding operation.
сдитiои
I~ the lubricating oi! treatment, introduce washing water into the bowl to clean at intervals of ~
to 8 hours before sludge discharge operation. (Carry out according to the operation procedure
for sludge discharge .) The bowl washing process is carried out after sludge discharge. For
necessary quantity of washing water, refer to Table 3-74 i~ Section 3.6.6.
Failure to clean the bowl may affect the purifier's performance or cause mechanical troubes.

5 .6 .2 Stop
WARNING
When an unusua~y large vibration or sound (contact sound or abnormal sound from the bearing
section) is present, stop the purifier as soon as possible by first depressing the "STOP
FEEDING" push button, then depressing the jStopj push button on the starter.
Сьли л

Depress the [STOP FEEDING] push button on the
alarm anel to close the feed valve CV1.
Ste 2
Sto the oil heater.
~~~ ., ~
of water, and open the globe valve V З to refill the that V3 is closed.
bowl su 1 of re lacement water .
NOTE
For the necessary quantity of replacement water, refer to Tam a 3-12 in Section 3 .6.5 .1.
Сьли A

O реп the cock V1 for approximately 2 seconds to Confirm the discharge operation by the increase of
dischar a the stud e . current readin o~ dischar a sound.
Свли S

Depress the [STOP] push button of the starter to
sto the motor .

Ste 6
valve V7 aid butterfl valve V10.
NOTE
Step 7
Set power switches of the Multi-Monitor, alarm Make sure that power to the Multi-Monitor, alarm
anel and starter to OFF in that order . anel and starter has been cut off .

5 .7 Manual Specification
Е 1еснггс
Starter ~
i Рошег воигсе
1 ~
~ ~ i ~__- ~
~i~
i , i ~
~
~~ WW i ~
-------
i ~ i ~ > to control сопво1
2 Р sv2 ~ ~~
V3
— s ~ ~'
~~
--
~
~ ~
V9 ~ 1
~'~
I 1
1 1
LM
I i i V5 V4 =
► ~ г v~~-~ t ~ ~-3 - ~---~ ; o
L _ J SA~GONG SUPPLY
Fig . 5-4
" Ecuieme~l 2Connection 3~boi
1 5е 11jесног ~— ~ А ktyw~ие t(Ю.:4 ап kW:ng last. l0 :he~ iw~F ;W) С 1оиг ~с ~~е
~2 0 ре ~oting wale . soleno~a valve un~l ~ •Рш~1кд о~ ы1' ен(10 .:1о Sепге 1оИе, ~ С ._1и 5итр ; оп4) Н Снеск vol ~е
3 Multi- Моггг ог f~ М ) D~5l и dge & шо l ег ои Ие l Дд Соск
E Woler inke~ (0 .35 ^•0 5 МРс )

QW
V1 Dow . оре ~ гпа иоюе ~ орего 1~ у w а 1 е ~ д оп .. _. ~ Pressure ге ~~ ст 9 .egu~ot е~
Ф _-i _ .—
w _ __ ._~—_
m
V3 S сп~'п ~ wote~ ~~1~ с .. C Ficiu• п (~ О.~ ~ о 5с 11•hp lock, .0 .: ( о Somp I агх) ус ~ 2- woy scicno~d ~ оi ие
~ V4 Сг сШс 1~ оп ~с '~~е _ . ~' . . = шоУ S оепдд иоi ие .~
\'S ~ ow пг; s Ь~ е иг '~е - -woY cyind ^~ ~ о 1~н

~-1 5 ис i~ с•
vb ' гсвв - гс од ~.st со1 с .•U ~ с -
I ~'7 ' еед '°.Ie1 ~о1~е г- и : ; егн у V~
СиР ен ' УЕс ~, ,, .п
VЭ ср го 1~ п q ион ^_~ ~ ~с Р .с •Р` ~ i ~es,we веп ве
' V I пггтп ве <5 ег
~\'L Н•?w ~1J5f С ~ С1 С ~ с ио V С
~Oi 1 ге
V~ сг :к - Чгг 1:ш —' 5 ис -_ с & дгап Г ~ с
' \Ч с '. е ~ 1" .е
~~ Гор l сг . i пе
. . ..

5 .7 .1 Start-up
Step 1
Before start-up, make sure that the valves take the following positions:
Full open : V4, V6, V7, V8, V9 and V10
Full close : V1, V3, V5 and SV2
Steo 2
Set the MM function switch on the starter panel Always operate this switch as described when feed
and the LM alarm output switch in the Multi-Monitor liquid flow and light liquid outlet pressure become
to OFF . necessa to ad'ust.
Sten 3
Set power switches of the starter, and Make sure that power to the starter, and
Multi-Monitor to ON in that order . Multi-Monitor is on.
Sten 4
up the purifier. are normal.
After the start-up make sure that the current value
NOTE
Refer to Section 4 .1 .4 Tab a 4-3 in the "Operating manuall ".
Sten 5
NOTE
Sten 6
Open the manual handle of the solenoid valve
SV2
for 20 to 30 seconds to supply the operating water
for closin bowl so that it is closed .

Ste 7
of pure water, and open the globe valve V3 to that V3 is closed.
refill the bowl su 1 of re lacement water .
NOTE
The inside surface of the measuring hopper has a mark to show the quantity.
For the necessary quantity of replacement water, refer to Table 3-12 in Section 3 .6.5 .1.
Sten 8

Open the cock (for opening bowl) V1 to supply the Confirm the discharge operation by the increase of
operating water for opening bowl so that water in current reading or discharge sound.
the bowl re lacement water is dischar ed.
NOTE
Perform flushing inside the bowl.
.~' + Р 1'1 q
When the discharge is completed, close the cock
V1 and open the solenoid valve SV2 for 20 to 30
seconds to supply the operating water for closing
bowl .
Ste 10
Refill the bowl with a specified quantity of pure When the refill is completed, always make sure
water usin the ho er su 1 of sealin water . that VЗ is closed.
NOTE
Same as above step 7.
For the necessary quantity of sealing water, refer to Table 3-12 in Section 3 .6 .5.1.
Ste 11
Open flow control valve V5 fully and then set the Make sure that the by-pass valve V8 is fully open.
MM function switch on the starter panel to ON.
After it, gradually open the feed liquid inlet valve
V7 for feedin .

5_23

Stpn 12
After the feeding, close the glove valve for return Check that the flow rate displayed on the
V4, regulate the by-pass valve V8 and feed control Multi-Monitor is the predetermined value.
After the feeding, make sure that no oil leaks
out in the sludge outlet side aid heavy liquid
outlet side.
NOTE
Stan 13
Throttle down the pressure valve V6 for the light The pressure adjustment LED (green) o~ top of the
within ± 15% of the set pressure, and changes to
continuous lighting when it is within ±3%.
NOTE
Alter the temperature of feed liquid being fed is stabilized (approximately 5 minutes), check
once again that the light liquid pressure is within 15 % of the level present in the Multi-Monitor
Sten 14
Change the MM function switch on the starter The MM function switch in the ON position causes
panel from OFF to ON, and then set the LM alarm a FEED signal to be issued from the starter to the
output switch in the Multi-Monitor to ON . Multi-Monitor, making the Leakage Monitor
o erative .
сАитiои
pressure (dP), follow the procedure below. Failure to follow may cause a false alarm.
(i) Set the MM function swifch on the starter panel to OFF position.
(ii)Accomplish pressure adjustment.
(iil) Place the MM function switch on the starter panel back into the ON position.
In addition, the flow rate indicating LED of the Multi- Monitor should be actuated approximately 20 to
30 seconds after the MМ function switch is set to ON.
sfeps 8 to 10 in Section 4.2.3 "Light Liquid Outlet Pressure Adjustment".

Sludge discharge procedure

To have sludge discharge effected during feeding operation;
1. Set the MM function switch on the starter panel to OFF to make the Leakage Monitor
Function of the Multi-Monitor inoperative.
2. Open the circulation valve V4 and close the feed liquid inlet valve V5 to stop oil feed to the
oil purifier.
3. Accomplish Steps 7, 8 and 9 to let sludge discharge take place.
4. Then, accomplish Steps 10, 11 and 12 to resume oil feeding.
In order to prevent an incorrect alarm, please cam out operation of Procedure 12 within 40
seconds after setting the MM functional switch to ON.
сдитiои
In the lubricating oil treatment, introduce washing water into the bowl to clean at intervals of ~
to 8 hours before sludge discharge operation . (Carry out according to the operation procedure
for sludge discharge .) The bowl washing process is carried out after sludge discharge. For
,necessary quantity of washing water, refer fo Tabe 3-74 in Section 3.6 .6.
Failure to clean the bowl may affect the purifier's performance or cause mechanical trout es.

5 .7 .2 Stop
WARNING
When an unusually large vibration or sound (contact sound or abnormal sound from the
bearing section) is present, shut off the supply of feed liquid, then immediately depress the
jStopJ button on the starter to stop the purifier.
Sten 1
Set the MM function switch on the starter panel to
OFF .
Ste 2
Sto the oil heater.
Sten 3
After fully open the glove valve for return V4 and
by-pass valve V8, close the feed liquid inlet valve
V7 .
Sten d
of water, and open the globe valve V З to refill the that V З is closed.
bowl su 1 of re lacement water .
NOTE
For the necessary quantity of replacement water, refer to Table 3-12 in Section 3 .6 .5 .1.
~4 е~ 5
Open the cock V1 for approximately 2 seconds to Confirm the discharge operation by the increase of
discharge the sludge . current reading or discharge sound.
After this dischar e, close cock V1.
Sten 6
Depress the [STOP] push button of the starter to
sto the motor .

Sten 7
valve V7 and butte~Fl valve V10.
NOTE
Stan R

Set power switches of the Multi-Monitor, and starter Make sure that power to the Multi-Monitor, and
to OFF in that order . starter has been cut off .

~ Suspension
If the oil purifier will not be used for a long period of time (more than 3 months) carry out the following
inspection, maintenance and service activities.
6 .1 Preparations for Suspension

1. The frame and sludge cover should be disassem~ ed for cleaning . After completely removing
moisture, apply rust-preventive oil all over the inside surface.
2. After disassem~ ing and cleaning, the bowl should be applied lubricating oil, then re-assembled.
Apply rust-preventive oil on the outside surface of the bowl, and store it separately without
re-assemb ing in the vertical shaft.
3. The vertical and horizontal shafts should be disassem Ы ed for cleaning . After cleaning, apply
rust-preventive oil all over the surface, then re-assemble them in the purifier main body.
4. The inside surface of the gear case should be applied rust-preventive oil after cleaning . Do not refill
lubricating oil before starting operation.
5. After disassem Ы ing and cleaning, the gear pump should be applied lubricating oil, then
re-assem Ы ed . Accumulated oil, if present in the pump connecting tube, should be completely
removed in advance so that it from does not flow into the gear pump.
6. Close the source valve of the operating water pipe, then drain water from the pipe aid open the
flange.
7. Place appropriate desiccant in the Multi-Monitor.
сАитiои
• Place appropriate desiccant in the starter, control panel and Multi-Monitor and wrap them
closely in vinyl film sheet or the like. Condensation due to significant moisture may cause i
rust inside . Close the butterfly valve at the sludge outlet.
• Shut the butterfly valve . !f the butterfly valve is open during suspension, vapors from the
sludge tank may cause the shaft system to be oxidized.

6 .2 Maintenance during Suspension

6 .2 .1 Purifier main body and mechanical components
• Carry out the turning of the vertical shaft for 2 or 3 minutes by hand at least once a week.
• Carry out quarterly inspections, centering on the bearing section, to make sure of freedom
from rust.
• Carry out the 6-month periodical inspection and execute the rust prevention measures.
6 .2 .2 Electrical component
Carry out the 6-month periodical inspection and replace desiccants, then perform complete seal-up.
6 .3 Resuming Operation
Before resuming the operation, carry out inspections according to "6 .1 .4 Inspections prior to running".
On the electrical components perform insulation checks on each terminal and coil to make sure they
have a dielectric resistance 1 M SZ or greater.
6 .4 Other
сАитiои
When the purifier has not been used for a long period of time (more than 3 months), carry out
inspections centering on the bearing section prior to resuming the operation.
• Check that the bearings are all rust-free.
• Be sure to replace rusted bearings.
• Be sure to oil the bearings before starting the operation.


_ Opetation aM~anual 3
I1'1St ГUCt10f1
~n ~ ~ ~ Function, operation and maintenance
M 1 information on automatic control panel
GBC-1 &GSH-1
SAMGONG-MITSUBISHI
SELFJECTOR
iiE'1V1Tis-SE RIES
~~~ SAMGONG CO ., LTD.

SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual Operation Ma~ual~

IMPORTANT
This manual has been edited primarily to give instructions for processing mineral oils
such as fuel oils and lubricating oils.
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual Operation Manual 3

~ WARNING
The instruction manual is a guide book for using an automatic discharge type oil purifier,
the "SAMGONG-MITSUBISHI SELFJECTOR GENIUS SERIES" (hereinafter referred to as
the SELFJECTOR).
The SELFJECTOR is a centrifugal separator rotating at high speeds . Please read through
this manual and obtain a complete understanding of the contents of the manual before
using the SELFJECTOR.
Handle the SELFJECTOR safely and operate it in the right way to get the best service.
The Instruction Manual for the SELFJECTOR is configured as shown on

the following page . The volume is one of the manuals composing Part 4,
Operation Manual 3.
Be sure to use the appropriate manuals and have a complete

understanding of the cotents of the manual befor starting your work.

O :Design engineer . OO :Installer . ~~ :Engine engineer . ® : Operator

Intended for
Past Manual Description
1 Outline of fitting-out aboard Information for transportion, handling and storage of the
000®
machine .
Instructions for installation and dimensions. O O
System diagram and connection diagram.
2 Operation Мапиа l 1 Precautions for safety.
Configuration and structure of SELFJECTOR .
Motor, starter and control panel. O O
Multi-Monitor
3 Operation Мапиа l 2 Precautions for safety.
Functions of components.
Operation setting items and adjusting procedures . O O
How to start and stop.
4S ''O e~ tion an~a13 ~ ~' ~~ Prë~au ions fo safetyR'~ ~' - ~-
~a~~o '~an~d~~ma~n,~ a ce ~ .or at ~ ;Os
~. 4 ~,_~. -~ r ~ o~o \.г
~~~i ~ ~~ ;. - toma~ic~ori r~anel GBC~~ GS - ~~ :r ~~
5 Maintenance Manual Precautions for safety.
How to disassemble and reassem~ e .
Maintenance and checkup procedure. O O
Trou p a shooting .
NOTE
The Part 4 manuals(Operation Manual 3) deal with the following types of the automatic control
system . When you purchase the SELFJECTOR controlled by one of these control system, the
associated operation manual of Part 4 will be supplied.
Automatic control systems : GBC-1, GSH-1
SELFJECTOR Instruction Мапиа l Operation Мапиа l 3

CONTENT (1/2)
1_1
1. PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFETY ~~
1. 1 . SYMBOLS ASSOCIATED WITH SAFETY 1-1

1 _2
1 .2 . PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFETY ~~
2. OVERVIEW OF AUTOMATIC CONTROL PANEL ••~•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 2-1

3_1
3. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
3 .1 . GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 3-1

3_1
3 .2 . CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS
3_1
3 .3 . CONTACT SPECIFICATIONS
3 .4 . ANALOGUE IN/OUT PUT SPECIFICATIONS ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••~••~ 3-1
4_~
4. COMPOSITION
4.1 . COMPOSITION OF AUTO CONTROL PANEL •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••~•4-1

4 .2 . COMPOSITION OF THE PURIFIER CONTROLLER (PFC-A) ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 4-1
4 .3 . PFC-A CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 4-2
5. FRONT PANEL FUNCTION OF AUTOMATIC CONTROL PANEL •••••••••••••••••••••••••• 5-1
5.1 . SWITCH AND PUSH BUTTON IN THE FRONT OF THE CONTROL PANEL ••••••••• 5-1
PUSH BUTTONS ON PFC-A 5-2
5 .2 .
5 .3 . PILOT LAMP FOR INDICATING ON PFC-A ••••••••~••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••~~~~~~••••~~• 5-3
5 .4 . DISPLAY IN THE FRONT OF PFC-A •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 5-3
5 .5 . THE FUNCTION OF EACH MODULE OF PFC-A ••••••••••••••••••••••••••~•••••••••••~•••••• 5-3
5 .6 . THE FUNCTION OF PILOT LA МР OF PFC DISPLAY MODULE ••••••••••••••••••••••••••5-~
6. SETTING PRECEDURES FOR OPERATION ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••"•• 6-1

g_ 1
6 .1 . TIMER AND COUNTER
6 .2 . CONTROL TYPE g-2
6 .3 . TIMER MONITORING g-~
g_ 4
6 .4 . COUNTER MONITORING
6 .5 . TEMPERATURE ALARM g -6
6 .6 . TEMPERATURE MONITORING g -7
6 .7 . SERIES OPERATION g -8
7. SETTING VALUE FOR THE TIMER 7-1
7 .1 . GBC-1 TY РЕ 7-2
7 .2 . GSH - 1 TY РЕ 7_
~~ 7_3
7 .2 .1 . HIDENS OPERATION
_
7 .2 .2 . PURIFIER OPERATION
7_ 5
7 .2 .3 . COUNTER SETTIGN VALUES
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual Operation Мапиа l ~

CONTENT (2/2)
8. AUTOMATIC OPERATION(GBC-1) ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 8
8 .1 . OPERATION PREPARATION g_ 1
8 .2 . AUTOMATIC OPERATION g_ 1
8 .3 . SLUDGE DISCHARGE TEST g_ 4
8 .4 . AUTOMATIC STOP g_ 4
8 .5 . EMERGENCY STOP g_ 4
8 .6 . TIMING CHART(GBC-1 TYPE) 8-5
9. AUTOMATIC OPERATION(GSH-1) ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 9-1
9 .1 . OPERATION PREPARATION g_ 1
9 .2 . HIDENS SYSTEM OPERATION g—1
9 .3 . PURIFIER OPERATION g—5
9 .4 . SLUDGE DISCHARGE TEST g_g
9 .5 . AUTOMATIC STOP g_g
9 .6 . EMERGENCY STOP g-8
9 .7 . TIMING CHART(GSH-1 TYPE) g-9
10 . ALARMS . .~ . . . .~ . .~ .~~ .~~~

10-1
10 .1 . TY РЕ OF ALARMS 10-1
10 .2 . ALARM RESET 10—1
10 .3 . ALARM AND CORRECTIVE ACTION 10—2
10 .3 .1 ."LEAK" :OIL LEAKAGE ALARM ~~• 10-2
10 .3 .2 ."NO-DIS" : NO OPENING BOWL ALARM •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 10-~
10 .3 .3 ."HIDENS" :ABNORMAL WATER CONTEN Т ALARM •••••••~•~••••••••••••••••~••••••••••••• 10-~
10 .3 .4 ."T(H), T(L)" :OIL HIGH/ LOW TEMPERATURE ALARM •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 10-4
10 .3 .5 ."VIB-AL" :ABNORMAL VIBRATION 10-4
11. AUTOMATIC OPERATION FOLW SHEET ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 11-1
11 .1 . GBC-1 TYPE 11-1

11 .2 . GSH-1 TY РЕ 11-2
12. SCHEMATIC CONNECTION DIAGRAM 12—1
12 .1 . GBC-1 TY РЕ 12—1
12 .2 . GSH-1 TY РЕ 12-6

1 . PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFETY
Prior to use, carefully read through the "Precautions for Safety", and operate the SELFJECTOR in the
right way.
The precautions for safety in this instruction manual are intended for enabling the user to use the
SELFJECTOR safely and properly, and protecting the user from personal injury and damage . Carefully
read through the precautions until you have a complete understanding before performing and job or
procedure for operation or maintenance of the SELFJECTOR.
1 .1 . SYMBALS ASSOCIATED WITH SAFETY
In this instruction manual, the precautions are headed by the following symbols . Since all of them
are important precautions associated with safety, be strictly observe them.
DANGER : Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not heeded, will

~ result in death or serious injury.
WARNING : Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not heeded, could

• result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION : Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not heeded, may result in minor
~ or moderate injury o~ damage to the machine or facilities.
NOTE : Indicates the items which should be done or which will be of help if kept in mind for
_
~ operating the machine or performing work.
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 1_1 Operation Manual 3

1 .2 . PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFETY
сАитi ои
The automatic control panel is a part of the equipment designed for automatic operation
of the SELFJECTOR . Improper handling of the panel could cause malfunctions and
jeopardize your safety. Before operation, maintenance and inspection of the panel,
thoroughly read through this manual and pay special heed to your safety when using the
panel.
• Do not attempt disassemb y and reworking of the control panel without permission
of our company.
• Never place the equipment in a position close to flammab a materials.

If it is placed in a position close to flammable materials, an explosion or fire could
result.
• Before proceeding with wiring, check to ensure that the input power supply to the
system is OFF.
There is danger of an electric shock.
• Make sure that wiring is done by qualified electric engineers.
• Connect the equipment to the hull in an electrically effective way by use of the
ground terminal of the panel.
(Make sure that the equipment is grounded .)
• Check to ensure that the rated voltage and frequency of the panel coincide with
those of the power supply.
Should questions arise concerning the contents of

the manual, please contact our company.
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 1_2 Operation Мапиа l ~

2 . OVERVIEW OF AUTOMATIC CONTROL PANEL
The control panel is used for automatic purification of the feed oil by the Samgong-Mutsubishi
SELFJECTOR . It is so designed that, if a trouble like an abnormal oil leakage or sludge discharge
failure(fail to open the bowl) occurs during operation, the supply of the feed oil and then the
SELFJECTOR may be stopped automatically.
~AUtomatlC Operation Processa

Closes the main cylinder of the bowl —> Supplies sealing water —> Supplies feed oil(purifie~ operation) —•
Supplies replacement water -- . Opens the main cylinder of the bowl(discharge sludge).
The control panel outputs feeding signal to the Multi-Mo~itor(MM), and has separated water discharged
in response to alarm(water detection) signal from the Multi-Monitor . If the number of times water
discharge is abnormally large, the control panel automatically shuts down the SELFJECTOR after
completion of the discharge process . For detailed information on the Water Detector Function(WD) of the
Multi-Monitor, refer to OPERATION MANUAL 2.
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 2_ ~ Operation Manual 3

3 . STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
3 .1 . GENERAL SPECIFICATION
1) Type Name : KT-PFC-A
2) Power Supply &Voltage : AC 110 / 220V
3) Power Consumption
O Purifier Controller (PFC) : 55W
O Five (5) Solenoid Valves : 75W
O MULTI Monitor : 7W
4) Operating Temperature : 0 'C — 70 °C
5) Maintaining Temperature : -10 'C — 70 'C
6) Weight : ~OKg
3 .2 . CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS
1) Control Type 8bit Micro Computer
2) Program Type Assembly Description Method
3) Program Memory 8K Byte
4) Data Memory
O F~A~ 396 Byte
O EEPROM 256 Byte
3 .3 . CONTACT SPECIFICATIONS
1) Input Signal Contact :Free Voltage 'a, b' Contact
2) Output Contact
t~ Solenoid Control Contact : 380V AC 15A
OO Output Signal Contact : 30V DC 1A
3 .4 . ANALOGUE IN/OUT PUT SPECIFICATIONS

1) Analogue IN
,O PT100 S~ :Oil Temperature(0 °C -200 'C)
2) Analogue OUT
O 4~20mA :Oil Temperature(0 'C --200 'C)
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual Operation Мапиа l 3

3-1

4 . COMPOSITION
4.1 . COMPOSITON OF AUTO CONTROL PANEL

This system is made up of a purifier controller (KT-PFC-A), panel box, switches and power supply.
4 .2 . COMPOSITION OF THE PURIFIER CONTROLLER (KT-PFC-A)

KT-PFC-A is an equipment to control a purifier generally and is made up of as follows
ТаЫе 4 .-1
MAIN MODULE
Power
T / B Module
1. Display &CPU Моди l е Supply
2. I/O BOARD
~ cau~io~
Never mount/dismount the CPU 8~ Display Module, I/O Моди l е , T/B Моди l е or Power Supply unit
while the power is on.

4-1

------------------ --------
-_-' ~~ ./~
+/ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ /
8ELFJECT~R!no~u~~n/Nonmd Dpe~bnnK4anua!~~

5 . FRONT PANEL FUNCTION OF THE AUTOMATIC CONTROL PANEL
The front panel configuration and functions of the automatic control panel are described below.
~.
;<
i _ i`:,
'" ~ , 5 .4
5 .6
Г11~
- ,\DDR . - ДАТА
,1i 1 г1. . в1 i ~ ~ ~
5 .2
- ~ 1l
v ~и~
.}
5 .6 л л D ~ ~~;~.
5 .1 Оз
5 .~ O
~~' С-~~
J
~` ~ ~ i 1 1,~~ '~ .а1
~.
-- -
влмсомс со , ~тп_ J
~—
i
5 .1 О
Fig 5-1
5 .1 . SWITCHES AND PUSH BUTTONS IN THE FRONT OF THE CONTROL PANEL

O CONT . SOURCE OFF / ON
As a switch on the auto control panel, it turns ON /OFF power source of the auto control panel.
O E~~cY s~oP
As a push button o~ the auto control panel, it stops a purifier emergently.

5-1

~ MM FUNCTION OFF/ON
O
This selector switch is used for ONIOFF control of feeding signal output from the control panel to
the Multi - Monitor.
When the "MM FUNCTION SWITCH" is off position, feeding signal is not outputted from the control
to the Multi - Monitor even if the SELFJECTOR is on feeding.
~ PUSH BUTTONS ON PPCA

O Au~o s~AR~
As a luminescent push button switch, it starts automatic purifying, and the indicating
AUTO lamp is on while automatic purifying is operating.
START
O Аито втоР
As a luminescent push button switch, it pauses automatic purifying and stops the
AUTO purifier after discharging sludge completely.
STOP
® ois . тЕS т
As a luminescent push button switch, it has a function to discharge sludge, aid it can be
operated during feeding cycle of the purifier, and discharges sludge . Also, in the
DIS .T timer/counter setting mode, use this key to move the cursor to the left digit.
®A~AR~ RESET
As a luminescent push button switch, it functions as a common alarm lamp апд as an
ALARM alarm reset . The indicating lamp is o~ when an alarm is happened, and off
RESET when reset by a push after the alarm is removed.
O ~oN .
As a push button switch, use this switch when you monitor the
MON proceeding condition of functions (timer, counter) which you want to execute.
© sE~
As a push button switch, use this switch together with "ENT" switch to set or to change
the value of a timer or a counter.
SET

5-2

O ENS
As a push button switch, use this switch together with "SET" switch to set or to change
ENT the value of a timer or a counter.
As a push button switch, use this switch to seek addresses of needed timer
. . or counter.
5 .3 . PILOT LAМР FOR INDICATING ON PFC-A

As pilot lamps, it shows present states of input and output . Especially, when
SV1 KT-PFC-A is in abnormal state, "CPU RUN" lamp is turned off and every output is
~ b ocked.
5 .4. DISPLAY WINDOW IN THE FRONT OF PFC-A
~= ADDR . = DATA = Placed o~ the upper part of the left on KT-PFC -A, it indicates the
-) i —) type of control or the values of a timer or a counter.
i _
I.
5.5 . THE FUNCTION OF EACH MODULE OF PFC-A
ТаЫе 5-1
Display &
I!0 Module T /B Моди l е Power Supply
CPU Моди l е
It transmits the Connecting with I/O It supplies control
It changes or sets inputs of a sensor ora modules, there is a source of PFC which
the values of a timer switch to display & terminal block to conducts general
or a counter, indicates CPU module, controls e~a~ a to connect with controls of auto
the states of I /O and commands from yard cable . control panel.
control panel display 8~ CPU module
generally . and outputs to TIB
module .

5—3

5 .6 . THE FUNCTION OF PILOT LAMPS OF PFC DISPLAY MODULE
1) INPUT
,O MOTOR RUN :Stay ON during operation of the motor of the SELFJECTOR.
2) OUTPUT
,O SV1 : Comes on when solenoid valve for water for opening bowl is energized (for total).
OO SV2 : Comes on when solenoid valve for water for closing bowl is energized.
O~ SV3 : Comes on when solenoid valve for sealing water /replacement water is energized.
® SV4 : Comes on when solenoid valve for feed valve is energized.
OO SV9 : Comes on when solenoid valve for water for opening bowl is energized (for partial).
(GSH-1 Type only)
© 2SJ-2 Comes on when the 2-stage purifier operation mode.
(Option Specification)
3) ALARM
,O LEAKAGE ALARM :Comes on when feed liquid or light liquid has accidentally flowed.
OO NO-DIS . ALARM :Comes on when sludge discharge is faulty .(GBC-1 Type option)
O~ HIDENS ALARM :Comes on when error signal from Water Detector control unit is inputted.
(GSH-1 Type only)
® T(H) :Comes on when the processing oil at the inlet of the purifier has a high temperature.
OO T(L) :Comes on when the processing oil at the inlet of the purifier has a low temperature.
© VIB-AL :Comes on when the vibration switch is activated . (Detector :option)
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 5_4 Operation Manual ~

6 . SETTING PROCEDURES FOR OPERATION
6 .1 TIMER AND COUNTER
Repeat pushing the arrow marked button

until number of timer or counter which you
1 want to set is displayed on indicator of
ADDR.
ADDR . DATA
f Press "SET" button.
ADDR . DATA
f Input the setting value by в, в button.

j ( U se t-- button to move the cursor to the left)
ADDR . DATA
1
ENT f Push "ENT" button
NOTE
TIMER or TIMER or UNIT ADDR . TIMER or UNIT

ADDR. UNIT ADDR.
COUNTER COUNTER COUNTER
000 TIMER sec 011 TIMER sec 016 TIMER sec
001 TIMER sec 012 TIMER sec 022 COUNTER min
002 TIMER sec 013 TIMER sec 023 COUNTER times
003 TIMER sec 014 COUNTER min 026 COUNTER min
004 TIMER sec 015 COUNTER min 027 COUNTER times

6 .2 CONROL TYPE

until "tP" is played on indicator of ADDR.
ADDR ~ DATA
~P 9 Ь C-
1
ADDR .
♦
DATA
Push "SET" button
1 f Push "ENT" button
ENT
ADDR . DATA
Confirm that "gSH-" is displayed on

f ~
indicator of DATA.
NOTE
The indication of type is as follow; ТУРЕ INDICATION

GBC gbC
GSH gSH

6 .3 TIMER MONITORING
- - ♦ Repeat pushing the arrow marked button

until "tP" is played on indicator of ADDR.
Push "MON" button
1 .__ _ Push "AUTO START" button
CJD ~~CJ 1
NOTE
q As other buttons except "MON" button are not operated during monitoring, push "MON"
button again and change the values of timer or counter into another values or monitor
the other timer or counter.

6-3

6 .4 COUNTER MONITORING

until the number of timer or counter which
you want to monitor is displayed o~ indicator
ADDR .
1 DATA
of ADDR.
~I I~
U ~I
Push "MON" button
ADDR . DATA
1 I 1 I
I~I~ I I
U U
NOTE
1. This is convenient to know the elapsed time during purifying operation . For example, when
it is counted 1 time, indicator of DATA indicates 0001.
2. As other buttons except "MON" button are not operated during monitoring, push "MON"
button again and change the values of timer or counter into another values or monitor the
other timer or counter.

6-4

NOTE
Counters in minute unit can be converted into 0 .1 second unit with ~, ~ button while monitoring.
ADDR . DATA
~I Unit :minute
I I
- 1 _ I`1
Change the unit from minute to 0.1 second of

from 0 .1 second to minute.
ADDR . DATA
Unit : second
NOTE
The counters which can be monitored in the both of 0.1 second and minute unit are as follow:
ITEM Counter No . in minute Counter No . in 0 .1 second
Intermittent water supply C014 C044
Discharge interval C015 C045
Monitoring time CO22 C042
Detection counter reset CO26 C046
The others are monitored in 1 second unit only .
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual Operation Мапиаl 3

6-5

6 .5 TEMPERATURE ALARM
- - Repeat pushing the arrow marked button

until tL(Temperature low) or tH(Temperature
high) which you want to is displayed on
indicator of ADDR.
ADDR . DATA
Unit : 'C
C~
f Press "SET " button
ADDR . DATA
Unit : 'C
Input the setting value by ~, button

(Use «— button to move the cursor to the left)
1
ENT f Push "ENT" button
NOTE
q If Temp . high or Temp. low alarm are unnecessary, set "PASS"
"PASS" is indicated by setting temperature to 201 'C.
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6_6 Operation Manual ~

6 .6 TEMPERATURE MONITORING

until tL(Temperature low) or tH(Temperature
high) which you want to is displayed on
indicator of ADDR.
ADDR . DATA
Unit : 'C
C~
♦ . Push "MON" button
r—ADDR . --O АТА ~
~H DD 1D ~"°""
NOTE
q As other button except "MON" button are not operated during monitoring ,push "MON"
button again and change the values of timer or counter into another values on monitor the
other timer or counter.
q Maximum setting value :from 0 'C to 200 'C
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6_ ~ Operation Manual ~

6 .7 SERIES OPERATION

~ ~ ♦ until "So" is displayed o~ indicator of ADDR.
1
ADDR . DATA
q qq
~~ Press "SET" button.
ADDR . DATA
q q
♦ Input the setting value by ~, button.
ADDR . DATA
q q
1
ENT ~ p ush "ENT" button.

7 . TIMER SETTING TIMES
The times to be set for the timers vary with following factors.
• Model number of SELFJECTOR

• Type of fed oil
• Operating water pressure and sealing water pressure
It is therefore necessary to set the timers to match the fi е l д conditions . When a test run and adjustments
are performed by Samgong service personnel, the timers are set to the proper values suitable for the
field conditions before handover . If changes occur in the properties of feed oil thereafter, refer to the
following explanations and change the set times properly.
Timer Numbers and Uses Tame 7-1
Timer NO . Use Time that can be set
T000 Operation intervals of each solenoid valve 0 .0 — 999 .9 s
T001 Bowl opening time (Total discharge) 0 .0 — 999 .9 s
T002 Replacement water supply time (Total discharge) 0 .0 — 999 .9 s
T003 Sealing water (regulating water) supply time (Total discharge) 0 .0 — 999 .9 s
T004 Bowl washing water supply time 0 .0 — 999 .9 s
T011 Bowl opening time(Partial discharge) 0 .0 —~ 999 .9 s
T012 Replacement water supply time (Partial discharge) 0 .0 _ 999 .9 s
T013 Sealing water(regulating water) supply time (Partial discharge) 0 .0 ~-- 999 .9 s
C014 Intermittent bowl closing water supply intervals 1 -- 9999 min
T015 Sludge discharge intervals 1 _ 9999 min
C016 Operating water supply for closing bowl 0 .0 ~ 999 .9 s
CO22 Monitoring time 1 — 9999 min
CO26 Water detection count reset time 1 -- 9999 min
Counter Numbers and Uses Tam a 7-2
Timer NO . Use Time that can be set
CO23 Bowl washing counter ~ 1 — 100
CO27 Water detection count 1 — 9999 times
SELFJE~TOR Instruction Manual 7_1 Operation Manual 3

7 .1 . GBC -1 ТУРЕ
Standard Setting Times for Timers Tab a 7-3
Item Model SJ10G SJ20G SJ30G SJ50G I SJ60G SJ70G SJ100G SJ120G SJ150G
~
Interval T000 sec 15 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20
Replacement water T002 sec 5 8 12 14 14 19 29 29 32

Sealing water T003 sec 9 10 12 18 18 20 32 32 27
Bowl Fuel oil 0
washing -- T004 sec
water Lub .Oil 12 13 19 26 26 31 48 48 47
Intermittent water C014 min 10
su 1
Operating water supply T016 sec 5
for closin bowl
Discharge interval C015 sec Refer to the Table 7-4
Bowl Fuel oil 0
washing 0023 times
Lcounter Lub .Oil 6
NOTE
1) The times for sealing water and replacement water timers shown in the table assume that
the supply flow rate is 8L/min for the SJ10G -BOG, 12Umin for the SJSOG -70G, 16Umin for
the SJ100G- 1206, and 18L / min for the SJ150G . Be sure to measure he actual flow rate
and set the times to proper values.
2) There is not a washing process in the case of the fuel oil purifier.
Take 7-4 shows the general discharge intervals for processing fuel oil and lubricating oil . The tai a is
intended for general guidance .
ТаЫе 7-4
Fuel oils Lubricating oils
Fuel oil C Cross-head Trunk piston
Fuel oil A
(380mm21s at 50°C) engine engine
Number of times of
12 24 12 24
discharge (times/day)
Discharge interval
120 60 120 60
(min)
Number of times of
0 0 2 4
washing (times/day)

7-2

7 .2 . GSH-1 TYPE
7 .2 .1 HIDENS OPERATION
Standard Setting Times for Timers Table 7-5
Item Model SJ10G SJ20G SJ30G SJ50G SJ60G SJ70G SJ100G SJ120G SJ150G
Interval T000 sec 15 15 15 15 15 15 20 ~ 20 20
Bowl Fuel oil 0

washing T004 sec -
water Lub .Oil 12 13 19 26 26 31 48 48 47
Opening bowl(partial) T011 sec 0 .6

Replacement Ovate T012 sec 2 2 2 3 3 6 6 6 6
artial
water T013 sec
Lub .Oil 1 1 2 3 3 3 5 5 5
(partial)
Intermittent Ovate C014 min 10
su 1 __
Operating water supply 5
T016 sec
for closin bowl
Discharge interval C015 min Refer to the NOTE 1
Monitoring time CO22 min 20
Bowl Fuel oil 0

washing CO23 times
counter Lub .Oil 6
Detection count reset CO26 min 30

Water detection
CO27 times 6
setting counter
NOTE 1 For discharge intervals, refer to Take 7-7 standard discharge intervals for general
guidance.
NOTE 2 : Please use CO21 by fixing to 1.
NOTE
q Timer setting for sealing water and replacement water in the above list aye based on the
feed rate at 8 Llmin for SJ10GH to 30tH, at 12 L/min for SJ50GH to 70tH, at 16 Umin for
SJ100GH and 120tH and at 18 L/min for SJ150GH . For practical setting, always measure
the flow rate actually and select proper values accordingly.
q Fuel oil purifier have no regulating water feeding process and bowl washing processes.

7-3
Operation Manual 3

7 .2 .2 PURIFIER OPERATION (TOTAL DISCHARGE)

Standard Setting Times for Timers ТаЫе 7-6
Item Model SJ10G SJ20G SJ30G SJ50G SJ60G SJ70G SJ100G ;SJ120G SJ150G
Interval T000 sec 15 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20
Bowl Fuel oil 0
washing T004 sec
water Lub .Oil 12 13 19 26 I 26 31 48 48 47
Opening bowl(partial) T011 sec ~. 0 .6,;
Replacement;• Ovate T012 sec ~ : 2 '" 2?' 2 "' 3 3 . ,' 6 ':=~ 6'•` ` 6. , , ~6
artial
Regulating .: ~ Fuel oil 0
water ~ T013 sec '
(Partial) '. Lub . Oil 1 1 `. 2 3 3 ;~ 3 ~._: 5 ~ ; 5 5,,
ermittent water C014 min 10
su
Operating water supply T016 sec 5
for closin bowl _
Discharge interval C015 min Refer to the NOTE 1
Monitoring time CO22 min _ 20' -
Bowl Fuel oil 0
washing CO23 times
counter Lub .Oil 6
Detection count reset CO26 min . . ~. .. , 30;
Water `detection
CO27 times 6 `
setting co ŭ riter
NOTE 1 : For discharge intervals, refer to Take 7-7 standard discharge intervals for general guidance.
NOTE 2 : Please use CO21 by fixing to 1.
NOTE 3 : In case of purifier operation by automatic type GSH -1, the timers T011 ~ T012, T013, CO22,
CO26 and CO27 are nonfunctional and need no change in set value.
NOTE
• Timer setting for sealing water and replacement water in the above list are based on the feed
rate at 8 L/min for SJ10GH to 30tH, at 12 Umin for SJ50GH to 70tH, at 16 Umin for SJ100GH
and 120tH and at 18 Umin for SJ150GH . For practical setting, always measure the flow rate
actually and select proper values accordingly.
• Prior to purifier operation, do the following setting.
q Select the gravity disc to match the type of oil to be treated .(Refer to Operation Manual 2)
q Fully Close the circulation line back pressure valve attached to the purifier and fully open
the shut off valve.
q Set the Water Detector selector dial to Water !heavy liquid detector function position апд
the Water Detection output switch to OFF . (Refer to Operation Manual 2)

Table 7-7 shows the standard discharge intervals for general guidance in processing fuel and lubricating
oils .
ТаЫе 7-7
Fuel oil C Cross-head

Fuel oil A Trunk piston engine
(380mm2/s at 50'C) engine
HIDENS
12 24 12 24
Operation
Purifier 60
120 60 120
Operation
7 .2 .3 COUNTER SETTING VALUES
The inside of the bowl can be cleaned after every few total discharge operation in order to remove
unevenly accumulated sludge and dirt.
Tab e 7-8 shows the standard bowl washing counters for general guidance in processing fuel aid
lubricating oils .
Tam a 7-8

Fuef oil C Cross-head
Fuel oil A Trunk piston engine
(380mm2/s at 50 ' C) engine
Bowl
washing 0 times 0 times 6 times 6 times
counter
NOTE
The Bowl washing count shown above i s set so that washing interval will be 24 hours.
The Bowl washing interval is given by : (Except when the Bowl washing count is 0 .)
The Bowl washing interval (min)

= Discharge interval (C015) x Total discharge count (CO21) x Bowl washing count (CO23)
Operation
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual ~_5 Мапиа l 3

в. АитомАтiс оеААтiои(свс-~~
8 .1 OeR ATION PREPARATION
~ CAUTION
• Refer to Tab e 7-3, 7-4 and make sure that each timer is set to appropriate values for actual
operating conditions(feed oil type, SELFJECTOR model number, and availa~ a water pressure,
etc)
• Specifically, the discharge interval time "C015" should be set to fit the sort of feed oil since the
timer influences the amount of sludge accumulated in the bowl.
(for the change of set timer, refer to Table 7-4)
• When you perform setting . change of an option function, please turn [OFF] the power supply of a
control panel for safety.
• Make sure that the selection of the gravity disc is correct.
• Make sure position of the switches in the Multi-Monitor(MM) is right.
• Make sure the set pressure value of the operating water reducing valve is right.
• For the SELFJECTOR main unit and relevant valves refer to the separate "Operation Manual2"
8 .2 AUTOMATIC OPERATION(GBC-1 TYPE)

Step 1 . Start the SELFJECTOR by separately installed starter.
Step 2 . Set the power switch on the automatic control panel to "ON".
Step 3 . Set the timer and counter in the panel.
Step 4 . The "CONT . SOURCE" pilot lamp will come on.

Check the ammeter of the starter to confirm that the SELFJECTOR has reached the rated
speed . Thereafter, press pushbutton "AUTO . START" provided on the control panel.
Step 5 . Each timer of purifier controller in the automatic control panel works in the following order to
perform continuous purifier operation.
(Refer to the attached Section Automatic Operation Flow and 8 .6 . Timing Chart as well .)
The interval timer T000 starts operation.

1 •Solenoid valve SV2 will open to supply the bowl closing water and close the bowl.
Whey T000 is timed up.
• Solenoid valve SV2 will be deactivated to stop supplying bowl-closing water.
• Solenoid valve SV3 will be activated to supply replacement water into the bowl.
At the same time, the replacement water timer T002 will start operation.
When T002 is timed up.
• Solenoid valve SV3 will be deactivated to stop supplying replacement water.
• Solenoid valve SV1 will be activated to supply bowl opening water, and the bowl
will be opened to discharge replacement water.
• At the same time, bowl opening water supply time setting timer T001 will start
operation.


• Solenoid valve SV1 will be deactivated to stop supplying bowl opening water.
• Solenoid valve SV2 will operate to supply bowl closing water and the bowl will be
close.
At the same time, timer T000 will start operation.
• Solenoid valve SV3 will be activated to supply sealing water into the bowl . At the
same time, sealing water supply time setting timer T003 will start operation.
• At the same time, timer T000 will start operation.
•Solenoid valve SV2 will be deactivated to stop supplying bowl-closing water.
•Solenoid valve SV3 will be deactivated to stop supplying sealing water.
• The solenoid valve SV4 for feed valve will be activated to open feed valve CV1.
The feed oil will then be forced into the SELFJECTOR to start purifying.
• Pilot lamp "FEEDING" will come on.
• The discharge interval timer C015 will operate . The ~V1 will continue to open as
long as the set time.
• While the feed timer is in operation, bowl closing water solenoid valve SV2 will
intermittently open to supply the bowl closing water.
More specifically, the following operations will be repeated:
Timer C014 will operate (intermittent bowl closing water supply interval) —~ Timer
C014 will expire --> Timer T016 will operate (SV2 will be closed) —> Timer T016
will operate.
• A "Feeding " signal will be output to the Multi Monitor.
When C015 is timed up.
• When the set time of the discharge interval timer C015 elapses, solenoid valve
SV4 for feed valve will be deactivated to close feed valve CV1 and stop supplying
the feed oil.
• The "FEED " signal to the Multi Monitor will be cut off.
At the same time, timer T000 starts operation.
• "DISCHARGE PROCESS " signal will be output to the Multi-Monitor.
• Bowl cleaning frequency Counter CO23 will operate to add one time to the current
count.
• Solenoid valve SV1 will be activated to supply the bowl opening water . The bowl
will then open to discharge sludge.
• At the same time, bowl opening water supply the bowl opening water supply time
setting timer T001 will start operation.

When T001 is timed up

• Solenoid valve SV1 will be deactivated to stop supplying the bowl opening water.
closed.

• Solenoid valve SV3 will be activated to supply sealing water into the bowl . At the
same time, sealing water supply time setting timer T003 will start operation
• At the same time, timer T000 will restart operation.
• The "DISCHARGE PROCESS" signal output to the Multi Monitor will be stopped.
(Optional Specification)
•The reset coil signal will be output to the vibration switch for a second.
• Solenoid valve SV3 will be deactivated to stop supplying sealing water.
When T000 is timed up(when counter CO23 is counting).

• Timer T000 will restart operation.
• The "DISCHARGE PROCESS" signal output to the Multi Monitor will be stopped.
• Solenoid valve SV3 will open to supply cleaning water into the bowl.
• Solenoid valve SV3 will be deactivated to stop supplying bowl-opening water . ---
• Solenoid valve SV2 will operate to supply bowl opening water, aid the bowl will be
opened to discharge cleaning water.
• Solenoid valve SV1 will be deactivated to stop supplying bowl-opening water.
• Solenoid valve SV2 will be operate to supply bowl closing water, and bowl will be
closed.

S-~
Operation Manual 3

8 .3 . SLUDGE DISCHARGE TEST
During feeding operation, a sludge discharge test can be performed at any time irrespective of the
elapse feed time . When pushbutton "DIS-TEST" on the automatic control panel is pressed, the
SELFJECTOR will enter the sludge discharge process in the same way as upon expiry of the
discharge interval timer (CO21).
As soon as the sludge discharge process is completed, the SELFJECTOR will directly be restored
to the automatic operation.
8 .4 . AUTOMATIC STOP
Press pushbutton "AUTO STOP" on the automatic control panel.

_ The SELFJEС TOR will automatically stop operation after completion of the sludge discharge
process.
8 .5 . EMERGENCY STOP
1 сАит iои
When the SELFJECTOR is shut down because of an emergency, No opening Bowl, abnormal
vibration or overload, it will stop operation without discharging the sludge accumulated in the
bowl . If the SELFJECTOR is directly restarted, the bowl might lose balance and cause a
hazardous situation . For this reason, be sure to disassemb a the bowl aid remove the sludge
according to "Operation Manual 2" before restarting operation.
сАитiои
The automatic control panel is electrically interlocked with the starter . Therefore, the automatic
control panel is not operable unless the SELFJECTOR is started by the starter.
To operate the SELFJECTOR, without using the automatic control panel, manually operate the
individual solenoid valves.
In cases of emergency, press pushbutton "EM'CY STOP" on the automatic control panel.
In any of the processes, the power supply to the SELFJECTOR will be cut off, and all the solenoid valves
will be closed to stop operation.

8 .6 . TIMING CHART (GBC-1 TYPE)

8 .6 .1 AUTOMATIC OPERATION 8 STOPPING
_ 1 ~ - - y i а
- - - - ~3~
J v.
1 ~ - _Т
- Г.
-~- ~ - = LL
_` ё
----~-- .- -~ -_ - _ _- _ _- _•- С _
_
_
-'__ - Ч
1- _. _ ~ С П'~ ~ - ~ G
~ -_ ___ __ _ -- __ ~ '_
~ . г
~< _~--
~-
w
__ !
а
~ +-= i =-I - о гп
а
- --F-- i ---- -- --- -
i_,
i~
И
-_ _ __ _- ~__7
~~ _- ~- _ _ _ Г s
~i -
~
_- _ - - _ _ _- _ _Г -„~
_
а i с с° о = - r_
~~ __ ___- r_ ___ __ - -` ~ с i
_ -~- ~_ __ __ _ .'~
- .'spm
Г - - _- _ х- - ~ - - -~ --- _- -- - .. ~-
~-~ й
. ~ 5
- i2
-1 ,~-
_G L - _ L ввв - ~
- ~_I _ _ в4_ -L_ ~ ~ ~1
- -- -~~г- -~ ~ - -~ ~ - ~I-- -- -
г
--
~-
z
"- ~~ _ -
~_ а Н-
<<~i
i ~ I i . г~t _=~==r_ ~ _.
Г i _ ~ ~L
о
_ -_ __ .__ . ;_~~_ . _~ . 1_ .__ __~~ -- _ r_ш С7
---- -- г -~-- -- - -- -- - п. - Z
_ __ i _ _~_ - 7 _ -~- __ __ - __ - i U.
О С
9 _ _СГ,
'_ _J_ -~ _ _ _ __ - ~ y =,~ 3 M1
а -1-- ~_-__ a
а
--
~-_ -_ _-_ __ ` а' _- а с_ .~m И
.~
_, I ~ ~ i _
г.-_ _--
гг - - -~ ~-- -- - - -- -
— -~
i - --
i
1
р ~ ra г~ .у г.'1
~
- г~i I
- i ~=
-т ~~~
О гП i
~ Г.~
~ - C
- ~
- ~~
~ 1 _ C-• И iЛ
J
L i
_
~ _
~- -_ ~~ ~ ~ l.. _~
- `--
С i~ IO U t ° ~ - _
^' UГ С ~ ~ Q~ I Q~ V'1 i ; ~ ,'
~,С Гт2
_ l
- ~ - - ~ u = п
-
I ~, - ~ ~
~ п i д! ГГ [~~
д С С 3~ С J C ~~
l~
1
L ;~ ~ i I ~II I J
J C
~- ~ ~ - ~_I ~` 1 C - 1 - ~' ~ ~ 4 L~J1
_-____-_ _-_ .-'__'_ ~ _ --~____I
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual a_5 Operation Manual ~

8 .6 .7 BOWL WASHING
~, ~~ _
~ ~~W
~~ ~ ~ т r
~i i
1 ~, ~- --~-~-- -- - -- -- -
- 1 - - -
~,,
--_ -
о
^1
__
_-=_= -- =-== == _
- -=- __
Т -Т
i ~_ -- - -- -- - - -- - - J fL
h--
~1 - -- ---- - ---- -- --- 1
-- -- S ~
S
~ ~ _
~ __ - -- -
Т
- - -~- - -~_- = 1 -~
.1 . 1. ~ ~-
____ _ L-___ __ _ -_ ~_,~~ L

а, с ~ S
I _
— ~~J ~~
--~-_ _- - -- ---- -- —_ ~~ -~ 1 °: о а о -~
~ т -- -- --~- - ~--~--- -- LF Q'
Г °`
а ~ ~J С ~
7 -- -- ~ o
- -~- -- --
~1 --', - -- - - й
i
С~ и
'- I I '- i - - _ ~~
_ ^'!1
~~' ! n. ~
~ ~
i а̀ ~ 'Ш ~ а, -_ 1
i, ~ ~ _ ' 3 а, 3 03 ~ ~ __ ~ _i ~ ~ -
~- - r o- ~ с а с _ _ ! ~ ~ ! '~
J ~ U LL _ - СО ~ С !
ги a ~ ~
'~~ i s,~~ .~ii i ~i гап 1 с~ о ~ ins _ -
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8_6 Operation Мапиа l 3

9. AUTOMATIC OPERATION(GSH-1)
9 .1 . OPETATION PREPARATION
~ CAUTION
• Refer to Take 7-5, 7-6, 7-7, 7-8 and make sure that each timer is set to appropriate values for actual
operating conditions (feed oil type, SELFJECTOR model number, and availa~ a water pressure, etc .).
• Specifically, the discharge interval timer "C015" should be set to fit the sort of feed oil since the timer
influences the amount of sludge accumulated in the bowl.
(For the change of set timer, refer to Table 7-7)
• For the SELFJECTOR main unit and relevant valves refer to the separate "Operation Manual 2".
• Make sure that the gravity disc for HIDENS is installed in the SELFJECTOR.
• Make sure that the circulation line back pressure valve is fully opened and shut off valve is fully closed
attached to the SELFJECTOR.
• Make sure position of the switch in the Multi-Monitor(MM)is right .(Water detector selector dial, Water
detection output switch, etc)
• Make sure the set pressure value of the operating water reducing valve is right.
9.2 . HIDENS SYSTEM OPERATION

Step 1 . Start the SELFJECTOR by separately installed starter.
Step 2 . Set the power switch o~ the automatic control panel to "ON".
Step 3 . Set the timer and counter in the panel.
Step 4 . The "CONT . SOURCE" pilot lamp will come o~.

Check the ammeter of the starter to confirm that the SELFJECTOR has reached the rated
speed . Thereafter, press pushbutton "AUTO . START" provided on the control panel.
Step 5 . Each timer of purifier controller in the automatic control panel works in the following order to
perform continuous purifier operation.
(Refer to the attached Section Automatic Operation Flow and 9 .7 . Timing Chart as well .)
The interval timer T000 begins working.

1 •Solenoid valve SV2 will open to supply the bowl closing water aid close the bowl.
• Solenoid valve SV2 will close to stop supplying the bowl closing water.
• Solenoid valve SV3 will open to supply replacement water.
• Replacement water timer T002 will start operation.
• Solenoid valve SV3 will close to stop supplying replacement water.
• Solenoid valve SV1 will open to supply the bowl opening water and open the bowl.
• Bowl opening water timer T001 will start operation.


• Solenoid valve SV1 will close to stop supplying the bowl opening water.
• Solenoid valve SV2 will open to supply the bowl closing water aid close the bowl.
At the same time, interval timer T000 will start operation.
•Solenoid valve SV3 will open to supply regulating water.
• Regulating water timer T003 will start operation.
NOTE
The fuel oil purifier dose not require the supply of Regulating water.
1 At the same time, interval timer T000 will restart operation.
When_ T003 is timed up.
Solenoid valve SV3♦1 will close to stop supplying regulating water.
•
•Solenoid valve SV2 will close to stop supplying the bowl closing water.
• Interval timer T000 will restart operation.
• Solenoid valve SV4 will open to supply operating air and open the feed valve to
supply the feed oil into the bowl and start purifier operation . At the same time,
discharge interval timer C015 will restart operation.
• During operation of the discharge interval timer C015, the bowl closing water will
be intermittently supplied.
In other words, the following processes will be repeated : Operation C014
Expiry of C014 ~ Operation of T016(open SV2 to supply bowl closing water) —>
Expiry of T016(closes SV2 to stop supplying bowl closing water) —> Operation of
C014
—♦ •The "Feeding" signal will be output to the Multi-Monitor.
When a water detection signal is received from Multi-Mo~itor(When the Monitoring timer
CO22have expired .), or when C015 timer expires,
•Discharge interval timer C015 will be reset.
• Monitoring timer CO22 will be reset.
• Solenoid valve SV4 will close to close the feed valve.
• At the same time, interval timer T000 will start operation.
• The "Feeding" signal output to the Multi-Monitor will stopped.
• The "Discharging" signal will be output to the Multi-Monitor.
• Solenoid valve SV3 will open to supply replacement water.
• The bowl washing counter CO23 is counted one time and is added one time to the
current count.
• Solenoid valve SV3 will close to stop supplying replacement water.
• At the same time, solenoid valve SV1 will open to supply the bowl opening water
and open the bowl to discharge sludge.
о©о

о®о
• Solenoid valve SV2 will open to supply the bowl closing water and close the bowl.
At the same time, interval time T000 will start operation.
When T000 is timed up (When the Bowl washing counter CO23 have expired).
I •Interval timer Т OOO will restart operation.
1 •Output of the "Discharge process" signal to the Discharge Detector is stopped.
• The solenoid valve SV3 opens to supply bowl washing water.
• Bowl washing water timer T004 begins operating.
• Solenoid valve SV3 will close to stop supplying the bowl washing water.
and open the bowl to discharge washing water.
• Solenoid valve SV2 will open to supply the bowl closing water and close the bowl.
~ •Solenoid valve SV3 will open to supply regulating water.
NOTE
•Regulating water timer T003 will start operation.
•Solenoid valve SV3 will close to stop supplying regulating water.
When T000 is timed up
1 ~ J •Solenoid valve SV2 will close to stop supplying the bowl closing water.
•Interval timer T000 will restart operation.
When T000 is timed up(When the bowl washing counter CO23 have not expired .).
• Solenoid valve SV3 will open to supply regulating water.
• Regulating water timer T003 wilt start operation.
• The "Discharging" signal output to the Multi-Monitor will be stopped.
NOTE
оо

9-3

0 0
1
When a water detection signal is received from the Multi-Monitor, (When the Monitoring timer CO22
have not expired).
• Operation of discharge interval timer C015 will be stopped temporarily.
(Lapsed time is held .)
• Monitoring timer CO22 will be reset.
• Solenoid valve SV2 will stay open to supply bowl closing water.
• The "feeding" signal output to the Multi-Monitor will be stopped.
• The "Discharging " signal will be output to the Multi-Monitor.
1 •Solenoid valve SV3 will open to supply replacement water.
• Replacement water timer T012(for partial) will start operation.
• Solenoid valve SV3 will close to stop supplying the regulating water.
• Solenoid valve SV2 will stay open to supply bowl closing water and close the bowl.
• Interval time T000 will start operation.
• Solenoid valve SV9 will open to supply bowl opening water(for partial) to the bowl and
discharge sludge and separated water.
• Opening bowl timer T011(for partial) will start operation.
• Solenoid valve SV3 will open to supply regulating water.
• Regulating water timer T013( for partial) will start operation.
• Interval time T000 will start operation.
,~ •Solenoid valve SV3 will close to stop supplying the regulating water.
• The "Discharging " signal output to the Multi-Monitor will be stopped.
(1) Operation of discharge interval timer C015 will be ~e-started.
(2) Monitoring timer CO22 will start operation.
(3) During operation of discharge interval timer C015, the bowl opening water will be
intermittently supplied.
In other words, the following process will be repeated : Operation of C014 —> Expiry
of C014 --+ Operation of T016(open SV2 to supply bowl closing water) --~ Expiry of
T016(closes SV2 to stop supplying bowl closing water) —• Operation of C014.
(4) The "Feeding " signal will be output to the Multi-Monitor.

9 .3 . PURIFIER OPERATION
1 сАитiои
When SJ10GH to SJ150GH types are used in the total discharge mode (purifier operation), select an
appropriate gravity disc that fits the specific gravity of feed liquid and install it in position.
Then, fully open the shut off valve and fully close the circulation line back pressure valve . After that, set the
Water Detector selector dial to No working position and the water detection output switch to OFF position.
Step 1 . Start the SELFJECTOR by the separately mounted starter.
Step 2 . Set the power switch provided on the control panel to "ON".
Step 3 . The r ADDR~ , ~DATA~ displayed on indicator.
Step 4 . Check the ammeter of the start to confirm that the SELFJECTOR has reached the rated
speed . Thereafter, press pushbutton "AUTO .START" provided on the control panel . Pilot
lamp "AUTO .RUNNING" will come on.
Step 5 . The timers in the controller provided in the control panel will operate in the following sequence
to perform continuous purifier operation.
The interval timer T000 starts operation.

j •Solenoid valve SV2 will open to supply the bowl closing water and close the bowl.
Whey T000 is timed up.
At the same time, the replacement water timer T002 will start operation.
• Solenoid valve SV1 will be activated to supply bowl opening water, апд the bowl
will be opened to discharge replacement water.
• At the same time, bowl opening water supply time setting timer T001 will start
operation.
• Solenoid valve SV1 will be deactivated to stop supplying bowl opening water.
closed.
At the same time, interval timer T000 will start operation.
• Solenoid valve SV3 will be activated to supply sealing water into the bowl.
• Sealing water supply time setting timer T003 will start operation.
• At the same time, interval timer T000 will restart operation.


•Solenoid valve SV3 will be deactivated to stop supplying sealing water.
(1) Solenoid valve SV4 will open to send the operating air to open the feed valve and
feed the feed oil into the bowl to perform purifier operation . At the same time,
discharge interval timer C015 will start operation.
(2) During operation of the discharge interval timer C015, the bowl opening water will
be intermittently supplied.
In other word, the following processes will be repeated : Operation of C014 --.
Expiry of C014 —+ Operation of T016(opens SV2 to supply bowl closing water) —~
Expiry of T016(closes SV2 to stop supplying bowl closing water) —• Operation of
C014.
(3) The "feeding" signal will be output to the Multi-Monitor.
When C015 is timed up.
• Discharge interval timer C015 will be reset.
• The "Feeding" signal output to the Multi-Monitor will be stopped.
• The "Discharging " signal will be output to the Multi-Monitor.
• Solenoid valve SV3 will open to supply replacement water into the bowl.
• Bowl cleaning frequency Counter CO23 will operate to add one time to the cu~ent
count.
When T002 is time up.
• Solenoid valve SV3 will close to stop supplying the replacement water.
and open the bowl to discharge sludge.
• Bowl opening water timer T001 will operate.
When T001 is timer up
• Solenoid valve SV2 will open to supply bowl closing water and the bowl will be
closed.
When T000 is timed up(when the bowl washing counter CO23 have expired .)
•Interval timer Т OOO will restart operation.
1 •The "DISCHARGE PROCESS" signal output to the Multi Monitor will be stopped.
• Solenoid valve SV3 will open to supply the bowl washing water.
• Bowl washing timer T004 will start operation.
o
SELFJE~TOR Instruction Manual 9_6 Operation Мапиа l ~

00
• Solenoid valve SV3 will close to stop supplying bowl-washing water.
and open the bowl to discharge washing water.
• Solenoid valve SV1 will be close to stop supplying the bowl opening water.
• Solenoid valve SV2 will open to supply bowl closing water, and the bowl will be
closed.
• Interval timer T000 will start operation.
• Solenoid valve SV3 will open to supply sealing water.
• Sealing water timer T003 will start operation.
• interval timer T000 will restart operation.
When T000 is timed up . ~
,~ •Solenoid valve SV2 will close to stop supplying the bowl closing water.
•Solenoid valve SV3 will close to stop supplying sealing water.
• Interval timer T000 will start operation.
When T000 is timed up(When the bowl washing counter CO23 have not expired).
• Solenoid valve SV3 will open to supply sealing water.
• Sealing water timer T003 will start operation.
• The "Discharging" signal output to the Multi-Monitor will be stopped.

9-7

9 .4 . SLUDGE DISCHARGE TEST
9 .4.1 . SLUDGE DISCHARGE TEST DURING FEEDING OPERATION

During feeding operation, a test can be performed to discharge the sludge from inside the bowl freely at
any time regardless of the elapse of the feed time . Press pushbutton "DIS-TEST" provided on the control
panel by the following procedures . Then the SELFJECTOR will enter the "Partial Discharge" or "Total
Discharge" process to discharge sludge . After sludge has been discharged, the SELFJECTOR will
continue automatic operation in the original mode.
(1) PARTIAL DISCHARGE

Press the "DIS-TEST" push button once.
(2) TOTAL DISCHARGE
Press the "DIS-TEST" push button twice in five seconds.
9 .4 .2 . SLUDGE DISCHARGE TEST EXCEPTING SELFJECTOR IS IN AUTOMATIC OPERATION

When the SELFJCTOR is not in automatic operation, pressing the "DIS-TEST" pushbutton provided on
the control panel will open the bowl closing water solenoid valve SV2 to supply the working water to close
the bowl . The partial bowl opening water solenoid valve SV9 will then continue to open for the set time of
the partial bowl opening timer T011.
This function is not used to normal operation.
9 .5 . AUTOMATIC STOP
When pushbutton "AUTO . STOP " provided o~ the control panel is pressed, the SELFJECTOR will
automatically stop after going through the replacement water process and then discharging sludge.
(During feed operation, the feed oil supply is first stopped .)
9 .6 . EMERGENCY STOP
1 сдитiои
In the cases of emergency stop, defective discharge stop and overload stop, the SELFJECTOR
stops without discharging sludge accumulated within it.
When restarting, be careful.
Because it is very dangerous that the sludge within the bowl sometimes breaks the balance of
bowl . By all means, refer the Instruction Manual of SELFJECTOR itself, overhaul the bowl to
remove the sludge, then try to restart.
In a~ emergency, press the push button "EM 'CY STOP"

Whatever the process, the power supply to the SELFJECTOR is shut down, each valve is closed and the
operation stops.

9-S

9 .7 . TIMING CHART (GSH-1 TYPE)

9 .7 .1 AUTOMATIC OPERATION 8 STOPPING (HIDENS OPERATION)
,I
Т~ ~ _ „ ~
~ з о ~”
_ —~.- _ ..
~ ~
_-
~
~~ -'- - -
J - с ~- i
п
а
w /.
~
- ~- _ ~- - ----- - - - - -_~ сг
- --
- ~----,- -- -~ -F- -t - ~- ---t- ---
— J - _' w
1 1 _ _
-Г _ t_ I _ i ~ г~ _ Е ~ `,
1
1 ~ ~, - -
- г -- - - - _-
T 1 ~ ~-.. аз_ о' ? п _ ., -_ а ~~

а _
-" '1 -
l }1 ~
_- _
W
- -~-~ -I-- ~ _= v -
- --_ - ._,i_-~_-i - -~-- - - - - - -_ _ -
.. Q
~ - - -- -1--~--,--~- -~-r- - - 1 - `_- ~ S - ~л
- - -- - - ; --i- ;~ - - - - - --- ~ --- - .Q w
ос 1 i
_ _ ,~
- 1 -
~ ~ 1t~~'---- !~ i - а ~ i .^~
r ~ ~ 3rn Е ~°- ~ ,_ ~
- 7
1 ~ 1 _~ - -~I -~
- ^ - а -
-~ а
', Ci -~
~
~1 ~ t-- - ~ - - -~ - -$ _ ~
~ ~
_ „xt~
j ~~ 1 -r~ 1 - - -~ ~I - --- - - - - ~ - - - -
7 — С~
~
_ _
i
~~
й
-- - ~ -- -r- --- - --~- - - - - - I - -
~I
- _
- -i_ - ~_ - --i -~ ---- ~ - - - - __
_
_ _ .. -.
_
-
~ ~. 1
~, I ,. LL ~ -~ _ _ ~ ~~ r ~
ILL I ~ r l ti
`~
~
-~ ~ 1 х ~ -^
~ а'
- -
- F c ~ -~- . О ~ _- т- .
1 - -
~ I - - ~ :I - о 1_ ' --
~' _- ~ !~
~~ -
у i - - - - ` ~-
>_
i ,i 1 сг _ _ г
~~~1 :- - Г .. Fi

9-9

GJ~B~~L~~~H!~~
SELFJECTOR}no~ucbonW1onua! Oparot~n[Wanuo!~
~
S-10

7 .~~L~~YN
SELFJECTOR!na~uoUon[Nanua! Operndon~enum!'~

9 .7 .4 AUTOMATIC OPERATION &STOPPING (PURIFIER OPERATION)
ILL ~w
_ _ i и
~ 1 ~ f
~,~.
t
_- Ii __ -__ i = --~
~
- _ _ -
г - W i~~
_ -
-- _._ - _ - - - _ _-Г J t~ ~ S 1 Г1
- - - - г~
- -_-------- - - - - - - - -
_.{ _ . _~~_- _ _ _ .-_I. ._ _ _ - _ .~- _ _-
ц - _~.___ _ _~-~- __- _ L . _ _-

_
tâ Ice.
i ~~ ~
'__ _jII~JI __~_1~_ _____ ~! J_~,

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ ' ti__-_r_ - - _ - -- ~1 Е л IS
_-_ _ - _~, ____ I _ _ _ _ i - ~~ ~i.
__ _ _ _ _ __ __ __ _ _ _ _ ~ — _ - Г = о ~ —
~
_ ат [~ Н
1 ~ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __-_ _ _ _ _ _ д .1
i ~ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ ___ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ (J 11
1— W
~-- Г',
'-
Q
_- ~ -
T — W
~
_ _ __ _ _ _ -_~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ i '- Li
_
_ _ _ _ д _ _ _ _ ___ __ _ _ _ _ _ = E E _ Ш
' I _
_- _J_ -- -_
___-__ r _ ~_ _ _ _ _ l =
1 i ~ п
i ~-
- - - - - -
~i
ii 1 _~ ° Z
- - - - - ------ -
й
~ - - -~-
-_ _ _ -
_ -_ _ _' _- _- _ _r_ _ _ _ _ _ _ '_ z E
- _ __ _ _ ' -___ _ _~_ _ _ _ _ _ _

~'~`~J ~ _ ~' I
_ _ __ _ _ _ _ ______ _ _ _ _ _ -
- ~J
с̀
1 J~ ~ ТГ
~i
-'_ ~
~~ ~'~ _
-
- - - _ -- -
- ~~
I F - п o > _ ~ о- ~~~ ~I~
~
а ' - ~
о~ ~.
_ - с ~ ,
i E i
_ ~ - ~ ~
_
г
,.
- _; ~ ~- - - - -
°~~ ~ ~1
~ -~ î - 1
_~ ~i = ~
_ ,; - - ~ L, { й
.. 1 ~ и ~i_,
~ а . ._ и JГ w io _~ Ет
- - Е_1
- -.1'_~~ - =- г ~ i
------ ~- - 1
F i '~~ ~~ - , i ~ .. <<.~ :

10 . ALARMS
10 .1 . TYPES OF ALARMS
When any of the following alarms occurs, the control panel will cause pilot lamp associated to light and will
transmit an alarm signal to the remote console.
• "LEAKAGE" alarm
• "NO-DIS" alarm (GBC-1 Type is option)
• "HIDENS" alarm which occurs when the water detection setting counter CO27 expires
(GSH-1 Type is only)
• "TEMP . HIGH, TEMP . LOW" alarm
• "VIBRATION" alarm
10 .2. ALARM RESET
~ cau~io~ .,,
Remove the cause of an alarm before pressing pushbutton "ALARM RESET"
Press pushbutton "ALARM RESET" provided on the control panel to reset the alarm circuit .

10 .3 . ALARM AND CORRECTIVE ACTION
10 .3 .1 "LEAK" :OIL LEAKAGE ALARM
This alarm will be generated by the Leakage Monitor Function(LM) of the Multi-Monitor when the
light liquid side pressure falls due to outflow of the feed oil or processed oil toward the heavy
liquid side or sludge chute side of the SELFJECTOR during feeding operation . When this alarm
occurs, the SELFJECTOR will automatically stop operation after discharging sludge .
ТаЫе 10-1
Alarm Cause of alarm Process
Oil 1 . The bowl failed to close because of a fault in the 1 . Refer to the separate
leakage SELFJECTOR proper. "Maintenance Manual".
2 . The bowl closing water was not supplied because 2 . Repair or replace the valve
solenoid valve SV2 failed to open . with anon-defective one.
3 . The required sealing water was not supplied because ~ . same as above.
solenoid valve SV3 failed to open.
4 . The required sealing water was not supplied because the 4 . Adjust the setup time of the
set time of the sealing water timer "T003" was too short . timer.
5 . solenoid valve SV2 or SV3 failed to open because of a 5 . Replace the output module
defective output module in the control panel . with a spare one.
6 . Defective Multi-Monitor(MM) 6 . Refer to the separate
"Maintenance Manual".
7 . Defective water or air system 7 . Refer to the separate
"Maintenance Мапиа l" .

10 .3 .2 "NO-DIS " : NO OPENING OF BOWL ALARM (GBC-1 Type is option)
This alarm occurs when the Discharge Detector Function(DD) of the Multi-Monitor fails to detect
discharge despite the fact that a DISCHARGE SLUDGE signal was sent to the bowl opening
solenoid (SV1, SV9 (GSH-1 Type only)).
When this alarm occurs, the SELFJECTOR will stop operation immediately .
ТаЫе 10-2
Alarm Cause of alarm Process

No opening of 1 . The bowl failed to open because of failure of the 1 . Refer the separate
bowl SELFJECTOR proper. "Maintenance Manual".
2 . The bowl operating water was not supplied 2 . Repair or replace the valve
because solenoid valve SV1 0~ SV9 failed to with anon-defective one.
open.
3. Solenoid valve SV1 or SV9 failed to open 3 . Replace the output module.
because of a defective output module in the
control panel.
4 . Defective Multi-Monito~(MM). 4 . Refer the separate
"Maintenance Мапиа l".
5 . Defective water or air system . 5 . Refer the separate
"Maintenance Мапиа l".
6. The set pressure of the reducing valve was low, 6 . Refer to the
so that amount of sludge discharge was too less . separate "Operation
manual2", and adjust the
reducing valve as required .
10 .3 .3 "HIDENS" :ABNORMAL WATER CONTENT ALARM
This alarm occurs when the water detection count is abnormally high.
When the Multi-Monitor detects the water content in the bowl, its water detection signal is input to
the CPU board and a water discharge operation is effected, when the water detection setting
counter (CO27) adds one time to the current count . CO27 is reset every time the water detection
count reset timer(CO26), which is repetitively actuated during automatic operation, expires . If the
water content of the feed oil is abnormally high, water detection is repeated within a short period of
time, CO27 counts up to give an abnormal water content alarm . When this signal is issued, the
SELFJECTOR is automatically stopped after discharging sludge.

10-3

10 .3 .4 "T(H)" :OIL HIGH TEMPERATURE ALARM

"T(L)" :OIL LOW TEMPERATURE ALARM
This alarm occurs when the temperature of the processing oil becomes higher or lower during
feeding operation than alarm setting value . Even if this alarm occurs, the SELFJECTOR will
continue to operate.
To clear the alarm, remove the cause of the alarm . Thereafter, press pushbutton "ALARM RESET"
on the control panel.
10 .3 .5 "VIB-AL" :ABNORMAL VIBRATION

This alarm occurs when the vibration switch is operated by occurrence of a~ abnormal vibration in
the SELFJECTOR.
As soon as the alarm occurs, the SELFJECTOR will stop operation immediately.
Disassemble and check the SELFJECTOR and remove the cause of the alarm . Thereafter, press
pushbutton "ALARM RESET" o~ the control panel and perform the procedures to restart
operation .
ТаЫе 10-3
Alarm Cause of alarm Corrective Action

Abnormal vibration 1 . Abnormal vibration of the bowl occurred 1. Refer to the
(VIB-AL) because of a fault in the SELFJECTOR separate "Maintenance
proper . Manual".
2. The vibration switch was operated 2. Replace input module.

because of vibration at the time of a start
or during discharge process.
3 . The reset coil of the vibration switch was 3. Replace output module.
not operated.
4. Vibration switch out of order 4. Replace the switch with

a non-defective one .
SELFJECTOR Instruction Мапиа l 10_4 Operation Мапиа l 3

11 . AUTOMATIC OPERATION FLOW SHEET

11 .1 GBC-1 TYPE
г г -_ м ~. .., e~wi ., геа те _Ее

F, ,J,
Т - РТЕЕ Е ~ ЕСТ ~i Г
~ =~=
~ ГЕО1'iELL ~ г _i ~г ~ FOV+ER у~~~ ег, Е
г— - - ~ ~- -__
__.
-- -- -- г
~~,.1~'_~ +
~ ,,
1 1Е—
, ~:~ ,, ~
~ —~ '
ce ~~{' г~` .7 :ч ~1 _
.i Н~
•
ц
ц , ', -1 _ _ ~ L __ J
I
Е - -— - ~ ~~( ---
--
_~ ~ ~ е Z: 1 11 - ш
— У 1 1 i
У
Г~
`~
~
~г 1 ~ ~ 1
-- i -- -~
~_ 1 ___
—i,. "~ -- ~ ~-- - ~ - -

(~~ -
~S .L.'~.А С-~~ н 1~ ~ !y Л ~,41:а ~rь ll -ate fio и rote
~U~PL` - ~ пд treot~nq temp
L - - -~ ~~
Fig . 11-1

3 Solenoid valve unit for operating water C Compressed air inlet
SV1 : Solenoid valve (for Bowl opening water)
SV2 : Solenoid valve (for Bowl closing water)
SV3 : Solenoid valve for Sealin water
4 3-wa c tinder valve (Feed valve D Slud a 8~ water outlet
5 3-way solenoid valve (SV4 : for feed valve air supply) E Water inlet
6 Air filter (for feed valve) F Drain
7 Multi-monitor G Circulation
8 Leakage Monitor Function(LM) ® Pressure gauge
_
9 Oil heater ~ © Compound gauge
10 Oil Strainer ~ Motor

SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 11_ ~ Operation Мапиа l 3

11 .2 GSH-1 TYPE
м: лЕ ~ Е [-~ лЕтС
Е
~~ . . .. ~гп Е -~•:' rate) sG~e~

_ ~-' ~ _~_ 1
~~~ 411 Т Г: МАТ 1~. Т~~7 Е ~ ~ [~[~ ТЕ 1.
г ,., =
-'"i ЕЕ ~ р ~ЧЕ ~ __ ~~ СЕ
~ ._~ FhIiEL ~
.`, ,1 1 1 ,~, - -- .
~ ~ ~_ ~-, _ -~ -~т , ( ~ - ~ ~~ а _--~_-_-I

G
[ ~ ~~г~
--- -
~
~ ~
` 1, >
1г
ТТ
~ I —_—т ~~ и:Д ~. .- I
~ L _'_ 1 L_
-- { —
l~ ~ ~~ ~ ~
~ ~
- 1 -
i
.-
-1 F —{;-~—i
~ -- ~ ~~ У ~ , -1r
w ~~ ii
пI Г ~~
г м ;
—~--~—•~ _
' у .I
~м
~
l
~~ 9
~
`l~
1-
~ — — ~ ~l
1 s ?. мСг 1~~~ С
апд treating temp.
UFPL 1 F Сг
Fig . 11-2

3 Solenoid valve unit for operating water C Compressed air inlet
SV1 : Solenoid valve (for Bowl opening water)
SV2 : Solenoid valve (for Bowl closing water)
SV3 : Solenoid valve (for Sealing water)
SV9 : Solenoid valve (for Partial bowl opening water)
4 3-way c tinder valve Feed valve D Siud e 8 water outlet
5 3-way solenoid valve (SV4 : for feed valve air supply) E Water inlet
~ Air filter (for feed valve) F Drain
7 Multi-monitor G Circulation
8 Leakage Monitor Function (LM) ~ Pressure gauge
9 Discharge Detector Function(DD) © Compound gauge
10 Water Detector Function (WD) ~ Motor

11 Oil heater
12 Oil Strainer

11_2

12 . SCHEMTIC CONNECTION DIAGRAM
• The attached drawing contains all of the optional detectors and circuits, some of which may not
be provided or used, depending on the specification for the SELFJECTOR you have purchased.
Refer to the drawing in the final drawing as well .
-1

11 .1 GBC -1 ТУРЕ
-- - --
- ~ -
i ~ ~_,
~~ = и -
w
w
о
w I
..~-
и ALL~
_ г _
- ;:_=
I с _~"
~
1: 2 ~ Г ~
~
о- - а о = а а -,
"s
~~ i ~ л ~ и,
'~
a.
-— —
Ь f —
~ ~-Г~
~~ ~ - ~ -~
---- --
i -г
а
г
~-- ~--~
~-, i п
~' --
о
-~— -- ~ 1
~_ ~ ~~ ~ -
__ _ -
~
~ гГ -
I_II
_ _
~ :~ , ~, ` I
~ П ~, ~
о
,~ ~ ~ 1 '~
_~ ~~ ~_ -
_ ~ С~~''~
г~-'

12_2

;~>
f 1 г i - : ноч ~ пг -- С-~ 'в /

~3~JVd дЭ 1 СЧ1~ У ~С~~13
_~ I — — ыо i иаспч ii и~e~ 1 -1 ~
1
- ~'
<г
G Ф
~_
i Сг
Z I '-'
a
~,
—~ i ь~
w
~~ _ iai• . но, попас

С.
1
~---- ---{ :~ 11YVtl~viГ~ ~i1V1УЭН 75!
rv0d3 ~---~- 3Jy ПJ°. .С ~дилг ? ~
и-_~ C
:_, с:
а
— --+ ~
'
~ 5 _, Эп lил ~733J г1С 'г

C--~ ~~ Si Эп3 л Оi0 ыЭ 305 ыим - '
~~ 1 :i- i'. ~iJ, ~;\ д 31V М ll13Уi3;чПдЭг

r,')—'r ri 5 п/ ~nlilV3E iiG3
Эпl~л Пi Сг~3~05
~` 7мгкэ опкгп „ до 3
;i \ -~ Э;,3ип ~Лпи 37 п~
—L
. --~ i _ —~ ~ 3 мП5 `~~1~fJ3d0 аое

12_3

,- (~г
,::i,
m Г ~
_ 1
1 г ,
Г L , .'
~ ____i
~
" l
- :1
~~,
.Ш ~.,
<J -
r. т ;-;
~~
- _'_
3
й ~ .'
Г1
. .- . ~t- ~~dYi ~~ ~
~— _ ~ 5 '~ _ ~ '_
~, _ i j ё, Го
~I _ _. ~ Г -- ~ ,~, ,
~~ ) _ Q ~
L - '.~ и_ ~
,~ ~ _
I
Г' ~ ~
й
~f
31 О с 11!'~J
1G' д 1~1С~J П 1 т
Г ~
~ 1
_ a4 1 л т ~ J, ~ ~~ l V~~' Оь ~'t 1
:~(i 1~~ д 1 ПП д rv Э1
с ~~
_— у 1~
_ о
(' ~~ _
а l) ~ ~,
^
1 ~у arv1 y
I
г ~!
1
__
~
.~~ ~-
-- ~~;
ЬЭ i де1 Е апногг
~U ~° °O сi
°о - 1
"_ ~~ % 3и _1'0'' V
/'
.п
~ __ '~ '~1 ~П'С У1Пу ] —~__
п iO
~ ~ 10~!{1 д )
--'~- - "~ 1 Г - ; ~ .дУ~~{ __ 2~3111Yi~hlbь~l ~'~
~' -- ~1 .ni~lVd3d{~ 31
`— (' -~
1 ~
{ д 33Э ~
{Г ~ ~-~
" ~
.~

12_4

G
i -
0 а
i W (~
г. 3 ;1 i 1'i дене дУ 131 M,ll

! П
i, ti 111 ,. п %"!~ дrvЭ1 Ч `~1Н __,

L _ - .~
___L1J
w
,i _
i У1де lе г 13 УОа 8 ~~.~ "
е3 - ~еЭ ~ а 31ем )
г ;дгне Э `~ч>1е 3~ П iп
~,-J
~ I
3 ПЭег, а 3 Э3 _
1
л 1i.i]rv3J~Пd 3 а ^
£
` ~ лс ( 1, -y3ie'1
'~,-~1Ji 1е 35 ы01 А /5
'~
1
LL u
7П5 ~ , и ~во 3~ ы03 П ; 5 ~, 1
- (1д 10111МОВ I I
1П5 ~J, ~ .Г11JЗЛ" а0J ~
U
Г ~
-~' i ~ ~ ~]
_
а
_ ~ аг,1 ин { i ыпа ао 10~ ~ ~
- . д c— ~ ~~ имо0
а ~ i.J
~ - ~ L
р --л г- ~ (~ ел -
_
а. -i ¢ Ci
_ ~ -- л ~ сИ ~~ дС~111иОИ !п
I1GJ
~- _ l—
o-- а ~- `
1 1Э`.
W
G
~1~~ I1 --
-
- ~-- ~,
3 С ;1 аЭ 1 и3 с~
~ —
О
-_ ~1 i z
э 53q (~
_ ' n- 1гае,е 1 эв 3 а шыее
i 1_~,i .,
- — -1 r _~ /\, 1531-510
1 чЭи
___~— е ~~ а Q
и
д 015 01Пе
~` ':1Пе ~
~~ _iГ 11~М 1 V 71 1 ые1с 01ntl
,~~J
._~
~~ -
1
о
F
Г
1 -- ~ Г - I~ . -пи—.~
~ _- -
1дд'~.t с 3 м ~,д _
~=~
~--о - -1
4
- -- -
- -~ _
1 ~~ -
_ ~ -- -~ у -~I '_ -
'-~ - - ^~~-
_ ,
п r !(
i_ 1

12_5

~V31
lb' - ОИО~3.
~- 1 --
~_
~~ ~ 1
~'}— л Г~ 1
rv3-~ ~ - Г~ i l~ Ч 9iС 3JVVY3l 1ПО drv31
-1 ~ - i
~ h- '
~ I ( ИПё 1' О1П tl

-------- .-
Yi W !1`~ И '~ИП] У1' И
_ _~` JC` ~Гс 7
С
i1_- У1
0331 ti


12_6

11 .2 GSH-1 ТУРЕ
:i
~ ~w
~ Г
1
W
~”!
J~ w г- W ~л
r
д С lь и _
2 2 W гП _
J~~
=f ' ~ i~ С _ Г_ - _ -
~ -
w°
а о
С
~ ~
- I ~г
~' ` _ и {
____----- i
~ — -- G ~ J
- _ 1
i _ ~'
.i
__ 5 ;
1 1
1
~~ ц
Iц1I~
~
1~ ~~
г
' ~
С
~~ _
r I
_ _
- ° 1
г~~_
г ~, ~ е
-
~.
~ _
о
~~ ~ i ~_ 1 И-~ - ~ а
~_ ~ _~ с
~1
~ ~~~ ~ _ ша ~
_
~- w ,
~ ~ ~i1% -tem
~ a '~ s
- r i
` - —

12-7

1Г~
э~дпов ,ra .ю oGi
, эиид .дэi диi< rvпдэ
н0i1 иг1ш i1l ГiYi П 1 -'( ~—

~~
iL
~_~ l , 1
~~
1 '
a
I
j
I а ~)
F —~— ~ (oi ~ = н09~r,0ii?~ С .~
1_ ~ _ "1 Y1b'д `1V1~ 1I1V ИЭЧ .~ ..
Э~дП05 , ОаРJО J rv Г~гэ Z
.~
.^
'~ ,. O
ilrll д` д 1 с~
~J -7! ес 1 ~~
Оипаэдг, дЕ .
(S 1 ,м08
3nlVn ФОи 3lпс
и
о ~- ~ 5i ~ Q
> ~ ts ~-?+до > эп ,ип оэээ аоЭ

3~ ; !\ 3л ~ ел ФО i3105 ~д~ -4
' ^ r ~~~
-1-JJ
а 31 им 1~3rv3,,~n ..3a
`-./~.) i5 i Оиi1и,П ~ Эу д~1 Э
^ ~ St ~ 3п,ап П 1J иэ ,05
> G is г .~1.дс ~ ,мие Оиiвот, д :~ Э

51 ~ эп,ид опэг1Эъу- .
1
Vл08 ОЧ 1и 3 дС~ i :~3

' 1
м ~"~,
2 i ~- ~ _-
- ~ ~- й.(~
~ й \J
_, G
t_ i ~ _ L '___
ti ~~, ~ ~~
г~
~
-
а о й
-
~ и ~ ¢
s = G ~~ гтгi ноо о, L
•~ ~ г_ 1 ,
~- _ _ . .~.,, .~ дУ1 э 1 - Ct
_а ~ n
а
a ~ ~ - ~';
~- _-_ ~ ~ ~ - ^ ьJ~1 ~~-

1 ._ ~ ~ ~,_
-- __ ~~
____~__ ~. и
ц ~~ ~-
1 ~- -~
I ,~
lF ,, т ~~ ^
~ ~ —_ b3iarl_ д111 iьч
-
¢ 01
'~ и `J l~
_ м, Г '
1 г-~ Пд г1<_1ii~V ; ~-
г
дЭ 1гf!15 д~i . : ~У~
У ~~.iг, Э ,п iJ
v. L~
д 3ц 1Уi5 ;.~ у 1
Эы ':1<у За .~3 :
~1f., ~ ~
т ~ -,
п•
~?
_~ I
L -
д -'?10 '. С~- у l i и i .i
_ ~ Ice_ ш
С 73_ С _ I ~ _
т т -
~ ,_ ~
`'

12-9

'~ 1 '~_I
1 - -
(,ц ~ j ~. r+д~3ч drv31 мо~ '. "~г
~1 `
~ н 11 (,- j г'+ еИV -дИ 31 н ~~1н ГJ- -
'—_~
1'1 ^. tr - 1 и3~иО J
~113~71 Н ~_] аЭ 1 ЧМ lVWaot~1BV L;
w
lмо 9 ~'.
-, ьз - п~.i Г) 3о е~1лиэди ом
- ~ i, —
(rv а ~ Эч нЭчоа 8 - -~--
ччЭ l ~ } 3~35 д 31Ум j
~ - wiivly 3JVW3l 11 о
~ ~ (ltlLLtlVd/IMOB
~ ЕЛ ' 1 ог. 11гJЭдо д (V Aic 1 ;.
1
1, ЭпТ/л ОЭЭ! 1
нЛ 5 ~ до! П/ с i уМ
_{ i
``~ аЭ_Vм 1113И 3~~чЭд3а '.

'olnldlno3a 3G! Л/5 .`(
lL ~.
~ мое Г ,_
Zл5 Г ~ ои 15 о17 аоЗ п/5
J
~и 1 о1 гЭмое
г L--~ 1
1~5 ~~ оии1 Эдо аоЭ ni5 ~
w ~ ~ гП
ао 1 ПнУ ~ иПа ао l С1У -

`~Г
1
1
-- ~ О ~ имоо ~ - L1J
и,
i~ ~ ~J
\ еП 1 i ,_ ~
'~ 1/ г
G
~_ 12
__l ~.~1У ë П 1i1JП ry
_
J .— l\_'`
~iW
Hyl,- 1~ с ~ .~~
~~ — '" гиЭ г а3li13

z
_
~~ J
- - 1 Э> Эд ~~ 1 Э5Эа ~+ а~~" ~
~` ндглч '
i
- - - ~ ~
-~
--;
1~ __ а
и
rr д 'з -~
оцго ~ ео15 ~c1nro
-- ~~
!!~~
~+1 ~ --~ гг _ 1дЫ ~ /, 1гА'15 01~гtl
Пцгд `J

12-10

_ - I ~
- `~___1 -ice?
с w
_ _ ~ _ . о~'~ ~--- ~
_ - -{: J
т - - ~ w
- _ ..Е _ i ~._) 1 ,
Г
i ` :~
1
41 _ у
G _
_ 5 и 30i н С _ Q ,'~
`~
а s._ .,
_ _ v,.
С
чьfЭ 1 ~~
~_ J_ -J _~
~,
С— — v ~—
~ Г
Г _
i, -~ 1V- Фд ~д5 1-~--- ~, LJ '
__ i I ~` Z
<.~
1h 1^.i• ~
. .— Э`~гЗуЧ !1 П G1J ~ ~`J

_ ~'
510- ŭ rJ ~~~' - v 1411?", ( ы . ,0_, . ~.~ с `,, Q
~
1
i ~~ , ~ ,- 4--'J Z
у "!1 ( ЧГ~ с ~01 П V v ~
i`1

_ L ~ ~ i1 1!1
— c ~
,У W `~~~' ч !10~1 ' 1 Г i Г ~ УС У1
% = i, r ~ ~ '~1~
3 ~- ~~ z
;~ ~_ I _ а !
4 ~i
^ - i' : i ~
C s
~_ ~~~ й
~, -
-- _ -b
V~
~---
~~ СЭЭд -~ ~- 1~ ~__~-
ii~~a-rv ;1~~, г do lŭ rv г
ог—г, ~~~ ,
-~ ~ __ - ~_
~ _ . .
_
~
I ~'~ -_- ., ~_;`г- о ,~('>

_.У ~
!
У/, 5 i
11 ~~1' ~ а 31!i1'~'=1~~ +1 дПЭ 1
~<_ 1
---- ~т -- - ~---'~
1 ~ 1-
1

12-11
SAMGONG-MITSUBISHI
SELFJECTOR
GENIUS SERIES
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
(OPERATION MANUAL 3)
DATE OF ISSUED :SEP 2003
SAMGONG CO ., LTD .

Maintenance Manual
Precautions for safety
Instruction How to disassemb a and reassemb e
Maintenance and checkup procedure .
Manual Trouble shooting
SAMGONG-MITSUBISHI
SELFJECTOR
GENIUS -s нкiнs
~~~ SAMGONG CO., LTD.
SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual Maintenance Manual

IMPORTANCE

such as for purifying fuel oil or lubricating oil.

I~ WARNING
The instruction manual is a guidebook for using the aufomatic discharge type oil
purifier, MITSUBISHI SELFJECTOR GENIUS SERIES (hereinafter referred to as
SELFJECTOR).
SELFJECTOR is basically available in the following two versions . The operation

manual describes the operations and control devices of the individual versions
separately from what is common to all . With this in mind, it is expected that the
manual will be read.
No . Availa~e Version Type ID

Code*
1 Total discharge type Automatic specification G
Manual specification
2 HIDENS type HIDENS specification GH
" : These type codes are suffixed to model designations to identify the respective
SELFJECTOR versions such as SJ10G or SJ10GH.

-The present manual is Part 5 "Maintenance manual".
understand the information.

Intended for
Part Manual Description ~ C~ ~
1 Aboard fitting-out procedure Information for machine transport, handling and O O
storage.
Instructions on how to install and dimensions.
System diagram and connection diagram.
2 Operation manual 1 Precautions for safety.
Configuration and structure of SELFJECTOR . O
Motor, starter and control panel .
Multi-monitor . -•
Functions of component devices . O
Operation setting items and adjusting method.
How to start and stop.
Functional, operational and maintenance information O
concerning GBC-1 &GSH-1 type automatic control
panel.
5 r Ma~rit®Wane ~~ . a ŭ al , ~ Pr caut~©ns fo safety ~ ~
`О '
;.
~ ~+~ 'fi ,, , +~~~ Н о disassem Ы e ahc~~ eassem Ыe `~ . ±F ~

~,~ ц" g ~~ g
~ ~a~t~ й ~ .Yп . k,
- ;~ 4, ~,' Ji _ - _ ~~kr°~~y ' 1Y ~ ~~j
- д F~~ 1
& 'L~'^^'Иf
r ~ a~_enance and chec up procedure. ~ ~,
~`~~'~ . ~ ~~ :'' ~_ .. ~OUb @.SfloOtln~ .r x~~ ,g k, ~ , i z. ? .)~
~' ~ ~,,, a+
~i :for Design engineer . OO :for Installer . ® :for Operator or Engine engineer.
NOTE
Relevant operation manual only Is furnished out of Part 4 (Operation manual 3A 8 38) when
SELFJECTOR with any types of the automatic specifications indicated below is purchased.
Type of automatic specification :GBC-1, GBC-2 , GSH-1

CONTENTS
1 PRECAUTIONS IN SAFETY 1-1 4 MAINTENANCE INSPECTION
PROCEDURES FOR MAJOR PARTS 4-1

1 .1 SYMBOLS RELATED TO SAFETY 1-1
1 .2 LABELS FOR SAFETY 1-2 4 .1 BEARING REPLACEMENT INTERVALS 4-1
1 .3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 1-3 4 .2 BOWL 4-1
1 .4 DEFINITION OF TERMS 1-6 4 .2 .1 Corrosion of bowl 4-1
4 .2 .2 Corrective steps for corrosion 4-2

2 DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY 2-1
4 .2 .3 Disc 4-3
2 .1 DISASSEMBLY 2-1
4 .2 .4 Bowl body 4-4
2 .1 .1 Cover . . .~ 2-3
4 .2 .5 Bowl hood 4-5
2 .1 .2 Bowl 2-5
4 .2 .6 Main seal ring 4-5
2 .1 .3 Horizontal shaft 2-16
4 .2 .7 Distributor 4-6
2 .1 .4 Water supplying device 2-22
4 .2 .8 Various types of O rings of bowl
2 .1 .5 Vertical shaft 2-25
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
2 .1 .6 Gear pump 2-29
4 .2 .9 Main cylinder 4-7
2 .2 REASSEMBLY 2-32
4 .2 .10 Pilot valve assem~ y 4-7
2 .2 .1 Bowl 2-34
4 .3 VERTICAL SHAFT SYSTEM 4-8
2 .2 .3 Water supplying device 2-38
4 .3 .2 Upper springs 4-8
2 .2 .4 Horizontal shaft 2-38
4 .3 .3 Lower bearing ~ ock 4-9
2 .2 .5 Reassemb y of trap 2-40
4 .3 .4 Flat spring 4-9
2 .2 .6 Gear pump 2-41
4 .3 .5 Steel ball 4-9
3 MAINTENANCE INSPECTION 4 .3 .6 Lower spring 4-9
PROCEDURES 3-1 4 .3 .7 Height of vertical shaft 4-10
3 .1 ROUTINE CHECKS 3-1 4 .3 .8 Installed height of flat spring
3 .2 ~ LUBRICANT REPLACEMENT INTERVALS 3-2 (adjustment ofspacer) 4-10
3 .3 INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE 4 .4 HORIZONTAL SHAFT SYSTEM 4-11
OF SYNTHESIZED LUBRICANT 3-3 4 .4 .1 Spiral gear 4-11
3 .4 EXPENDABLE PARTS 4 .4 .2 Horizontal shaft 4-11
REPLACEMENT INTERVALS 3-5 4 .4 .3 Collar 4-11
3 .5 BOWL OPENING INTERVALS (GUIDELINES) 4 .4 .4 Friction Ыос k 4-12
3-7 4 .4 .5 Friction pulley 4-12
3 .6 OVERHAUL (GUIDELINES) ~-7 4 .5 GEAR PuMP ~~ 4-12

4 .5 .1 Safety joint 4-12 6 .3 .1 Check for unbalance
4 .5 .2 Drive gear, driven gear in the bowl 6-8
and bush 4-12 6 .3 .2 Checking for defects
4 .5.3 Valve stem 4-12 in vertical shaft system 6-8
4 .6 LUBRICANT 4-13 6 .3 .3 Checking for defects
4 .7 BRAKE EQUIPMENT 4-13 in horizontal shaft system 6-8
4 .8 WATER SUPPLYING DEVICE 4-13 6 .4 DOES NOT DISCHARGE SLUDGE
4 .9 INSPECTION ~F MULTI-MONITOR EVEN IF DISCHARGE PROCEDURES ARE
FoR FUNCTION 4-14 PERFORMED 6 .1 O
4 .9 .1 Leakage Monitor (LM) 4-14 6 .5 MIXED FLOW OF WATER
4 .9 .2 Discharge Detector (DD) 4-14 TOWARD LIGHT LIQUID OUTLET 6-1 O
4 .9 .3 Water Detector (WD) 4-14 6 .6 LOW FEEDING RATE OR NOT FED AT ALL
6-10
5 PERIODIC INSPECTION CHART 5-1
6 .7 GEAR OIL MIXED WITH WATER 6-11
66 CAUSES OF TROUBLES .8 PooRSEPAR~~ioN .~ 6-11
6AND CORRECTIVE STEPS 6-1 .9 Low sPEE~ 6-11
6-1 6 .10 SLUDGE UNEVENLY ACCUMULATED

6 .1 A~a,R~s
w вош~ 6-11
6 .1 .1 Types of alarms 6-1
6 .11 М i хЕо ~~оw оЕ о i~
6 .1 .2 Alarm indications 6-2
TOWARD HEAVY LIQUID OUTLET 6-12
6 .1 .3 Processing sequence
6 .12 ACCESSORIES 6-12
after occurrence of alarm 6-3
6 .12 .1 Solenoid valve unit
6 .1 .4 Self-diagnostic fnction
for the operating water 6-12
of detectors 6-4
6-5 6 .12 .2 Solenoid valve for water 6-12

6 .2 OCCURRENCE OF OIL LEAKAGE
Check the flow rates of valve 6 .12 .3 Three-way raw liquid valve -12
6 .2 .1
6 .12 .4 Leakage Monitor (LM) function
closing operating water and sealing
of Multi-Monitor 6-13
water 6-5
6 .12 .5 Discharge Detector (DD) function
6 .2 .2 Checks to perform
6-6 of Multi-Monitor 6-15

by disassemb ing bowl
6 .12 .6 Water Detector (WD) function
6 .2 .3 Checks to perform
of Multi-Monitor 6-16
by disassem Ы ing water supplying
device 6-6
6 .2 .4 Other 6-6
6 .3 OCCURRENCE
OF ABNORMAL VIBRATION 6-8


WARNING : indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not heeded, could result
I~CAUTION: indicates a hazardous situation which, if not heeded ,may result in minor of
moderate Injury or damage to the purifier or facilities.
NOTE: indicate precautionary instructions that given contain what must be done'i


1-1


There are 3 different labels for safety . ,
The one shown in Pic 1 is put in the spare past box . After fitting-out aboard, the person in charge of
installation is requested to attach it on an easily visib a place near SELFJECTOR.
Pic 2, Pic 3are factory attached direct on SELFJECTOR. Do not smear them by painting but keep them
visi Ы e at all times.

Safety labels are availa g e any time . Request them as required.
~А ~ТУ INSTRACTIONS зг ~ ~ ~= i~ @.
©WARNING ©~' о
н14J 5а 9 элркЧ 1нНд©kFd7* Т ц '~ыЛФУ <
Thе Ьаи1 оf 5Е~ЕJЕСТОА гею 1ггг а1 нгун креед ,тигпд
дreal cenbilugd 1 асе 1о ас 1. To епкиге уаиг тп solely, сттФ1&ti5bt * РА.кЕтУ. Фр1 йнЕ + Яггнi б
hond'~е иilh дие caulimmope~alron .dismn~ll д lg ossemding аптг ,. гиИ 8 гр + г . йн • НФ •! риАV&д5р
тагп1 епопсе лпд юврес 1гт плссосдопсе ьг 1н нне St~k L2 Uгги .
лкнгис 1юп books.11'к уоиг оип duly to геод 1he
акнгис1юп Ьоок5 carefully.
1, Рге(ат assem Ы ing perfectly. 1, i@II1i л €г п ~ г Е fи .
5Сlf дС10~ hаs то~у рсл 1к Ьу всгеив .51 а1 о 11а ~rv7'1 с 99 и 3 д Фрсг~ прДг5 а , неота 1мвд
conlinninq that they ore lighlend compleldy.With regard рй ~лУг , Ф 2 пнс + ахЬ 1 р ~~ тЕны. АрМ
1 о such earls as Ьои1 ргоддед with the ldly mak,he fiАНиа4 та&Yat * ТнаАгУ ~ т , +Нг136 тЕа
sure lo co~frm lhol monks ае гп сопсгдепсе и~1Ь елсЬ ь +. р~ цЗ . 8в- то~ ьаы ,с ~ита , дтг- ~ з;
olhecEspecio1ly if the 1о11у marks агегi1 in the right -Ф ~п. ацерВьт < иги . СJ . @~ktrf •i и 8 рйи
р1осе у,еоИуинеп Ьои1 пин исте 1гуннп 4соп1 ад ив г- Ис . 8~-7ег*!<?~'иЬр8 гi . АКванич - е
or аиг serй ce ogrnL дttПBC3gFiu.
2Sfop inmedialely when vibration is great . 2 . Э~И1эл~ ~ ыв~!1 У С ¢ 1Ч д L г F ~ и ,

11 ексекк'rvе игЬгл1~лп огсигв ,ыптедю1 дувнар 5ЕИдСiр2 ~МА *3 <4, г. А !3 . д 9-i ~УдI ЕИТ . куя1: глд
нг 1ои1 в1идде дгвснаде.А11н соп 1йтоу сатр 1а 1е в1оррюу, 7 с 9 э 4 рньг < J?£ ь . р. нлГ.1с flп̀,~r ц CLrttt
proceed to dlsmantFnq,leaning and Икрес11оп. gг.~ га 5, НФ • Я1 р • дКн fi отЕг и .
3.А 11ег confrming complale slop.loasen fhe ports. 3 . ic3r1>tVt: г t~W~•~ гт 5 Н ~' g !3 еагЕ ~ и .
Atler conlirming that the bowl comptetdyly stopped ® !рФАкМуЕ 41:1!k6L• и 4 р~~ т ID а 89 ~н
evolu~g,loosm the ports and dismantle .On the other рД . ~1~Е е;~ т F д и, р . ВкАа4ГЧдСг. Е ~ с
и , ir~i7tgNmRBEr (Е 4 р i) АиЕЧffi и 7~ г
нопд,ине 1негапо1 геиди 1гоп нав в1арред сатр1е1 ду
сап Ье сап fiгтед а 1 the gear pump апд h осitwtd shoП ~q+~ } у ;.
conneclion(sokty рi~0,ос 1Ье motor 1оп.
4.Нппд1е earls careflly. 4 . ;Вт !1 ;# .YL~~tAc т FfT r .
н l ь 7g а ~ чи 1АSМнS тэот . вг,„йи >ЕУдди 4
А55EUJECTOR ISapresci5lo~ machine, take дие cautions
iв Ьлпд1гпд оПне раг 1в 1 о ошгд 1трас 1.Свредоllу пекг диа 1i . AlAur. :SYF~ и . gc9kgJ€( о~1А .
heal SELFJEC1p2 howl bady,borl hood or other Ьои1 рос1 к ® 1Ер~~)t д1 АтВ ~~ о . #1нг агнимгщ; яат Едь.
with паИед 1гапе.Апд пеиег соггу аи 1 опу те1дпд works
аг Ьаи1 ports.
5, ~13»1~II~:ii? L т F 2 и ,
5 . Toke саи(ion ogainsl corrosion опд erosion.
Репадгсд 1у снеск 1аг датоде,д лпу,дое 1 о согговгve ~1Я 9Эгд8ер8 и дьрр1митёр~ тЕ 2 и. !1fi
йпаИ ~ ггга . А i1Ьаи1i7- ед tt А5 еннАи~нН ~ ни.
аг егок~ап.11 гп доиЫ ,соп 1 лс 1 ивааиг ваьгсе адеп1 .
6 .Ofhers . Ь • ~°1д°•
(1)8 е 1ае dismonlling,6e suге 1о яwilch о11 power to (U ANnrn$ Т N1А6 лАг1нйо гЕ , и .
к 1а1 ст.
(21 ~йг1а l, г, Фо :анапа7 е Sд 2 Уа Уь° . ~ ц
(2)У7пеп Veoling 1lquiд dilfermt 1госп lhc 1iqu~d
обдпа1l у ргаппед но Ье 1геа 1ед р1еоге соп 1од ив ьа+иЬ- с'zftRkt тaAuAn И (NPU,
аг auг service адеп 1.
(J)~гпсе 1пе Ьаи1 нов Ьееп ад N к1ед гп Ьдопсе,до по1 (3)!ЗнрплэгдЛ ~н ~ тьо дЭ . сн * Гд - Арт
lnterzhonge the wmponmis о1 о boи l with those о 1 Ьот ~ к16 АР+ о+8пллп9i д!N~iir.~. и tN г ~.
опу other SFLF цC1aR even 1п Фе core a11he some тодд.
Pic 1
WARNING
~Q
0
Р1 F~sF пс ~ о - o = Еп
~1 .5 -"..LG ПВ ~О , J11 У ,
ло ~1 ис п ~ ~r;•
и! вс п iгс ~ ~1 гос~~ в
ыггп + т ~~ Рп ,
Pic 2 Pic 3

1-2

WARNING
dangerous. Pay utmost attention according to the manual for operation, disassemby, reassembly,
maintenance, checkup, etc . Use of non-genuine parts might damage SELFJECTOR or impair human
safety. Be sure to employ genuine parts.
• Perfectly assem~ e.
Many points of SELFJECTOR are connected by screws . When assembling, make sure tightening is
particularly of.•
(A) Bowl nut

(B) Disc nut
ser~ce agency.

1-3


Vibration of SELFJECTOR is caused by unbalance,- ship oscillation,
SELFJECTOR installation, etc . If the vibration is excessive,
immediately stop SELFJECTOR without discharging sludge.

a
Then, check for the cause and take necessary corrective action to
ensure safety before restarting SELFJECTOR.
To be more specific, if the vibration at the point A of Fig. 1-1 exceeds

100 ~m (peak to peak) at rated speed, stop SELFJECTOR.
Even if readings are below 100 ~ m, continuous cruising ship

vibrations 4-5 times higher than registered when external vibrating
Fig . 1-1
forces are small, such as when the main engine is not in operation,
could adversely affect the durability of SELFJECTOR . In such case,

stop SELFJECTOR immediately. Then, check for the cause and take
necessary corrective action to ensure safety before restarting
SELFJECTOR as described above.

1-4

I~ WARNING

SELFJECTOR is a precision machine. Handle if attentively away from impact and high temperature.
Particularly never heat the bowl parts (Bowl body, Bowl hood, etc .) by open flame nor weld them.
• Beware of corrosion and erosion.

• Others
1. Before disassem Ыing, turn off the starter.
agency.
3. The bowl is factory balanced . Never interchange bowl parts Disc (1)] even within the same model.
For ambiguous points in the instruction manual,

contact our company or service agency.

1-5

Clarifier operation (clarifying operation):
Density (p ) : Mass per unit volume. Operation of separating into 2 phases or liquid
and solid or, here, into oil and solids.
Specific gravity (y ) : Ratio of mass to mass of (See "Clarifier operation" .)
water of the same volume . Varies with
temperature. Parallel operation:
Operation with oil fed proportionally to several
Feed rate : Volume per unit time of untreated purifiers arranged in parallel.
liquid upstream the purifier expressed in terms of (See "Parallel operation" .) -- -
Uh or m~/h.
Series operation:
Actual capacity : Purifier treating capacity based Operation by several purifiers arranged in series.
on SM Standard (eliminating sludge with 1 .8 of (See "Series operation" .)
specific gravity and 2µm of diameter or more).
(See "Feed rate" above .) Total discharge type
Purifier designed to totally discharge all contained
Feed liquid : Untreated oil to feed to purifier in the bowl.
Light liquid : Oil treated by purifier or purified oil. Partial discharge type
Purifier designed to partially discharge water and
Heavy liquid : Separated moisture and heavy solids only in the bowl . This type has the total
components in oil or simply "water" . discharge function as well.
Sludge : Solids accumulated in bowl in narrow Abbreviations and units

sense . Mixture of solids, water and oil discharged
from bowl in wide sense. L: Liter : Unit of volume.
h: Hour(s) : Unit of time.
Interface : Boundary surface between heavy and min"~ : Number of revolutions per minute.
light liquids in bowl. Hz : Number of frequency.
(cycles per second)
Purifier operation (purifying operation): ~: Unit of diameter in mm .
Operation of separating into 3 phases or liquid, mm zlS : unit of kinetic viscosity of oil.
liquid and solid or, here, into oil, water and solids. ISO : Standards established by International
(See "Purifier operation" .) Standardization Organization.
VG : Indication of viscosity of lubricating oil in

1-6

2 Disassemb y and reassemb y

2 .1 Disassem Ы y
Points to remember when disassem~ ing
WARNING
• Check to ensure that the machine is in the completely stopped state.
Check the fan of the motor to determine whether the machine is stationary.
If the Multi-Monitor MM2, MM3 (standard equipment for automatic specification GSH-1 version) is
provided, the LED will flash during rotation, and will light when the machine stops, thus enabling
you to know that the machine has stopped.

• Turn off the power supply of the starter to eliminate the possibility of sudden rotation of the
SELFJECTOR.
• Close the valves of feed liquid inlet and light liquid outlet.
~ When a steam type oil heater is provided, close the steam supply pipe.
• The piping and main body (the bowl in particular) are heated to a high temperature by the
treatment liquid . To prevent burns, take proper steps such as wearing protective gloves.
• Do not attempt any further scope of disassemb y than covered in this manual.
~ • Make sure that the SELFJECTOR is always operated with the main body fully assem~ ed.
operate the machine with the bowl exposed by removing the cover, as accidents could result.
NOTE
All the screws used in the SELFJECTOR are "threaded clockwise".

2-1

A list of required tools
0 0 0
o 0
O O
0 817
0 0
Jack(10)
801 808
Dismantling stand Cap nut spanner
o 818
0 0 ~ Hook spanner
809
Jack(3) ~O C~
o ~ ~ ~ 819
0
Push bolt_
810
802
Main sealing cutter
Bowl gut handle ~~
~° 820
811 Hexagon socket

803 bolt x 2 heat bolt x 2
lack(1)
812
Protective plate
804
Disc nut handle 813
Jack(5)
821
O Jack(4)
805
Light liquid chamber handle 814
p Jack (6)
° 822
Jack(9)
CSJ50G-~-SJ 1506)
815
807
Jack (7) ~--~
Disc clamp plate
0 0
823
handle ( 1 )
816
Jack(8)

2-2

2 .1 .1 Cover
Remove the plug mounted in the lateral direction of the
bracket to remove the oil from inside the piping.
(Automatic specification machine)

Loosen the cap nuts at the top and bottom of the sealing
water tube (408) and remove the top of the sealing water
tube . (Fig . 2-1)
Fig . 2-1
(Manual specification machine)
Remove the measuring hopper together with the globe
valve.
Remove the cap nuts of the connecting pipes (2) (324) and
connecting tube (2) with the hook spanner (818) . Loosen the
union nuts (326) at the bottom of the connection pipes and
tube with the hook spanner (818) and direct them sideways
to make sure that when the cover is removed, they do not get
in the way . (Fig . 2-1)
Use care to prevent loss of the flow rate regulating orifice
Fig . 2-2
inserted in the portion indicated by the arrow . (Fig . 2-2)
Remove the cover nut (317) with a spanner . (Fig . 2-2)
Using a spanner, remove the nut (320) tightening the inlet

pipe.
(Fig . 2-3)
Fig . 2-3
Loosen the socket set screw (313) (M6) . Use care to prevent
loss.
(Fig . 2-4)
Fig . 2-4

2-3

Lightly strike the top of the inlet pipe with a wooden hammer
to detach the tightly held taper portion . (Fig . 2-5)
Fig. 2-5
Remove the socket cap screws (302) (in four places) locking
the frame and sludge cover . Use care to prevent loss of the
socket cap screws . (Fig . 2-~)
Fig . 2-6
Thread the jack (6) (814) into the threaded portion of the
upper hood and mount the handle (823) . (Fig . 2-7)
Install the wire on the handle of the jack (6) and withdraw the
sludge cover (trap) (301) in the vertical direction through use
of the chain ~ ock . (Fig . 2-8)
cau~lo~ Fig . 2-7
When It is withdrawn by the chain Ыос k, use care to . .,

make sure that the wire does not get ouf of the handle. ~
j* л 301
k- ~~
лi, .. •"
1 .
сАит l ои
~~~
~, ~~
Don't install the wire on the grip of the sludge cover (301) ~ ~'
~.
fo withdraw the sludge cover {Models SJ70G^-30G }.

Damage to the sludge cover may result.
Fig . 2-8

2-4

2 .1 .2 Bow!
Refer to the Bowl Assemb y Drawing
(Fig . 2-32)
2 .1 .2 .1 Removing gravity disc

Mount the disc nut handle (804) on the disc nut (122) and
hold it down by hand to make sure that it does not go up, and
strike it with a hammer counter-clockwise to remove it . (Fig.
2-9)
Fig . 2-9
134
~~
321
Remove the heavy liquid chamber (134), impeller (2) (321), 133
packing (133) and gravity disc (121) . (Fig . 2-10)
121
~~
The gravity disc can be replaced after disassembly up to this 116 __
step . ~~-~
120
323 _~ ._~
322-
319
Fig . 2-10
Mount the light liquid chamber handle (805) to the light liquid
chamber (120), hold it down by hand to make sure that it
does not go up, and strike it with a hammer to remove it . (Fig.
2-11)
Fig . 2-11

2-5

Pull and remove the impeller (1) {322) and inlet pipe~(319) by
hand . (Fig . 2-12)
Fig . 2-12
2 .1 .2 .2 Withdrawing bowl
Secure the dismantling stand (801) on the dismantling site

801
through use of the drilled holes in four places . (Fig . 2-13)
Remove the cap nut (124) tightening the bowl on the vertical
shaft, using the cap nut spanner (808) . (Fig . 2-14)
X How to use cap nut spanner Fig . 2-13

Insert the cap nut spanner in the bowl, set the spanner on the
cap nut, and thread the threaded rod of the spanner into the
threaded hole at the head of the cap nut (a), turn the handle
of the spanner (b}, and draw it up . The bowl can then be
removed with the cap nut (124) mounted .
(а) ~
808
124
Fig . 2-14

2-6

Mount the jack (4) (821) by threading it into the threaded

portion of the distributor (108) . (Fig . 2-15)
Fig . 2-15
Turn down the handle of the jack (4) (821) until the bowl is
slightly raised . (Fig . 2-16)
NOTE
When the pusi~ bolt is brought into contact with the end
of the vertical shaft by rotation of the handle, the
resistance of the handle will increase . The bowl is held
tightly against the vertical shaft by the taper portion . To
loosen the bowl, further rotate the handle by striking
with a hammer, and turn it down until the bowl is slightly
Fig . 2-16
raised.
Mount the shackle to the handle of the jack (4) (821) and
slowly draw up the bowl in the vertical direction by use of the
chain ~ ock . (Fig . 2-17)
сАитi ои
!f the bow! held tightly against the vertical shaft by the,
taper portion is directly lifted, the vertical shaft will also
be drawn up, aid damage to parts may result.
NOTE
The bowl might be withdrawn with the bow bush
attached.
Fig . 2-17

2-7

Place the lifted bowl on the dismantling stand (801) . In this

case, make sure that the four pins of the dismantling stand fit
in the holes at the bottom of the bowl.
Remove the jack (4) ($21) . (Fig . 2-18)
c~u~ioN
When the bowl is placed o~ the dismantling stand, use
care to make sure that your hands are not caught.
Fig . 2-18
2 .1 .2 .3 Detaching bowl nut and withdrawing disc {1)

Thread the disc clamp plate (807) into the distributor (108)
and tighten it with the nut . (Fig . 2-19) (Turn down the nut
firmly by striking with a hammer .)
Before tightening the nut, check to ensure that the disc clamp
plate bolt has been threaded all the way into distributor.
The bowl nut can be removed easily compressing the disc (1 }.
Fig . 2-19
сдитi ои
Do not remove the bowl nut without using the disc clamp
plate. Bowl parts and tools could be damaged by undue
force everted o~ them .
SEL~JECT~R Instruction Manual Maintenance Manual

2-8

After securing the bowl nut handle (802) on the bowl nut
(119) with the nut, rotate it by striking with a hammer to
remove the bowl nut . (Fig . 2-20)
NOTE
If the bow! nut handle is not secured with the nut, whew
it is struck with a hammer, it may lift and cause damage
to the pins.
сАит i ои Fig . г - го
Whey the bowl nut does not rotate even if lightly struck
with a hammer, it means that the disc (7) shown in Fig.
2-19 has not be fully tightened. Do not attempt to
remove the bowl nut by forciЫy striking with a hammer.
Damage to the bowl parts amid tools may result.
Loosen the nut to remove the disc clamp plate (807) . Place
the protective plate (812) on the top of the distributor . (Fig.
2-21)
Fig . 2-21
Place the jack (1) (803) on the bowl hood . (Fig . 2-22)
Fig . 2-22

2-9

Secure it with the disc nut (122) . (Fig . 2-23)
Fig . 2-23
Turn the push bolt (819) to raise the bowl hood . (Fig . 2-24)
Fig . 2-24
Install the wire and remove the bowl hood with a chain
block .(Fig . 2-25}
(If the top disc (113) comes out with the hood, remove it by
lightly striking with a wooden hammer .)
NOTE
The main sea! ring (108) Is provided under the bowl
hood. When the fowl hood is removed, use care to
prevent damage to the sea! surface.
NOTE
Withdraw the bowl hood vertically . If it is removed with
a~ undue force i~ a tilted state, the fitting portion might
be damaged, making reassem~ y difficult.
Fig . 2-25

2-10

X Мага seal ring removal procedures
Turn the bowl hood (115) over, and cut the main seal ring with
the main seal ring cutter (810), using a hammer.
Cut the main seal ring in two places 1 to 2cm apart and remove
the cut piece . Then lift the ring with a screwdriver . By so doing,
the main seal ring can tie removed relatively easily . (Fig . 2-26)
сдитi ои
Care should be taken g ot to damage the main seal ring
groove (its side surfaces in particular) on the bowl hood
side. Liquid leakage may result.
Fig . 2-26
Mount the jack (4) (821) in the distributor and lift it . Then the
disc (1) (111}, upper discs (112} and top disc (113) will come
out in the condition that they were mounted in the distributor.
(Fig . 2-27)
The uppermost portion of the disc (1) accommodates three

upper discs (112) which do not have any fringe in their
circumferential portions.
Fig . 2-27

2-11

2 .1 .2 .4 Removing main cylinder
c~u~ior~
Use care to prevent damage to the sheet surface and
sliding portions.
NOTE
• To remove the main cylinder, mount the jack (7) and
then strike the jack evenly al! around with a
protective rod or something else in between to lower
the main cylinder all the way. Then draw up the main
cylinder by use of the tool.
• Spray a penetrating lubricant against the inside and
outside circumferential sliding portions of the main
cylinder beforehand. An effective auxiliary means is
to put cubes of ice inside the main cylinder
( indicated by the arrow) and remove them 2 or 3
minutes later.
Fig . 2-28
After installing the protective plate (812) in the cap nut

installing portion of the bowl body, secure the jack (1)(803)
on the main cylinder with the socket cap screw . (Fig . 2-28)
Turn down the jack with the push bolt {819) and handle{1)
(823) to remove it . (Fig . 2-29)
NOTE
There is only a slight clearance between the main
cylinder and bowl body. When the main cylinder is 1
removed, if it is only slightly inclined, it can no longer be
withdrawn.
When the handle resists, do not bindly continue to rotate )
the handle. Each time the handle resists, strike the top of~
the push bolt with a hammer, or temporarily back it off.
By so doing, withdraw the та iп cylinder little by little.
(Hammering will correct the inclination of the main
cylinder and will also eliminate the eccentricity of the
tool)
Fig . 2-29

2-12

2 .1 .2 .5 Withdrawing pilot valve

Using a hexagon rod spanner, remove the valve nut (132).
(Fig . 2-30)
NOTE
Be sure to insert the hexagon rod spanner securely in

the hexagon hole of fhe valve nut. Otherwise damage to
the hexagon hole mighf result.
Hold the jack (3) (809) against the pilot valve portion, thread
the dismantling bolt into the pilot valve (128), and then turn
down the nut to remove it . Withdraw the other one by the
same procedures . (Fig . 2-31)
Remove the jack (3) and withdraw the pilot valve (128) and
valve sheet (130) from the valve guide (125) .
Fig . 2-30
809
,\
Dismantling
bolt 128
Fig . 2-31

2-1 З

i1
122 '
' ~ ~
i
~' 112
134
Г' a o
~ O O
321
i
133 ~
~ 0 0
0 0
111
121
116
117
120
323 108
322
110
319 --- ~109
107
119
105
106
— ~/ 124
102
115 ы~ -103
101 ~
o ~ 1
~ ~
0 о ''
~ 0 0
о о
0 0
о
11~ ~ о о о
1
~ / е
O i ~ гз --~ ~ га
114 ~
~
125
i 104 ~ "'° 0
~ / ~0 ~ 131
~' ~ / 129 / o
113 ~'
126
~' 127
~~'~ 130
132
Fig . ~-~~ Bowl Assembly Drawing

2-14

Bowl Parts List ТаЫе 2-1
101 Bowl bod 1 120 Li ht li uid chamber 1

102 Orin 1 121 Gravit disc 1set
103 Knock in 1 122 Disc nut 1
104 Drain nozzle 2 123 Bowl bush 1
105 Main c tinder 1 124 Ca nut 1
106 S rin in 1 125 Valve uide 2
107 Orin 1 126 Orin 4
108 Distributor 1 127 Orin 4
109 Pin 1 128 Pilot valve 2
110 Ke 1 129 Orin 2
111 Disc 1 1set 130 Valve sheet 2
112 U er disc 3 131 Orin 2
113 To disc 1 132 Valve nut 2
114 Orin 1 133 Packin 1
115 Bowl hood 1 134 Heav li uid chamber 1
116 Orin 1 319 Inlet i e 1
117 Orin 1 321 Im eller 2 1
118 Main seal rin 1 322 Im eller 1 1
119 Bowl nut 1 323 Orin 1
When ordering parts, let us know the parts Nos . and names shown in the finished drawing
manual, not the numbers in the above list.

2-15

2 .1 .3 Horizontal shaft
WARNING
Re-check that the power supply of the starter has been

turned off.
Dra
P1
Refer to the Horizontal Shaft Assembly Drawing (Fig.

2-46), and Gear Pump Assemb y Drawing (Fig . 2-63).
Remove the drain plug to remove the lubricant from inside the Fig . 2-33
gear case . (Fig . 2-33)
Disconnect the motor, lift and support it by the chain dock,

and then remove the bolts and withdraw the motor . (Fig.
2-34)
(In this case, pay heed to the friction Ыос k which might
come off and fall down .)
cAU~lory
When the motor is to be lifted, mount the chain Ыосk
just above the eyebolt for the sake of safety.
Fig . 2-34
Remove the friction Ыос k (621) inserted in the friction boss

(619) mounted in the motor . (Fig . 2-35)
621
Fig . 2-35

2-16

If the proximity switch of the Discharge Detector (standard

equipment for automatic specification GSH-1 version) is
provided on the pump housing, disconnect its connector.
NOTE
Handle the proximity switch with great care, as it is a
precision machine. 1
Especially, do not give a shock to the proximity switch at Fig . 2-36
the fip . It could be damaged.
NOTE
Before removing the gear pump, remove the oil collected
before and behind the gear pump piping (by use of fhe
drain cock, etc.) . In addition, place a tray under the pump
to receive fhe oil.
Remove the cap nuts of the connecting tubes (1)

Fig . 2-37
(connecting tube(2)) at the gear pump . (Fig . 2-36)
(Place an oil receiving container under the pump ~~ ich гвп 14
beforehand .)
Remove the bolts tightening the gear pump with the

hexagon rod spanner (M10), and remove the gear
pump from the main body . (Fig . 2-37)
Remove the gear cover and remove the socket cap

648
screws (M8) (626) securing the bearing retainer (611)
to the bearing housing (3) (608) . (Fig . 2-38)
626
Fig . 2-38
Remove the bolts (612) tightening the bearing
housing (3) (608) and use them as push bolts to
remove the bearing housing (3) . (Fig . 2-39)
Fig . 2-39

2-17

Remove the lock nut (604) and lock washer (605) securing
the friction pulley (618) on the horizontal shaft. (Fig . 2-40)
Fig . 2-40
Using the jack (5), bolt (811) ,push bolt (819) and handle
(823), withdraw the friction pulley . (Fig . 2-41)
NOTE
Check to ensure that the brakes are free.
Fig . 2-41
Withdraw the horizontal shaft toward the pump side . (Fig.

2-42)
If the horizontal shaft is hard to withdraw, hold a copper rod
or wooden board against the friction pulley side of the
horizontal shaft and lightly strike it, while using care to make
sure that the oil seal (625), etc . are not damaged by the
threaded portion of the horizontal shaft and the keys (603) of
the friction pulley . (When the horizontal shaft is withdrawn,
there is danger of damage to the spiral gear (616) . Therefore,
it is desirable that the horizontal shaft be supported by
another person when it is struck .} Fig . 2-42
Remove the bolt securing the spiral gear on the gear boss to
remove the spiral gear.

2-18

Remove the socket set screw (607) securing the safety joint
to remove the safety joint . Then remove the retaining ring (C}
(606)
Loosen the socket set screw (628) securing the collar (2)
(627) . (Fig . 2-43)
Using the jack (5) (81 ~), jack (8) (816), bolt (811), push bolt
(819) and handle (823), remove the pump side bearing (602)
Socket set screw (628)
together with the collar (2) (627) . (Fig . 2-44)
i06)
сАитiои
• Do not re-use the removed bearing.
• Do not remove fhe bearing except when it has fo be
Fig . 2-43
NOTE
Set fhe protective plate (812) between the end of the
horizontal shaft and the bolt (819) to prevent damage to
the end of the horizontal shaft.
Remove the pulley side key (602).

Support the gear boss with a pipe or something else and
strike it with a copper hammer from the friction pulley side of
the horizontal shaft to remove the friction pulley side bearing
(602), collar (1) (617) and gear boss (613) from the horizontal Fig . 2-44
shaft . (Fig . 2-45)
Fig . 2-45

2-19

602
622
624
~~
625 ~ ~ `.~
~~
~ ~~
_~
623
609
611
Fig . ~-4s Horizontal Shift Assembly Drawing

2-20

H~ri~nntal Shaft Parts List ТаЫе 2-2

601 Horizontal Shaft 1 616 S iral ear 1
602 Ball Bearin 1 2 617 Collar 1 1
603 Ke 2 618 Friction ulle 1
604 Lock nut 1 619 Friction boss 1
605 Lock washer 1 620 Socket set screw 1
606 Retainin rin C 1 621 Friction dock 50Hz 4
607 Socket ca screw 1 Friction Ыосk 60~z 3
608 Bearin housin 3 1 622 Bearin housin 4 1
609 Oil seal 1 623 Bolt 4
610 Orin 1 624 Orin 1
611 Bearin retainer 1 625 Oil seal 1
612 Bolt 4 626 Bolt 2
613 Gear boss 1 627 Collar 2 1
614 Bolt 3 628 Socket set screw 1
615 S rin washer 3

2-21

2 .1 .4 Water supplying device

Refer to the Water Supplying Device Assemb y Drawing
(Fig . 2-53)
Remove the bawl bush mounted in the tapered portion of the
upper past of the vertical shaft, using the jack (5) (813), push
bolt (819), handle (823), bolt (811) and jack (10) (817) . (Fig.
2-47)
Fig . 2-47
Loosen the socket set screw (710) with the hexagon rod
spanner (M~) . (Fig . 2-48)
Fig . 2-48
Loosen the cap nut to remove the operating water tube

(Teflon tube) mounted on the operating water disc (701) . (Fig.
2-49)
Fig . 2-49
Remove the socket cap screws (702) located in three places

of the operating water disc, using the hexagon rod spanner
(M8) . (Fig . 2-50)
Fig . 2-50

2-22

Place the jack (5) on the head of the vertical shaft, and set up
the push bolt (819), handle (823) and bolt (811) . Then thread
the end of the bolt (811) into the chamber cover (709) and
turn down the handle . The whole of the water supplying
device will then go up and get out of the vertical shaft . (Fig.
2-51, Fig . 2-52)
Remove the bolts (706) located in four places of the

Fig . 2-51
operating water chamber (705), using a spanner . Using a
hexagon rod spanner, remove the socket cap screw (704)
located under the water supplying device . Remove the
operating water nozzle (703) from the operating water
chamber (705) . Use care to prevent loss of small parts like
bolts, washers, etc.
Fig . 2-52

2-23

706
707
~ О О
1 о
710
709 ° ~
o
~~
~
Water Supplying Device Parts List Tab a 2-3

701 O eratin water disc 1
702 Socket ca screw 3
703 O eratin water nozzle 1
704 Socket ca screw 3
705 O eratin water chamber 1
706 Bolt 4
705 707 Ton ued washer 4
708 Orin 2
709 Chamber cover 1
710 Socket set screw 1
711 Packin 1
When ordering parts, let us know the parts Nos.

708 and names shown in the finished drawing
711
~о a
0
701
704
Fig . ~-5~ Water Supplying Device Assembly Drawing

2-24

2 .1 .5 Vertical shaft
Refer to the Vertical Shaft Assembly Drawing (Fig . 2-58).
(Now, already withdraw the water supplying device and bowl
bush .) Withdraw the mist cover (522).
Using a T-shaped wrench, remove the three bolts (514) of
the bearing cover (1) (513), and take out the bearing cover
(1) together with the bearing cap (1) (Fig . 2-54) . When they
are taken out, the O ring (505) might come out together . Use
care to prevent loss of the O ring . Take out the bearing cap
(2) (518), flat spring (520) and spacer (1) (521) as well.
Fig . 2-54
Withdraw the bearing housing (1).
<When the upper spring is to be replaced>

Remove the spring retainer (1) (506), and withdraw the upper
spring (508), spring case (507) and bearing sleeve (509).
NOTE
• Before the vertical shaft is lifted, check to ensure
that the spiral gear or the whole of the horizontal
shaft has been removed.
• Whew the vertical shaft alone is fo be withdrawn
without disassem~ y of the horizontal shaft, remove
the spiral gear from the gear boss.
Remove the gear cover . Using a spanner, remove the three

bolts (614) tightening the spiral gear (616).
Using a wooden hammer, remove the spiral gear from the

gear boss (613) . (The spiral gear will come off from the motor
side toward the bearing housing (3) .) Shift the position of the
spiral gear toward the bearing housing (3) to make sure that
it does not interfere when the vertical shaft is lifted.
Hold- the top thread of the vertical shaft and Pull out the
vertical shaft above . The vertical shaft will come out with the
bearing and bearing case attached .(SJ10G^-30G)
Mount the jack (7) (822) on the top thread of the vertical shaft,
and slowly withdraw the vertical shaft in the vertical direction
by the chain dock . The vertical shaft will come out with the
bearing and bearing case attached . (Fig . 2-55) (SJ50G^- Fig . 2-55
150G)
SJ50G-~-150G

2-25

Take out the bearing case (1) (510) by striking with a copper
or lead hammer to prevent damage.
Take out the steel ball (536), spring seat (536) and lower
spring (539) from inside the bearing housing (2) (523).
NOTE
When the vertical shaft was disassembed, be sure fo
carefully check the bearing.
Thread two Hexagon socket heat bolt (5) equally into the
bearing case (3) (531) to withdraw the bearing case (3).
Remove the spacer (2) (534) . (Fig . 2-56)
Assemb e the jack (7) (815), jack (5) (81 ~), bolt (811), push
bolt (819) and handle (823), and withdraw the bearing case
(2) (528), bearing cover (2) (537), collar (538), bearing (2)
(529) and ball bearing (3) (532) together . (Fig . 2-57)
Fig . 2-56
Remove the lock nut located at the top, using the hook
spanner ($18) . Remove the ball bearing (1) located at the top
by striking the inner race through use of a chisel to prevent
damage to the vertical shaft.
сАитiоN
• Do not re-use the removed bearing.
• Do got remove the bearing except when it has to be
laced.
Fig . 2-57

2-26

г ~
522 ~
i
517 ~
514 i
516
515 ~_~ ®
1 о
v
1
513
519 ~
501
518
520
521 О
537
510 В
529
512 ~
~ 530 ~~ 528
50 В
а
~ 538
532
506
O ~``
531
о
®
Q--- 538
J~
/~
o
- 536
~ ~~ r
505 527
~—
_~~ 507
J03 — JOS
-
О ~~`~ 526
506 ~
~"'~-
О
1
°\~
~О~ 1 0~= -~'
502 ' ~ i
O ~ 523
`\ i
` . i
i
i
C~- _' -~ 524
~~ i
~~ i
F~ 9 . ~-5s Vertical Shaft Assemb y Drawing

2-27

Vertical Shaft Parts List ТаЫе 2-4

501 Vertical shaft 1 521 S acer 1 1
502 Lock washer 1 522 . Mist cover 1
503 Lock nut 1 523 Bearin housin 2 1
504 Bearin housin 1 1 524 Orin 1
505 Orin 2 525 Bolt 4
506 S rin retainer 1 6 526 S rin washer 4
507 S rin case 6 527 Washer 1
508 U er s rin 6 528 Bearin case 2 1
509 Bearin sleeve 1 529 Bearin 2 1
case 1 1 530 Ke 1
510 Bearin
511 Ball bearin 1 1 531 Bearin case 3 1

512 Ke 1 532 Ball bearin 3 1
513 Bearin cover 1 1 533 S rin in 2
514 Bolt 3 534 S асег 2 1
515 S rin washer 3 535 S rin seat 1
516 Bearin ca 1 1 536 Steel ball 1
517 Orin 1 537 Bearin cover 2 1
518 Bearin ca 2 1 538 Collar 1
519 Orin 1 539 Lowers rin 1
520 Flats rin 1

2-28

2 .1 .6 Gear pump
Refer to the Gear Pump Assemb y Drawing
(Fig . 2-63).
Remove the socket cap screws (G13) located in four places
to remove the valve case (G12) . (Fig . 2-59)
Fig . 2-59
Lightly strike the safety joint side of the drive gear with a
copper hammer to withdraw the valve case side bush (G11)
and driven gear (G10) together with the drive gear.
(Fig . 2-60)
Withdraw the safety joint side bush (G11) . (Fig . 2-60)
Normally, the valve stem need not be removed . When it is

disassem~ ed, however, measure the dimension A with the
lock nut removed . When it is reassembled, be sure to turn
down the adjusting screw until the dimension A is reached.
{Fig . 2-61)
Fig . 2-60
Fig . 2-61

2-29

X Replacement of safety joint Socket set screw
When the safety joint only is to be replaced, the gëar

pump need not be removed from the bearing housing
(~) . After removing the socket set screw with a hexagon
rod spanner, push the safety joint toward the horizontal
shaft, and directly pull it sideways to remove it and
replace it with a new one .
Safety joint __
Fig . 2-62

2-30

ТаЫе 2-5
G01 Pum housin 1 G13 Socket ca screw 4

G02 Orin 1 G14 S rin washer 4
G03 Oil seal 1 G15 Orin 1
G04 Retainin rin C 1 G16 Valve stem 1
G05 Socket ca screw 4 G17 Ad'ustin screw 1
G06 Gasket 2 G18 Nut 1
G07 Cover 1 G19 Valves rin 1
G08 Set screw 3 2 G20 Ca nut 1
G09 Drive ear 1 G21 Orin 1
G10 Driven ear 1 G22 Safe 'oint 1
G11 Bush 4 G25 Ni le 2
G12 Valve case 1 G26 Holdin disc 1
G22 G04 G26 G98 G07 G25

I G03 ~ G5 G6
~ ..
®а ~ , G11
G06 ~ ,. /%
G21
G20
Fig . ~-s~ Gear Pump Assembly Drawing

2-31

2 .2 Reassem Ыy
The reassembly sequence is reversal of the disassembly sequence . The points to note at
reassem Ы y are described below.
Prior to reassem Ы y, thoroughly remove the dust and deposits from all the parts and
carefully check the parts . If there are defective parts, replace them.
For detailed information on the standard dimensions at reassem Ыy, refer to the
maintenance inspection proce-dures.
Noints to note at reassem
WARNING
• Thoroughly perform all the sfeps required for reassemЫy.

The SELFJECTOR has many screw coupled parts . At the time of reassem Ыy, check to
ensure that all these parts have been thoroughly tightened.
Remember that operation of the SELFJECTOR in a loosely tightened state could be very
dangerous.
Re-check that the following parts in particular have been thoroughly tightened.
(A) Bowl nut
(8) Disc nut
(C) Cap nut of vertical shaft
(D) Frame cover tightening bolt
-~ Refer to P2-4 Fig. 2-~
(E) Inlet pipe tightening nut
-~ Refer to P2-40 Fig. 2-79
• Pay heed to corrosion and erosion

Check for damage caused by corrosion or erosion at regular intervals. If there are
questionab a points, contact our company or service agency.
• Never interchange bowl parts (except fhe disc (7)) even if the models are same.

2-32

• Confirmation of tally marks

On the bowl and other parts which have tally marks, be
sure to check That the tally marks are in alignment. nark
When the bowl nut has been tightened, if the tally marks
are out of alignment, please notify our company or
service agency. The following parts have tally marks.
Check the parts for confirmation.
<Bowl> (Refer to Fig. 2-64)
QQ Bowl body
O Bowl nut
0 Light liquid chamber
® Heavy liquid chamber
<Cover>
O Nut (~~o)
сАит i ои
When the bowl nut has been tightened by threading it into
the bowl body, if the tally mark has gone more than 20mm
Fig . 2-64
ahead In the turning direction, notify our company ori
service
More than 20mm

out of alignment
Fig . 2-65

2-33

2 .2.1 Bowl
( 1) Make sure that when all of the O rings are mounted, they
are not twisted.
To install O ring evenly in the valve guide, apply a coat of
machine oil to it and the groove.
( 2) Be sure to check the tapered portion of the bowl body . If
there are scratches, correct them by an oil stone or
something else.
( 3) To install the pilot valve, apply a machine oil to its outer
circumferential portion, and slowly press the pilot valve in
by hand . If it is installed by striking with a hammer or
somethin else, dama a to the O rin will result.
NOTE
Note that if the pilot valve is installed in a tilted state by

applying an undue pressure, its sliding surface will be
damaged. Fig . 2-~~
When installing the pilot valve assem~ y, do not use
MOLYCOAT.
( 4) Main seal ring installation procedures
Q Press the main seal ring in the main seal ring groove of
the bowl hood by hand. Flat plate
i
Q~ The main seal ring will be placed in a state of being
lifted from the groove . Put a flat plate (50 to 100mm
Main seal ring
wide) over across the main seal ring and evenly
hammer it down into place approximately 0 .5^-1 .O тт
Bowl hood
off the bottom.
сАитiои
If the sheet plane of the maims seal ring is wary, oil leakage
Fig . 2-67
~ will result. Install the main seal ring i~ such a way that the
sheet plane will be flat.
Q~ Before starting automatic operation, feed operating
water for closing bowl (SV2) manually for 20 seconds,
then feed operating water for opening bowl (SV1) for 2
seconds to effect discharge operation . Repeat this
1 C7UV11 1V1 J V1 °F U111CJ.
сдитiои
/t takes several tons of bowl opening water to close the
main cylinder. Repeating the cycles of water feed
described above, therefore, puts the main seal ring into
place. The main seal ring out of place could prevent sludge
from being properly discharged.

2-34

® Put the bowl into a closed state with bowl closing

Approx.
water as described in ®, and manually operate the 3to5mm
solenoid valve (SVS) to feed sealing water . Then, feed
bowl opening water (SV1) for 2 seconds to effect
discharge operation . At this point of time, check for the
fop disc
sound of sludge discharge . (For the durations of
sealing water feed required by different models, refer
to 3 .6 .5 in Operation Manual 2 .) upper discs,eacn
~ If no sound of sludge discharge is heard, the main without a fringe
seal ring may be out of place . Open the bowl, check
the installed condition of main seal ring and redo the
steps from O . o~ в cS, each Dist ~~utor
© If there is the sound of sludge discharge, enter into with a fringe
automatic operation .
Fig . 2-68
( 5) To install the main cylinder in the bowl body, apply a
lubricant to the sliding surfaces of the main cylinder . Line
up the positions of the knock pins and install the main
cylinder, while using care to make sure that it is not tilted.
(6) Make sure that the threaded portion of each of the parts
is coated with the MOLYCOAT.
('~ Make sure that all of the knock pins and keys are
completely lined up.
(8) When the disc (1) is installed, the upper discs which do
not have a fringe should be installed in the
uppermost position . Install the other disc by pressing
one at a ~ time in the order that they were installed
whenever possible . (Fig . 2-68)
( 9) The discs tend to produce some looseness because of
their seating phenomenon . In such a case, add an
appropriate number of spare discs according to Fig.
2-68 (to such an extent that the top of the distributor
-- _ -protrudes 3 to 5 mm from the discs).
WARNING
If the machine is operated with the discs in a loose state,

large vibration could occur.

2-35

(10) Bowl nut tightening procedures
(a) Securely tighten the bowl hood with the disc clamp plate
(807) . (Fig . 2-69)
(b) Tighten the nut of the disc clamp plate (807) so that the
bowl nut can be turned smoothly by hand until the
distance between the tally marks of the bowl nut and
bowl body reaches 10 to 15mm . (Fig . 2-70)
(c) Tighten the bowl nut with the bowl nut handle by
use of a hammer until the tally marks aye in
Fig . 2-69
alignment.
(Fig . 2-71)
(11) When the bowl is to be installed in the main body of the

machine, apply a lubricant to the operating water
chamber of the water supplying device to prevent the O
ring of the operating water chamber from being caught.
Do not apply MOLYCOAT to the tapered portions of
the bowl body and vertical shaft.
(12) After the bowl has been installed in the main body,
tighten the cap nut firmly through use of the cap nut
spanner and hammer.
(13) When the light liquid chamber is to be threaded in, thread
it in by hand to prevent damage to the threaded portion.
Fig . 2-70
As a final step, tighten it with the light liquid chamber
handle.
(14) When the heavy liquid chamber is installed, line up
its tally mark with the tally mark of the bowl body.
(15) Check the installed height of the bowl.
(Refer to Fig . 4-14 and Table 4-6 .)
Fig . 2-71

2-36

2 .2 .2 Vertical shaft
(1) Install the vertical shaft in the main body before installing
the horizontal shaft.
(~ Install the flat spring and ball bearing (3) without
confusion of their up and down sides.
Fi . 2-72, Fi . 2-73
CAUTION
Fig . 2-72
Install the vertical shaft correctly in the direction of the
ball bearing (3).
<Installation of bearing>
To install a new bearing, put it in a 80 to 90°C oil for about
20 minutes before installing it onto the shaft.
NOTE
When the bearing is installed in the bearing case
• !f the bearing is forced in a tilted state by applying
an undue pressure, damage to the bearing might
result
\(DOWt1)
• After the bearing has been installed, if the inner
race can be turned by hand, replace the vertical Bearing No.
shaft. Fig . 2-73
Install the bearing in the bearing case by equally striking

the inner ring with a hammer . Before installing the O ring Vertical shaft
under the bearing housing (1 ), apply grease to several pacer Flat spring
places of the groove . By so doing, the O ring won't come \ ~ A
off and fall.
Before installing the flat spring, install a spacer on the top

of the bearing housing (1) . Two types of spacers (1)
0 .5mm and 1 .Omm thick will be supplied . Use a spacer (1)
of appropriate thickness to adjust the dimension A of O-ring case
Fig . 2-74 to the value shown in Tab a 2-6 . Measure the Bearing case (1) g earing housing (1)
dimension A with the O ring removed from under the
bearing housing (1). Fig . 2-74
(~ Firmly tighten the spring retainer (1) on the bearing ТаЫе 2-6
housing (1). Моде 1 No SJ 10G-~-SJ 150E
(4) After installation in the main body, check to ensure Dimension А 0 .5-~-1 .0
that the vertical shaft can be lightly turned by hand.

2-37

Socket set screw

2 .2 .3 Water supplying device
(1) When the O ring is installed on the operating water
chamber, use care to make sure that the O ring is not
twisted . Vertical
(2) After the water supplying device has been installed on ; . shaft
the vertical shaft, tighten the socket set screw of the _
chamber cover and check to ensure that the water
supplying device rotates with the vertical shaft as a
single unit . (Fig . 2-75) --
Fig . 2-75
2 .2 .4 Horizontal shaft
(1) After the vertical shaft has been installed, install the
horizontal shaft.
(~ Before installing the bearing, install the bearing retainer
in such a way that it will be positioned between the spiral
gear and bearing.
(3) Make sure that the mounting surfaces of the spiral gear
and gear boss are in tight contact.
(~ When the horizontal shaft is installed in the main body,
use care to prevent damage to the lip surface of the oil
seal . Apply grease to the lips before inserting the
horizontal shaft.
(~ Evenly tighten the bearing retainer when installing it.
(6) If oils are deposited on the inside surface of the friction 1J1111CU 11VIC
pulley and the lining of the friction block, wipe them
awav. Fig . 2-76
WARNING
For cleaning, avoid using a highly volatile oil such as Socket Set screw
gas oil which could cause a fire. (Never install the collar with the
socket set screw on the opposite side .)
('~ The bearing housings (3) and (4) have a drilled hole.
Install the bearing housings so that the drilled holes will
be faced down . (Fig . 2-76)
(~ After the collar (2) on the bearing housing (3) side has
been installed on the horizontal shaft, be sure to tighten
the socket set screw . (Fiq . ~-
сдитiоN
• Avoid confusion of collars (1) and (2) when mp side
installing them.
• Make sure that the collars are installed with the
socket set screw side toward Fig . 2-77

2-38

(~ To install the oil seal, k~old a protective plate against the end surface and lightly strike it
with a hammer to force the oil seal in little by little.
(1 Oj When the friction ~ ock installed in the friction boss is to be installed in the main body,
secure the friction Ыос k with a rubber ring or something else to prevent the fall of the
friction Ыос k intermediately during installation.
(1 1) After the horizontal shaft has been installed, check to ensure that it can be turned
lightly by hand.

2-39

2 .2 .5 Reassemb y of trap
( 1) To make sure that the trap does not hit the inlet pipe
when it is placed on the frame, check to ensure that
the socket set screw (313) on the top of the trap has
been loosened . (Fig . 2-78)
Fig . 2-78
(~ Turn down the nut with a spanner and tighten it with a

hammer until the tally marks are in alignment.
(Fig . 2-79)
сдитiои
The nut and cover nut are of doube nut construction to
prevent looseness . Make sure that they are fully
Fig . 2-79
NOTE
The tally mark of the ~uf (320) will tend fo go ahead of Stamped
that of the upper hood because of the seating or wear of mark
the tapered portion of the impeller . Even if the tally IN
marks are slighfly ouf of alignment, no proms em will be ~ IN

caused. Therefore, turn down the nut all the way with a
hammer.
Tighten the nut to the following torque. Purifire Piping side
SJ10G^-SJ~OG :700 kg • cm side
SJ50G ^-SJ150G : 1, 000 kg • cm
(GH type is the same value as G type .)
Fig . 2-80
If the_ta/1y marks are more than 180°out of alignment,
replace the iтреllеr (1) with a new one.
(3) When the inlet pipe is to be installed, do not forget to

install the orifice put in the arrow mark portion of Fig.
2-81 according to the installing direction shown in Fig.
2-80 . (Unless the orifice is correctly installed, the flow
meter won't indicate a correct flow rate .)
Fig . 2-81

2-40

(~ The frame and sludge chute are provided with

inspection plugs.
(~ Fully tighten the plugs of the bracket.
WARNING plug
Check to ensure that the plugs of the bracket have been Fig . 2-82
, fully tightened . If fhe liquid is supplied with the plugs not
fully tightened, ejection of a high temperature treatment
liquid could cause burns . (Refer to Fig. 2-82)
2 .2 .6 Gear pump
( 1) When the bush is to be installed in the pump
housing, face the internally grooved side inward
(toward the gear side) . (Fig . 2-83)
(zj Before installation of the gears, apply grease or machine
oil to the gear tooth surfaces and bush. Bush
(3) When the drive gear is installed, use care to prevent
damage to the oil seal lips.
(~ Turn down the adjusting screw of the valve stem up to
3ush
the predetermined position . Measure the tightened
position at disassembly . Turn down the screw up to that
position.
(~ If the gear pump is provided with a proximity switch Slit
for the Discharge Monitor, install it to the bearing
housing (3) and check that the proximity
Fig . 2-83
switch-to-horizontal shaft clearance is correct
(normally 1 ±O .~mm).
After reassembly, turn the shaft by hand to check that it can

be lightly turned . Then insta ► I the gear pump in the
SELFJ ECTOR.

2-41

3 Maintenance inspection procedures
WARNING
The SELFJECTOR is a high speed rotating machine. Always be careful of its

vibrating condition . Be careful of its operating sound, sludge discharge sound, etc.
as well. If any change occurs, stop the machine, locate the cause, and take
~~, corrective action . If the cause cannot be located, do not operate the machine but ask
our company or service agency.
WARNING
When parts are replaced, make sure that the genuine parts are used. If non -genuine
parts are used, the SELFJECTOR could be damaged and personal safety could be
cau~io~
For the sake of safety, be sure to perform routine checks and periodic disassem~ y,
cleaning and inspection.
Perform maintenance inspection according to the inspection table (Section 5 of this

manual) and parts inspection procedures (Section 4 of this manual), although the intervals
vary with the properties of treatment oil, operating environment, etc.
3 .1 Routine checks
The routine check items are the items to check every day when patrolling at regular
intervals .
ТаЫе 3-1
Check Item Description
Feed rate Has it changed with respect to the set Feed rate?
Feed thermometer Has it changed with respect to the set temperature?
Pry§sure of light liquid outlet Does it coincide roughly with the set pressure of the Leakage
Frame vibration Hasn't vibration increased?
Operation noise Isn't a strange sound generated (from the bearing, gear pump, etc .)?
Current Isn't the rated current exceeded or changing?
Gear pump Isn't the oil quantity low?
Safety joint of Gear pump Isn't it deformed or broken?
Pipe joint Aren't there oil leaks?
Leakage Monitor (Multi-Monitor) Is the Adjust pressure LED (yellow) lit or flashing?
Discharge Monitor (Multi-Monitor) Is the Indicate revolution LED (green) flashing?

3-1

3 .2 Lubricant replacement intervals
! cau~ioN
If replacement of the oil is neglected, wear of the spiral gear and damage to the
bearing could result.
Replace the lubricant of the SELFJECTOR at regular intervals according to Tab a 3-2.
NOTE
To replace the lubricant, remove the gear cover, and thoroughly clean the inside of
the oil tank before installing a fresh oil.
ТаЫе З -2
Number of times Re lacement intervals Remarks

First time After two weeks of operation It takes about fico weeks before
(After approx . 300 hours) seating of the contact surfaces
of ears.
Second time After a month of operation
after a rox . 600 hours
Third and subse uent times Eve three months
NOTE1) When the spiral gear has been replaced, replace the lubricant at intervals,
beginning with the first time.
NOTE2) If the oil is badly contaminated, replace it with a fresh one at shorter intervals than
shown in Ta p e 3-2.
NOTE) If water, sludge, etc . are contained in the oil tank, remove the oil, clean the inside
of the oil tank, and install a fresh oil.
NOTE4) Avoid mixed use of different types or brands of lubricants.
NOTE5) When the types of lubricants are to be changed, clean the inside of the frame and
the parts of the shafts before replacement.
NOTE6) When the machine has been overhauled, replace the lubricant.
For information on the lubricant replacement procedures, refer to the "Operation

Manual 2".

3-2

3 .3 Instructions for Use of Synthesized Lubricant
cau~ioN
Before continuous use of a synfhesized lubricant, make sure of its suitability after at
least 900 hours of "running- in" with Samgong recommended mineral oil . (Refer to
3.4, Operation Manual 2 .)
If this is neglected, an early worn or damaged drive gear could result.
сАит iои
The ISO viscosity index should be VG220 when for a synthesized lubricant is used. ~
Mandato rocedures to accom lish before continuous use of s nthesized lubricant

Item Procedure ISO Viscosi
First time Supply Samgong recommended mineral oil VG150
When gear to specified level.
changed (Refer to 3 .4, Operational Manual 2 .)
Operate the machine for 300 hours

Step1 with mineral oil . VG150
Replace mineral oil with fresh oil (mineral oil and

Step2 VG150
operate the machine for another 600 hours .
Check gear tooth surface (for width, length and
depth of contact) and record measurements.
Step3 Replace mineral oil with fresh oil (synthesized VG220

lubricant) and operate the machine for 12 to 24
hours . Check gear tooth surface (for width, length
and depth of contact) and record measurements.
Compare data with the condition of gear tooth at

Step 2 . If wear is not advanced, proceed to Step
__ 4 . If wear is advanced, replace synthesized
• lubricant with mineral oil immediately .
(VG150)
Step4 Operate the machine further for 150 hours, check VG220
gear tooth surface (for width, length and depth of
contact) and record measurements.

Step 3 . If wear is not advanced, proceed to Step
5 . If wear is advanced, stop using synthesized
lubricant immediately and replace it with mineral
oil . ~ (VG150)

3-3

Steps Operate the machine further for 600 hours, check VG220
gear tooth surface (for width, length and depth of
contact) and record measurements.

Step 4 . If wear is not advancëd, proceed to Step
6 . If wear is advanced, replace synthesized
lubricant with mineral oil immediately .
VG 150
Step6 Change oil every three months . VG220
NOTE
When MKK recommended mineral oil already in use for more than 900 hours of
operation is replaced with synthesized lubricant, begin the procedure from Step 3
after checking the condition of gear tooth surface and recording measurements.

3-4

3 .4 Expenda~ a parts replacement intervals

To prevent occurrence of trout es in the SELFJECTOR and operate it in normal condition
at all times, it is necessary to replace the expendable parts at regular intervals.
сдитiои
The wear of parts varies with the properties of treatment oil, operating condition, etc.
Perform checks according fo the inspection procedures described in Section 5 . !f
there is anything wrong, replace the parts for the sake of safety even before the
specified intervals.
X The replacement intervals for the ехре n даЫе parts in the following tab a are
shown for general guidance and are not intended to guarantee the replacement
intervals.
Name of art Re lacement intervals Remarks

• Bowl
Main seal rin 6 months
O rin and the like 6 months
Valve sheet 6 months
• Frame, Cover
O ring and the like 12 months 24 months on those used to seal the upper and
lower frames
Gasket 12 months 24 months on gaskets for gear cover and oil
(for piping) au e
Rubber late 24 months
Slud e i e 24 months
• Vertical shaft, Water su 1 in device
O ring and the like 12 months 24 months on those used for bearing housing
2
U er s rin 12 months
Lowers rin 24 months
- -Flats rin 24 months
S rin case 24 months
Gasket 12 months
Bearin 24 months
S rin seat 24 months
Steel ball 24 months

3-5

Name of a pt Re lacement intervals Remarks

• Horizontal shaft
Oil seal 12 months
O rin and the like 24 months
Bearin 24 months
Friction dock 12 months
Friction linin 24 months
• Gear um
Oil seal 12 months
Safet 'oint 12 months
Orin and the like 12 months
Bush 24 months
• Multi-Monitor
Pressure se~sor~~' ~ 36 months Although the pressure sensor is not an
expendable past, it is advisable to replace the
pressure sensor at regular intervals to keep a
certain indication/detection function .
(*1) The pressure sensors are installed to the light-liquid line, the heavy-liquid line, and the
circulation line (G-HIDENS specification) and there are the functions of flux indication,
pressure indication /leakage detection, and water detection each.
1. It is advisa Ы e to replace the ехре n даЫе parts of the bowl with new ones in
keeping with the bowl opening intervals.
2. On parts not supplied as spare parts, place orders with our company . For spare parts
to be furnished with SELFJECTOR, see the spare parts list submitted by us.

3-6

3 .5 Bowl opening intervals (guidelines) (Note11

To operate the SELFJECTOR in normal condition at all times, it is necessary to open and clean
the bowl at regular intervals . Although the opening intervals vary with the properties of treatment
oil, operating condition, etc ., the general opening intervals are shown below for general
guidance.
(Note 1) The rotor opening intervals which vary with the operating condition are shown for general guidance and
aye not intended to guarantee the intervals.
~~ First time to open the bowl ~ A month after trial run

Since the inside contamination varies with the properties of oil, etc ., open the bowl and check
the inside after the first month (whether unevenly deposited sludge exists or not, contaminated
discs, etc .), and determine whether the discharge intervals are appropriate or not.
OO Second and subsequent times ~ Open, check and clean every 6 months (longest).
If the bowl opening intervals are too long, contamination might affect separation or even cause
vibration . Set the proper opening intervals suitable for the type of oil.
When the SELFJECTOR is used for cleaning the trunk piston engine lubricant, the bowl is
generally contaminated earlier . It is therefore advisable to set shorter intervals (2 to 3 months).
The opening intervals may be extended (longest interval is 1 year) by joint use of a
cleaning equipment. However, it is necessary to check the effectiveness of cleaning
before determining the opening intervals.
з . б overhaul (qui g elinesl '
сАитiои
When increased vibration is evident, check and maintenance the machine according to
the inspection procedures described in Section 5 even before the overhaul intervals for
the sake of safety. If there is anything wrong, replace the parts.
CAUTION
Although the overhaul ~"°ce ~~ intervals vary with the operating condition, inspection and
maintenance according to the inspection procedures described in Section 5 at regular
intervals, overhaul the machine every 2 years (longest) at least '~
(Note 2) Overhaul intervals which vary with the operating condition are shown for general guidance aid are not
intended to guarantee the intervals.
(Note ~) Overhaul refers to disassembly of all of the parts of the bowl, vertical and horizontal shaft systems,
inspection апд cleaning according to the inspection procedures described in Section 5, and replacement of
expendable and defective parts.

3-7

4 Maintenance inspection procedures rtor major parts

4.1 Bearing replacement intervals
WARNING
For the vertical and horizontal shafts, use bearings that are up to specification . The upper
bearing of the vertical shaft in particular is important . If an out-of-specification bearing is
used, personal safety could be jeopardized because of reduced bearing life.
c~u~io~
For the sake of safety, replace the bearings of the vertical and horizontal shafts before the
elapse of 2 years regardless of whether they have been in service or not.
The bearings are expenda~ a parts . Place separate orders for bearings other than supplied as
spare ones.
4 .2 Bowl
4.2 .1 Corrosion of bowl
The bowl parts except some are made of special stainless steel . Under stringent operating
condition, however, corrosion might occur in the form of pitting.
Since the bowl is exposed under a high stress, a very fine crack originating in the pitting could
occur. Be very careful when you check.
• What to do to prevent corrosion

Corrosion readily occurs in the portions that are in
contact with sludge . Perform the following steps to
Bowl hood
prevent corrosion .
Sludge outlet
post Sealing surface
(1) Set proper discharge intervals . ~`~ ' ~ ,
(2) Clean those portions when the bowl is opened . } _ ~' "t .
i
~ Main cylinder
I'
~~',.-~'R
Perform checks with special stress on the following Bowl body ~\~ ~
~ ; `~, ,',/,'~
portions on which sludge is deposited .(Fig . 4-1)
(1) Seat portion of main cylinder . '~ ~ °~; 1 ,'
(2) Sludge discharge port . ~~~`

(3) Heavy liquid chamber `~
Fig . 4-1

4-1

• Check procedures
(1) Thoroughly clean to remove deposits.
(2) Visual check.
(3) If anything wrong was found under (1) and (2), perform color check test.
4 .2 .2 Corrective steps for corrosion
c~u~io~
To prevent distortion of the base materials and alteration of their composition, never make
repairs by welding cracks, pinholes or corroded portions.
If there is pitting in a past, remove the corroded portion by a grinder . Perform visual check and
color check test for confirmation . If there is nothing wrong, continued use of the past is allowed.
The margin removable by a grinder should be limited to 0 .5mm maximum (except the main
cylinder for FO) . After grinding, do buffing (#250 or more).
• When there is a line defect (crack),
• When more than 0 .5mm grinder finishing is necessary,
it is necessary to replace the parts with new ones and perform balance adjustments.
Contact our company or service agency.

4-2

4.2 .3 Disc
c~u~io~
Do not make repairs by welding cracks, pinholes or
corroded portions.
• Replace the disc with a new one

(1) When corrosion is evident
(2) When distance piece is out of place
(3) When a crack is evident
~~~ Distance
• Addition of disc piece

Over a long period of service, the seating of the disc will
create a gap befi~een the disc and top disc . Add a disc, Fig . 42
while referring to the Fig . 2-68
• Points to note when handling disc
сдитiои
When handling the cleaning agent, observe the following points
• Never put the cleaning agent in your mouth.
• Wear protective glasses or protective gloves, etc . to prevent eye or skin contact.
• If the cleaning agent was deposited on your skin, immediately wash away in water.
• Since the cleaning agent contains an organic solvent, make sure that the room is
ventilated well.
• Store the cleaning agent in a cool, dark place.
Remove the sludge deposited on the disc by use of a cleaning oil and a waste cloth or a soft
copper wire brush . Avoid using a scraper or any other thing that damages the surface.
Immerse the disc in our company' s cleaning solution at 50 to 70°C for about 3 hours before
cleaning . The deposits will be easier to remove .

4-3

4 .2.4 Bowl body

(1) Clean the O ring groove . If the groove is rough,
repair it with a fine emery cloth (#320).
(2) If the operating water passage hole or any of the
water pressure chambers is clogged with scale, do
thorough cleaning.
(3) When the bowl body was subjected to an abnormal
shock by allowing it to fall, or by the fall of a heavy
object, let our company or service agency check it.
(4) Check the fitted portions of the bowl body and bowl
bush and check the condition of contact with the Fig . 4-3
vertical shaft . Check to ensure that the contact
area of the contact surface is more than 213 of the
whole.
Check for scratches caused by slipping . If there are
scratches, remove the scratches with an emery cloth
(#320) and apply finishes with polishing paper (#600).
сдитiоN
If the bowl body and bowl bush are in poor contact, vibration could occur. If the contact)
area of the contact surface is less than fico thirds of the whole, replace the bowl bush with
a new one.
(5) Check the threaded portion for the bowl nut . If scoring is evident, make repairs with set
files.
(6) Check the sludge discharge port for wear . If the wear is less than 0 .5mm, continued use of
the port is allowed . If the wear is more than that, let our company or service agency check
it.
(7) Check the main cylinder sliding surface for scratches . If there are scratches, repair them
with an emery cloth (#320) and then apply finishes with polishing paper (#600).
(8) 3'.fieck the knock pin for deformation . If deformation is evident, replace the knock pin with a
new one .

4-4

4 .2.5 Bowl hood

Check the following portions of the bowl hood for
scratches.
(1) Bowl nut fitting portion
(2) Bowl body fitting portion
(3) Threaded portion
(4) Light liquid chamber fitting portion
(5) O ring groove (when the O ring was Fig . 4-4
removed)
(6) Knock pin groove
If there are scratches on the above-mentioned
portions, make repairs by use of set files,
grinding stone, emery cloth (#320), etc.
4 .2 .6 Main seal ring
NOTE
When the main seal ring is removed, use care not to damage its bowl hood side groove
(especially the side surface) . Damaged groove may cause a leakage.
With the main seal ring mounted on the bowl hood,

clean and carefully check the seal surface . Normally,
the main seal ring is deformed as shown in Fig . 45 . In
the following cases, replace the main seal ring with a
new one . \Bow 1 hood
MalI1 S2a1 T'lllg
(1) When dimension A is 0 .5mm or more
(2) When the seal surface is galled by metallic power ~,;~-~:: ; ~.
r г • '~ ~
more than 60% of its length B . A ~~"'
Fig . 4-5

4-5

4 .2 .7 Distributor
(1) If the top end of the key is deformed, corrector replace.
(2) Check the threaded portion for scratches.
(3) Check the knock pin which might have been deformed.
4 .2 .8 Various types of O rings of bowl

Recommendation is to replace the O rings in keeping with the
bowl opening intervals . Before installing an O ring, be sure to
clean the O ring groove .
Fig . 4-6

4-6

4.2 .9 Main cylinder

(1) Check the seal surface (that (1)
surface which makes contact ~
with the main seal ring) for i 2)
scratches . If there are scratches, (2), (3) ~
damage to the main seal ring i
and leakage of sealing water will ~
result, making normal operation
Fig . 47 __'__
impossible . Scratches are often
made on the surface at the time
of disassembly. Therefore, be careful when handling it.
In the case of the main cylinder for lubrication oil, repair small scratches by use of an oil
stone or something else . In the case of the main cylinder for fuel oil (C heavy oil), contact
our company or service agency, as the seal surface has a special coating.
(2) Check the bowl body sliding surface for scratches . If there are scratches, the O ring will
wear down earlier . Repair the scratches with an emery cloth (#320) and then apply finishes
with polishing paper (#600).
(3) Clean the O ring groove . If the groove is rough, make repairs with an emery cloth.
4 .2 .10 Pilot valve assem~ y

(1) Check the valve guide and bowl body sliding м ~ i~~ , ..
surfaces for scratches . If there are small scratches,

make repairs with an oil stone or something else.
When the pilot valve assem Ы y is disassembled and
reassembled, use care to prevent damage to the O
ring.
(Apply a lubricant to the sliding surfaces for easier
reassembly .)
(2) Check the seal surface (that surface which makes
contact with the valve sheet) for scratches. If there
are small scratches, make repairs with an oil stone
or something else.
(3) Take out the valve sheet from the valve guide, and
Fig . 4-8
clean and carefully check the seal surface.
If the valve sheet has caught a foreign substance o~
is deformed (O .~mm or more), replace it with a new
one.
(4) After cleaning and before installing in the bowl,
complete the pilot valve assem Ыy and check to
ensure that pilot valve is moved smoothly by hand.

4-7

4 .3 Vertical shaft system

4.3 .1 Vertical shaft
(1) Carefully check the portion above the upper bearing fitting portion, as
A
there is a high likelihood of corrosion . If the dimension A shown in Fig.
4-9 is more than 1 mm smaller in diameter than the value shown in
Tam a 4-1, replace the vertical shaft with a new one .
Tam a 4-1
Моде 1 No . SJ10G/GH SJ50G/GH SJ100G/GH
^-SJ30G/GH ^-SJ70G/GH ^~SJ150G/GH
Dimension А 34 44 59
(mm)
1
(2) If there are partial scratches in the bowl bush fitting portion, make ~ (5)
repairs with set files or an emery cloth (#320) . If there is a ring-like
continuous groove flaw, replace the vertical shaft with a new one.
(3) If there is a localized flaw like a pounding in the threaded portion, ~
make repairs to smooth it out, using set files, emery cloth (#320), etc.
(4) In regard to the secular wear of the bearing fitting portion, if the (6) —► j ~
inner race of the bearing slips, replace the vertical shaft with a ~ ( 4 ')
new one. Fig . 4-9
(5) If the pinion tooth surface is rough and is lightly worn, make repairs
with set files, emery cloth (#320), oil stone, etc.
(6) Measure the runout of the shaft center in three places, the straight
portion at the end of the shaft, the middle portion of the shaft, aid bearing fitting portion, with
the upper and lower bearing fitting portions supported by the measuring jigs . The runout
should be limited to 5/100mm maximum . If the runout is larger than that, replace the vertical
shaft with a new one.
4 .3 .2 Upper springs
(1) If there is even a broken or cracked upper spring, replace all of them
with new ones.
(2) Measure the free length of each of the upper springs . If any of them is
. _ _more than 1 mm shorter than the dimension A, replace all of the
upper springs . Six upper springs equal in free length (dimension A)
are grouped as a set . (Refer to Tai a 4-2) A
Fig . 4-10
Tab a 4-2
Моде 1 No . SJ10G/GH SJ50G/GH . SJ100G/GH
-~-SJ30G/GH ^-SJ70G/GH ~--SJ150G/GH
Dimension А 34 44 46
(mm)

4-8

4 .3 .3 Lower bearing ~ ock

If the dimension A shown in Fig . 411 with thë lower spring
retainer, steel ball and bearing case (2) put together is more
than 1 mm smaller than the value shown in Table 4 3, Q
re-check all of these parts, and replace a defective part with
a new one . (Refer to Fig . 411, Table 43)
ТаЫе 4-3

-~-SJ30G/GH ^-SJ70G/GH ^-SJ150G/GH Fig . 4-11
Dimension А 63 .5 73 .5 80 .5
(mm)
4 .3.4 Flat spring

(1) A broken or cracked flat spring should be replaced Q
with a new one.
(2) Measure the spring height as shown in Fig . 412 . If it
is less than the A mm, replace the flat spring with a Fig . 4-12
new one . (Refer to Tab a 4-4)
ТаЫе 4-4
-~-SJ30G/GH ^-SJ70G/GH ^-SJ150G/GH
Dimension А 4 .5 6 .5 7 .5
(mm)
4 .3 .5 Steel ball
A steel ball with a deep ring-like groove flaw in those portions which make
contact with the lower spring retainer, etc . or a deformed one should be
replaced with a new one.
4 .3 .6 Lower spring
(1) A broken or cracked lower spring should be replaced with a new
one.
(2) Measure the free length . If it is more than 1mm smaller than the
dimension A, replace the lower spring . (Refer to Tabe 4-5) ~---'-~1
Fig . 4-13
ТаЫе 45
Моде1 No . SJ10G/GH SJ50G/GH SJ100G/GH
-~-SJ30G/GH ^-SJ70G/GH -~-SJ150G/GH
Dimension А 32 .5 55 .5 60 .5
(mm)

4-9

4 .3 .7 Height of vertical shaft
WARNING
If the height of the vertical height is out of the standard

limits (Table 4-~), re-check the vertical shaft system to
locate the cause. If the cause cannot be located, do not
operate the machine but contact our company or service'
Fig . 4-14
After installation of the vertical shaft, the standard height shown in Fig.
4-14 should be as shown in Tabe 4-~ .
ТаЫе 4- б
Моде 1 No . SJ10G/GH SJ20G/GH SJ50G/GH SJ70G/GH SJ100G/GH SJ150G /GH

SJ30G /GH SJ60G/GH SJ120G/GH
Dimension А 68±1 .0 70±1 .0 99±1 .0 104±1 .0 133 .5±1 .0 146 .5±1 .0
Dimension В 28 .5±1 .0 28 .5±1 .0 63±1 .0 63±1 .0 69±1 .0 69±1 .0
(mm)
4 .3 .8 Installed height of flat spring (adjustment of spacer)

When the parts like the lower spring retainer, bearing case, steel ball and flat spring have been
replaced, or when the installed height of the flat spring (dimension A of Fig . 4-15) is out of range
the dimension A of Tab a 4-7, change spacers (1) to adjust the compression force of the flat
spring .
ТаЫе 4-7 ~ Vertical shaft

Моде 1 No . SJ10G^-SJ150G ~ Spacer Flat spring
Dimension А 0 .5-~-1 .0 A
Spring case
~ O ring
Bearing housing (1)

Bearing case (1)
Fig . 4-15

4-10

4 .4 Horizontal shaft system

4 .4 .1 Spiral gear
(1) The service life of the spiral gear depends on
conditions under which it is operated . As a rule of
thumb, the gear is serviceable until its tooth
thickness has been reduced to 1/3 of the normal
dimension if it is normally worn by even contact.
Replace the gear if its wear exceeds that extent.
(See Fig . 4-16) normal dimension . i/~w
(2) During initial operation or when the spiral gear has
been replaced, a transient wearing of the new gear
can occur . It is a normal phenomenon known as
"breaking-in ." which is stopped after a while when the —~-~
contact of tooth surfaces has become smooth.
Fig . 4-16
If the wear is excessively accelerated, something
wrong is suspected in the other parts . Check the
other parts.
(3) If there are burrs or high spots on the tooth surface, remove them with set files or emery
cloth (#320).
(4) Spalling (metal broken off in splinters) or pitting (marked with pits) on the tooth surface is
an indication that the gear oil has been deteriorated and should be changed.
4 .4.2 Horizontal shaft

(1) If there is a localized flaw like a pounding on the (1) (3)
( 2 ) (3) (2 )
threaded portion, make repairs to smooth it out, using

set files, emery cloth (#320), etc.
(2) In regard to the secular wear of the bearing fitting
portion, if the inner race slips, replace the Со 11 аг(1) Co11ar(2)
horizontal shaft with a new one.
(3) If the key-way is wider because of wear, replace the
Fig . 4-17
horizontal shaft with a new one.
4 .4 .3 Collar
If the diameter of the oil seal and collar sliding surface is more than 0 .5mm worn than the
specified dimension, replace the collar with a new one . (Refer to Table 4-8)
ТаЫе 4-8
SJ10G/GH SJ50G/GH SJ100G/GH
--SJ30G/GH ~--SJ70G/GH ~-SJ150G/GH
Motor side 1 45 50 55
Gear um side 2 45 50 55
(mm)

4-11

.tem_ " .i' 1 ~_

..~ ~ ~.~' t'
4.4 .4 Friction ~ ock r + _~\ ~~~~-_ _ 1 COI
The life of the friction Ыос k cannot be sweepingly

determined, as it depends on the frequency of starts and
stops . If any of the linings ~mm thick is worn to ~mm,
replace all of the mocks. Fig . 4-18
(Fig . 4-18)
4.4 .5 Friction pulley

Check the inside surface of the friction pulley for wear . If it is worn
more than 1 mm, replace it with a new one . (Fig . 4-19)
The inside surface of the friction pulley allows machining up to
1 mm deep to eliminate roughness.
4 .5 Gear pump
4 .5 .1 Safety joint
Check the gear pump visually for distortion, wear, damage, etc Fig . 4-19
without being removed, and replace if necessary.
4.5 .2 Drive gear, driven gear and bush

If the shaft is producing abnormal sound, disassemble the gear pump, and check whether the
gears are in good contact, the spacing between the shaft and bush, wear o~ foreign
substances which might have been caught . If there are small scratches, repair the tooth
surfaces with an oil stone . If repairs cannot be made, replace.
4 .5 .3 Valve stem
When the capacity is insufficient or the suction is impossi~ e, it is
often due to foreign substances caught by the valve stem.
Disassemble and thoroughly clean . In this case, it is necessary
that-the-position of the adjusting screw (dimension A of Fig . 4-20)
is confirmed beforehand (adjusting pressure 0 .4MPa {4 .Okg/cm Z}).
If the screw is over-tightened, the pressure will become
needlessly high, and overload could result . If it is under-tightened,
Fig . 4-20
a poor suction will result.

4-12

4 .6 Lubricant
• For information on the lubricant replacement
intervals, refer to Section 3 .2.
• For information on the lubricant replacement
procedures, refer to Section 3 .4 in Operation
Manual 1.
Fig . 4-21
4 .7 Brake equipment
The life of brake lining cannot be sweepingly determined, as it
varies widely, depending on the number of times it has been
used . It is therefore necessary to check the brake lining at
regular intervals . If the brake lining 10mm thick is worn to 5mm,
replace the brake lining with a new one.
4.8 Water supplying device

The water supplying device is designed to supply operating
water to the bowl opening and closing mechanism which
Fig . 4-22
automatically discharges the sludge accumulated in the bowl.
If it is clogged by scale or the gasket or O ring is damaged, a
low water pressure or a low water flow rate will result, and the
mechanism might fail to open or close the bowl.
When the bowl is disassem~ ed, be sure to check and clean the
water supplying device.

4-13

4 .9 Inspection of Multi - Monitor for Function

Check to ensure that a detector alarm is properly output.
4 .9 .1 Leakage Monitor (LM)

The Leakage Monitor essentially determines that the outflow is abnormal as it detects the fall of
the pressure at the outlet side of the SELFJECTOR . Create this state by simulation.
(1) Check that the SELFJECTOR is in automatic operation and that the liquid is being fed.
(2) Open the pressure control valve at the light liquid outlet to reduce the pressure to a level the
resultant pressure drop (~ p) lower than preset.
(~) Check to ensure that an alarm is output after the elapse of the set time of the Hold timer.
4 .9 .2 Discharge Detector (DD)
сАитiои
When alarm check is performed by the following procedures, the machine will come to a
stop without discharging the oil from inside the bowl. When the machine is restarted and
the sludge is discharged, the oil will flow out. Therefore, perform operations with due ~,
consideration to safety. i
(1) Check to ensure that the SELFJECTOR is in automatic operation and that the liquid is being
fed.
(2) Close the source valve of the operating water solenoid valve unit to stop the supply of all
operating water.
(3) Press the "DISCHARGE TEST" button of the control panel.
(4) Check to ensure that an alarm is output after the elapse of the discharge process time.
4 .9 .3 Water Detector (WD)

The Water Detector incorporated in the G-HIDENS type SELFJECTOR works in such a way that,
as separated water is collected to a predetermined bevel in the bowl, it detects an ensuing
pressure drop in the circulation line and issues a command signal to discharge separated water.
Inspect the Water Detector for function simulating this state of working.
(1) ~ ~ëck that the SELFJECTOR is in automatic operation and that the liquid is being fed.
(2) Open the back pressure valve in the circulation line to reduce the pressure to a level the
resultant pressure drop (D W) lower than preset.
(3) After the lapse of the time set on the hold timer, listen for the sound of discharge to check
that partial or total discharge of separated water from the bowl takes place.
Note that the Water Detector is a device provided in the GSH-1 automatic version only.

4-14

5 Periodic inspection chart
CAUTION
For the sake of safety, perform periodic inspection according to the following chart,
repair or replace a defective parts. (Inspection service)
The chart describes the Darts to check . the details to check for. and the check intervals (lonaesi).
Check intervals
Parts to check Details to check for months Corrective Remarks Check
Every Every Every action mark
3 6 12
Frame, cover
Inside of frame Deposited sludge, O q
Contamination
Operating water Deposited sludge, O q
drain outlet Contamination
Oil au e Contamination O q
Foundation bolt Looseness O q
Impeller Contamination, q
Contact damage, O
Deformation,
Corrosion
Inside of frame gear Contamination O q
case
Slud e i e Deteriorated rubber O q
Upper hood & Damage, O q
Lower hood O rin Wear, Hardened
Rubber late Sa in O q
Brake linin Wear O q
NOTE
Be sure to check the frame and cover not only at the intervals specified in the chart
but also when the bowl is opened.

5-1

Check intervals
Parts to check Details to check for months Corrective Remarks check
3 6 12
Bowl
• Whole of Deposited sludge, O Refer to q
inside of bowl Corrosion 4 .2 .1,
4 .2 .2
• Disc
Whole Deposited sludge, O Refer to q
Corrosion, Cracks, 4 .2 .3
Deformation
A erture iece Loss O q
No . of discs Hei ht of discs O q
• Bowl bod
Slud a outlet ort Corrosion, Wear O Refer to q
O rin move Rama e O 4 .2 .4 q

Operating water Clogging O q
Passa e
Bowl bush fitting Damage, Scoring, O q
Portion Fit, Wear
Main cylinder sliding Damage O q
Portion
Knock in Deformation O q
• Bowl nut
Threaded ortion Rama e, Corin O Refer to q
Bowl fittin ortion Rama e O 4 .2 .4 q
Groove Contamination, O q
Clo in
• Bowl hood
Bowl nut fitting Bowl body fitting O Refer to q
Portion ortion 4 .2 .5
Bowl body fitting Damage O q

ortion
Threaded ortion Scorin O q
Light liquid chamber Damage O q
fittin ortion
O ring groove Damage, O q
Contamination
Knock pin groove Damage, ~ O q
Deformation

5-2

Check intervals
Parts to check Details to check (months) Corrective Remarks check
for action mark
Every Every Every

3 6 12
Bowl
• Main seal rin
Seal surface Damage, O Refer to __[
__]
Deterioration 4 .2 .6
Seal surface dimension Deformation O q
Distributor
Ke a Deformation O Refer to q
Threaded ortion Rama e O 4 .2 .7 q
Knock in Deformation O q
Various types of Deterioration, O Refer to q
O rin s of bowl Cracks, Wear 4 .2 .8
Main c tinder
Main seal ring seal Damage, Wear, O Refer to q
surface Corrosion 4 .2 .9
Bowl body sliding portion Damage, Wear, O q
Peeled latin
O rin move Contamination O
Pilot valve
Bowl bod slidin ortion Rama e O Refer to q
Valve sheet seat surface Damage, O 4 .2 .10 q
Deformation,
Foreign
substances
cau ht
Light liquid Contamination, O q
chamber Worn threaded
portion,
Corrosion
Heavy liquid Contamination, O q
chamber Corrosion, Cracks
Gravity disc Contamination, O q
Corrosion, Cracks
Bowl bush Contact with bowl O q
Drain nozzle Clo in O q

5-3

Check intervals
Parts to check Details to check for months Corrective Remarks check
3 6 12
Vertical Shaft
~ Vertical shaft
Upper portion Corrosion, Wear O Refer to q
above bearin 1 4 .3 .1
Bowl bushing fitting Damage, Corrosion, O q
onion Fit
Threaded onion Rama e O q
Bearing fitting Wear O q
ortion
Pinion tooth surface Wear O q
Whole of shaft Center runout O Overhaul q
interval
Shaft height Assemb ed O Refer to q
Dimension 4 .3 .7
• U er s rin
Whole Broken, Cracks O Refer to q
Dimension Free len th O 4 .3 .2 q
• Bearing cover Damage, O q
(1) Contamination,
Corrosion
• Bearin case 1
Whole Damage, Scoring, O q
Wear
Dimension Free len th O q
• Flats rin
Dimension S rin hei ht O 4 .3 .4 q
• Installed Assem Ы ed O Refer to q
height of Dimension 4 .3 .8
-ila~s rin
• Bearin case 2
Wear
• Bearin case 3
Wear
• Steel ball Deformation, O Refer to q
Grooved dama e 4 .3 .5

5-4

Check intervals
3 6 12
Vertical Shaft
• Lowers rin
Dimension S rin hei ht O 4 .3 .6 [~
• S rin seat Wear O
• Bearing ~ ock Assem~ ed O Refer to q
2 dimension 4 .3 .3
• Bearing Noise, sticking, O q
corrosion
Horizontal Shaft
• Horizontal shaft
Threaded ortion Rama e O Refer to q
Bearin fittin ortion Wear O 4 .4 .2 q
Ke a Wear O q
Safe 'oint move Wear, Deformation O q
• Spiral gear Wear, Burr O Refer to q
4 .4 .1
• Collar Wear O Refer to q

4 .4 .3
• Friction Ыосk Wear O Refer to q

4 .4 .4
• Friction pulley Wear O Refer to q

4 .4 .5
• Oil seal Leaka e O q

• Bearin housin 3
Bearin fittin ortion Wear O q
• Bearin housin 4
Bearin fittin ortion Wear O q
• Bearing Noise, sticking, O q
corrosion

5-5

Check intervals
~ 6 12
Water Su 1 in Device
Operating water Contamination, O Refer to q

nozzle Clogged drilled 4 .8 q
Operating water hole, Damage
chamber
O ring Damage, O q
Deterioration,
Deformation
Gear Pum
Safety joint Damage O Refer to q
4 .5 .1
Bush Rama e, Wear O Refer to q
Gear tooth surface Rama e, Wear O 4 .5 .2 q
Drive gear, Wear O q
Oil seal contact q
surface
Valve stem Operating pressure O Refer to q
4 .5 .3
Solenoid Valve
Diaphragm Deterioration, O q
Deformation,
Broken,
Contamination
Inside of valve Deposited scale, O q
Rama e
Seal art Leaka e O q
Reducin Valve
-Diaphragm Deterioration, O q
Deformation, Broken
Inside of valve, Deposited scale, O q
Sheet surface Rama e
Seal art Leaka e O q
Pressure au a Pressure indication O q
Strainer Contamination, O q
Clo in

5-6

Check intervals
3 6 12
Multi-Monitor
Function Alarm check O Refer to q
4 .9 .1
4 .9 .2

5-7

6 Causes of trout es and corrective steps
а wдRN~N~
Before performing opening checks, check to ensure that the SELFJECTOR has come to a
complete stop . Whether the SELFJECTOR has come to a stop can be checked by watching the
safety joint section at the horizontal shaft gear pump side or the fan of the motor.
If the Discharge Monitor is provided, the stop of the SELFJECTOR can be known as well from
the illumination of LED (green) on top of the Multi- Monitor.
0 c~u~io~ --' --
When an alarm occurs, perform checks and remove the cause of the alarm before re-starting the
machine.
6 .1 Alarms
6 .1 .1 Types of alarms
ТаЫе 6-1
Automated t e Manual
GBC-1 GSH -1 GAP- 11 Multi-Monitor for function
Oil leakage O O O O Leakage Monitor

LM
No opening ~ O Discharge Detector

Of bOW~ DD
Hidens O Water Detector

alarm WD
~ :option
• Oil leakage
When the SELFJECTOR fails to operation and causes either of the following phenomena, it
regards the phenomenon as "Oil leakage" and outputs an alarm.
(1) The treatment liquid (oil) flows out from the heavy liquid side.
(2) The treatment liquid (oil) flows out because of insufficient sealing of the sludge outlet of the bowl.
• No opening of bowl
Despite the fact that the "discharge sludge" procedures were performed, no sludge has been
actually discharged . The SELFJECTOR regards it as a No opening of bowl and outputs an alarm.
• Hidens alarm
The HIDENS (GSH-1 specification) version provided with circulation line and pressure sensor
produces a "WATER ABNORMALLY COLLECTED" signal in the case where a certain quantity of
separated water is frequently collected in the bowl with repeated issue of a discharge command.

6-1

6 .1 .2 Alarm indications
Refer to Operation Manual 3.

6-2

6 .1 .3 Processing sequence after occurrence of alarm

The processing sequence after occurrence of an alarm is shown in Fig . 6-1 for the GSH-1, GBC-1,
and Fig . 6-2 for the GAP-11.
i1 leakage opening of
idens alarm
1 Oil leakage 1
1Substitutionl
Discharge
Water solenoid valve --~ Closed

Feed valve ~ Circulation side Feed valve -~ Circulation . side
Selector motor stopped Self'ector motor

con roues opera ion.
Fig . ~-1
Fig . ~-2
GSH-1, GBC-1 GAP-11

6-3

6.1 .4 Self- diagnostic fnction of detectors Warning LED fed)

6.1 .4 .1 Leakage Monitor (LM)
When fed with an extraordinarily high voltage (0 .45
MPa), the pressure sensor recognizes it as a detector O®
failure and issues an alarm (LM alarm) after the lapse E~o~ indication ""~ 11`~ ` "'~" ®~„~,
®T~y1W
of time set on the hold timer, and the error LED (red) E~or number ®v^~`""
of the Multi-Monitor is illuminated (for approximately 2
seconds).
At the same time, an indication of the error appears in Multi-Monitor KIIM)
the 7-segment display with corresponding error E~or LED fed)
number.
The error indication cannot be cleared until power is
turned off. Reset by turning off power and then on .
Fia . б-3
6 .1 .4 .2 Discharge Detector (DD)

As aself-diagnostic function, the warning LED (red) on top of the Multi-Monitor is illuminated when:
O The SELFJECTOR speed output exceeds 2500 rpm
(where a circuit failure is suspected, for example)
O~ The proximity switch input signal is unsta~ e
(where the switch may be out of position, for example).
Correct its position . This LED goes out as soon as its input signal has been stabilized.
Unlike the Leakage Monitor, no alarm signal is delivered when the LED lights.
(When adjusting and confirming the position of the proximity switch, refer to 5 . Discharge Detector in
the Operation Manual 2 . )
NOTE
When tMe SELFJEC~OR is in the process of being started or stopped, the Troupa display LED
may temporarily come on, but this should not be taken to mean that the Multi-Monitor is out of
order.
6 .1 .4 .8 Water/Heavy Liquid Detector (W/H)

Like the Leakage Monitor, when fed with an extraordinarily high voltage (0 .45 MPa), the pressure
sensor recognizes it as a detector failure and produces an alarm (LM alarm) after the lapse of time set
on the hold timer, and the error LED (red) of the Multi-Monitor is illuminated (for approximately 2
seconds) . At the same time, an indication of the error appears with corresponding error number in the
7-segment display . The error indication cannot be cleared until power is turned off . Reset by turning
power off and then on.

6-4

6 .2 Occurrence of oil leakage

(The oil flows out from the sludge outlet or heavy liquid outlet .)
a ~ a whack tnp f~~w rates of valve closin g o peratin g water and sealing water.
• Remove the flange of the water The pressure to set for the water pressure reducing
valve is 0 .03 MPa (0 .3 kgf/cm ).
connecting tube and place the manual Flow rate of bowl closing valve
handle of the solenoid valve in the SJ10G - 70G : 1 .5 - 2 Umin
"OPENED" position and measure the SJ100G - 150E : 3 .5 - 4 L/min
When the water flow rate is low, clean the Y-type
flow rate of valve closing operating •
strainer and piping line.
water. (Fig . 6-4, Fig . 6-5) • Extend the time of the valve closing operating
water timer . Set with interval timer ---~
.5, OM2.
• Check the flow rate of sealing water For flow rate, see 3 .6
Flow velocity
(SVS) : Automatic specification SJ10G - 30G Approx . 8 L/min.
Disconnect the sealing water tube, place SJ50G - 70G : Approx . 12 L/min.
the manual handle of the solenoid valve SJ100G, 120E : Approx . 16 Umin.
in the "OPENED" position, and measure SJ150G Approx . 18 L/min.
• When the flow rate is low, clean the piping line.
the flow rate of sealing water . (Fig . 6-4, • Adjust the sealing water timer in keeping with the
Fig . ~-5) flow rate of sealing water.
(Refer to OM2 : "Sealing Water" .)
* D namic ressure A state where water is flowin
OM1 : Operation Manual 1 OM2 : Operation Manual 2 MM1 : Maintenance Manual
Closing_ Sealing water

Cv~ ( Rep lacement water
M p nual handle
~
.-
- __~
~. . -
.i
г _. i
SV9 ~ i
~ i
SV1 ~ ~ , ,
~ ~ ~ •i
SV2 _ ~' )i Reducing valve
n
,j~~- ~ ' ' ' Strainer
S V3 и~~ ~ ~' - —
i
i _
\, ~ ~ ~ ~~
Fig . 6-4 Fig . 6-5
GBC -1 GSH-1

6-5

x_2 .2 Checks to perform by disassemb ina bowl

• Check for a flaw on the sheet surface of If the seal surface is galled by metallic powder more
the main seal ring . (Fig . 6-6—5) than 60% of its len th, re lace the main seal ri p .
• Check for a flaw on the O ring of the If there is a flaw, replace the O ring with a new one.
valve case . (Fig . 6-6—~)
• Check for a flaw on the valve sheet . If there is a flaw, replace the valve sheet with a new
(Fig . 6-6—7) one.
• Check the pilot valve for contamination Thoroughly clean the pilot valve . Set it in the valve
and operation . (Fig . 6-6—8) case and check whether it can be o erated b hand.
~ Check the drain nozzle for clogging . Clean.
(Fig . 6-6—9)
~ Check for a flaw on the sheet surface of If there is a fine scratch, repair it with an oil stone.
the main cylinder. (Fig . ~-6—10) (Refer to MM1 : "Main Cylinder" .)
(The main cylinder for C heavy oil has a special
coating . If there is a flaw, replace the main cylinder
with a new one.
• Check all the O rings for a flaw or loss of Replace if defective.
elasticity.
(Particularly the O ring on the outside of
the main cylinder) (Fig . 6-6—11)
• Check the diameter of the gravity disc. Use a gravity disc suitab a the specific gravity of the
(Fig . 6-6—12) oil . Check whether the oil temperature and the oil
feeding rate are appropriate . (Refer to the OM2:
"Gravi Disc Selectin Procedures".
6 .2 .3 Checks to p erform by disassem Ы ina water supplvinp device

• Check the drilled hole of the water Clean.
supplying device for clogging.
(Fig . 6-7—18)
• Check the O ring for a flaw or loss of Replace if defective.
elasticity . (Fig . ~-7—19)
~ Check for water leakage from the Re-tighten the cap nut of the joint.
operating water Teflon tube . (Fig . 6-7— Replace the Teflon tube with a new one.
$,0
6.2 .4 Other
~ Check for a flaw and loss of elasticity on I
Replace if defective.
the O ring of the upper and lower hood.

6-6

15
13
1i
16
Fig . 6-~
Fig . ~-7

6-7

6.3 Occurrence of abnormal vibration

6.3 .1 Check for unbalance in the bowl.
• Isn't there an unevenly accumulated sludge Clean the inside of the bowl.
in the bowl? (Fig . ~-~ —13) Adjust the discharge intervals properly.
(Refer to the OM2 : "Discharge Intervals" .)
Check for low valve opening operating water
pressure . (0 .3^-0 .5MPa {3 .0^-5 .Okgf/ ст 2 })
• Aren't the discs insufficient because of the Add if insufficient.
seating phenomenon? (Refer to the MM1 : "Maintenance Inspection" .)
(Fig . 6-~—14)
• Have you replaced the major parts of the Balance adjustment is necessary.
bowl (the bowl body, bowl hood, distributor, (Contact our company or service agency .)
main cylinder, heavy liquid chamber or light
li uid chamber ?
• Arent the tally marks of the bowl nut, light Reassem~ a them with their tally marks in
liquid chamber and heavy liquid chamber out alignment with the tally marks of the bowl body.
of alignment? (Fig . ~-6 —15) Refer to the MM1 : "Reassem~ ".
• Is the bowl bush in good contact? If there is a fine scratch, repair or replace.
(Fig . 6-~ —16) Refer to the MM1 : "Maintenance Ins ection".
6 .3 .2 Checking for defects in vertical shaft system

• Check the upper spring, lower spring and flat Measure the dimensions . If they are out of the
spring for deformation . (Fig . 6-8 —21) specified values, replace.
Refer to the MM1 : "Maintenance Ins ection".
• Check the bearing for wear . (Fig . 6-8 —22) a lace if defective.
• Check the vertical shaft and bearing case Replace if defective.
fitting portions for wear . (Fig . 6-8—23)
• Check the portions with which the steel balls Replace if defective.
of the ball bearing case make contact, the
spring seat and steel ball for wear and
deformation . (Fig . 6-8—24)
6 .3 .3 Checking for defects in horizontal shaft system

• Check the bearing for wear . (Fig . 6-9—27) a lace if defective.
• Check the friction block for uneven wear . Replace if defective.
(Ëig . 6-9—28)
• Are the quantity and position of friction blocks Correct if incorrect.
correct? (Fig . ~-9 —28) Refer to the MM1 : "Friction Block" .
OM1 : Operation Manual 1 OM2 : Operation Manual 2 MM1 : Maintenance М anual

6-8

Fig . 6-8
28 27 29
Fig . 6-9

6-9

6 .4 Does not discharge sludge even if discharge procedures are pe~Formed.

• Check the solenoid valve (SV1) for operation . Replace defective parts.
(Fig . 6-4, Fig . 6-5)
• Check the solenoid valve for partial discharge
SV9 for o eration . Fi . 6-5
• Check the O ring (inner side) on the sliding Replace if there is evidence of sludge having
contact part of the bowl's main cylinder for entered under the main cylinder at the lower water
defective sealin ressure chamber below.
• Check the main sealing for improper installed Replace if its surface protrudes more than 1 mm
osition . from the move . Refer to 2 .2 .1
• Check the strainer of the operating water Clean.
i in for clo in Fi . 6-4, Fi . ~-5
• Check the O ring of the water supplying Replace if defective.
device for defective sealing . (Fig . 6-7—19)
• Check the pilot valve assembly for Clean.
contamination . (Fig . 6-~—17)
• Check the O rin for defective sealin Re lace if defective.
• Check for low o eratin water ressure . 0 .3^-0 .5MPa {3 .0^-5 .Okgf/ст 2} o
6 .5 Mixed flow of water toward light liquid outlet

• Aren't the sealing water and substitution Measure the flow rates of sealing water and
water flow rates excessive? substitution water . If they are in excess of the
specified flow rates, adjust the timers.
Refer to the MM1.
• Is the diameter of the gravity disc Use a gravity disc suitable for the properties of the
appropriate? (Fig . 6-6 —12) oil . Refer to the MM1.
• Check the solenoid valve (SVS) for defective Replace defective parts.
sealin Fi . 6-4, Fi . 6-5
• Is the stud a dischar ed? Corrective ste sin Section 6 .4
• Check the heavy liquid outlet of the bowl for Clean.
clo in
6 .6 Low feeding rate or not fed at all

• Check the ear um for reduced ca abilit . Disassem~ a and check . Re lace defective arts.
• Isn't the suction capacity of the gear pump Suction pressure -4m.
exceeded?
• Isn't the suction i in of the um too thin? Use a i in diameter suita Ы e for the flow rate.
• Isn't the air absorbed at an intermediate point Check and re-tighten the joint.
of the suction i in ?
• Isn't the strainer at the inlet side clo ed? Clean.
• Isn't the safety joint broken? (Fig . ~-9 —29) a lace .

6-10

6 .7 Gear oil mixed with water

• Isn't the o eratin water drain i e clo ed? Clean.
• Isn't the operating water supplied when the Check the solenoid valve and replace defective
SELFJECTOR is in the stopped state? parts.
Note Kee the source valve closed.
• Check the O ring of the bearing housing (1) Replace if defective.
for defective sealing . (Fig. 6-8—25)
• Check the O ring of the bearing cap for Replace if defective.
defective sealing . (Fig . 6-8—26)
6--
.8 Poor se p aration
• Isn't the treatment temperature low? Adjust to the proper temperature .
Refer to the MM1 : "Treatment Tem erature".
• Isn't the inside diameter of the gravity disc too Replace the gravity disc with an appropriate one.
small? (Fig . 6-6—12) (Refer to the MM1 : "Gravity Disc Selecting
Procedures".
• Isn't the treatment quantity too large? Adjust the treatment quantity properly.
Refer to the MM1 : "Feedin Rate".
• Isn't the speed low? Check the power transmission system, including
the friction clutch.
• Aren't the discs clogged with sludge? (Fig . Clean.
6-x—14)
6 .9 Low s p eed
• Check the friction ~ ock for wear. (Fig . ~-9— Replace.
28
• Is the bowl valve closed? Disassemble and check the bowl.
Check the valve opening and closing operating
waters stem.
• Motor out of order . Check and re air.
6 .10 Sludae unevenly accumulated in bowl

• Aren't the sludge discharge intervals too Shorten the discharge intervals.
Ion ? Refer to the MM1 : "Dischar a Intervals".
• Isn't the valve opening operating water Adjust the valve opening operating water pressure
pressure low? to more than O .~MPa {3 .Okgf/ст 2} . Clean the
strainer.
• Are both of the pilot valves performing well? Check and clean the pilot valves.
(Fig . 6-6—8)
• Check the drain nozzle for clogging . (Fig . 6-~ Check and clean the drain nozzle.
— 9)

6-11

6 .11 Mixed flow of oil toward heave liquid outlet

• Isn't the inside diameter of the gravity disc too Replace the gravity disc with an appropriate one.
large? (Fig . ~-6 —12) (Refer to the MM1 : "Gravity Disc Selecting
Procedures".
• Isn't the flow rate of sealing water low? Clean the strainer. Measure the flow rate of
sealin water and ad'ust the timer.
• Isn't there leakage from the O ring of the light Replace.
liquid chamber . (Fig . 6-6—31)
6 .12 Accessories
6 .12 .1 Solenoid valve unit for the operating water
6 .12 .1 .1 Low flow rate
• Check the operating water piping for Flush the piping.
clo in
• Check the strainer for clogging . Clean.

Fi . 6-4, Fi . 6-5
6 .12 .2 Solenoid valve for water

6 .12 .2 .1 Leakv
• Isn't the diaphragm broken? Replace if defective.
• Check the valve sheet surface for a flaw ora Check and clean . Replace if defective.
forei n substance cau ht .
6 .12 .2 .2 Does not operate . (Does not open the valve.

• Isn't there a defect in electric whin ? Check the whin .
• Isn't the coil dama ed b heat? Re lace if defective.
6 .12 .3 Feed valve

6 .12 .3 .1 Valve does not switch over.
• Isn't the supply of compressed air Check the three-way solenoid valve.
insufficient?
• Isn't the air pressure low? Adjust the air pressure properly.
_.__ (0 .5-~-0 .9 МРа {5 .0-~-9 .Okgf/ ст 2 })
• Isn't there air leakage? Check the O ring of the piston assemb y.
Re lace if defective .
6.1 2 .3 .2
• Check the valve sheet or disc for damage . ~ Check. Replace defective parts.

6-12

6 .12 .4 Leakage Monitor function (LM) of Multi-Monitor

[Refer to the OM2 : "Leakage Monitor (LM)" .]
6 .12 .4 .1 Incorrect alarm is generated.
• Isn't the discharge pressure lower than the adjust the discharge pressure to the set
alarm ressure? ressure.
• Isn't the feedin timer too short? Adjust the feeding timer . (Normally 30^-60 sec .)
• Isn't the fluctuation timer too short? Adjust the fluctuation timer . (Normally 10-~- 20
sec.
• Aren't there large fluctuations in discharge Adjust as follows.
pressure? Back pressure ± 0 .01 MPa (±0 .1 kgf/cm 2 )
Oil temperature ± 5 °C --
Flow rate ~ ±5
• Isn't the trigger range (~ P) too short? Adjust the pan e.
• Is the minimum ressure o timal? Ad j ust the minimum ressure.
сАитiои
When adjusting the light Ilquid outlet pressure beyond fhe leakage trigger level (P), be sure to
follow the procedure below. Failure to follow could result in an erroneous alarm being issued.
The same applies when the light liquid outlet pressure varies due to improper flow rate
adjustment
(1) Change the position of the MM function switch on the control panel from ON to OFF.
(2) Accomplish pressure and flow rate adjustments.
Return the MM function switch
I~ (3) control panel
on the the ON position . (In approximately 30
to
to 40 seconds, the flow LED on the Multi-Monitor is activated .)

Note) For manual versions, the above description reads "alarm panel" or "starter" for "control panel ."
6.12.4 .2 No alarm is output.

• Isn't there a defect in the electrical wiring to Check the wiring.
the control anel?
~ Isn't the "Feedin " si nal line o en-circuited? Check the whin .
~ Is the MM function switch in the right Set to ON.
osition?
~ Is the LM alarm output switch in the right Set to ON.
osition?
6 .12 .4.3 Alarm output during discharge process

~ Board out of order . Replace the Multi-monitor.
6 .12 .4 .4 Error/recognition number is displayed on the Multi-Monitor.

~ Pressure sensor faulty Reolace.

6-13

6.12 .4 .5 Does not overate when the power switch is set to ON.
• Power to the control anel is off. Turn on ower.
• Fuse in the control anel down . Check and re lace fuse.
• The ower switch or circuit board fault Re lace the Multi-Monitor .
Warning LED fed)
ипаигвгг хАтсг хиаи ~т

Епог indication ®гьгим
®~~т
Епог питЬег ®`_?""~
Multi-Monitor KIIM)
E~or LED Eed)
Fig . 6-10

6-14

6 .12 .5 Discharge Detector function (DD) of Multi - Monitor

[Refer to the OM2 : "Discharge Detector (DD)" .]
6 .12 .5 .1 Incorrect alarm is generated.
• Is the proximity switch mounted at the right Adjust the mounting position . (The normal
position? proximity switch-to-horizontal shaft clearance is
1 .0 mm ±O .~mm .)
6 .12 .5 .2 Troub a display LED "Troub e" lights.

• Is the proximity switch mounted at the right Adjust the mounting position.
position? (Fig . ~-11)
• The proximity switch or PC board faulty . Replace the proximity switch or the Multi-Mor~tor:
6 .12 .5 .3 Alarm is output during discharge process.

• The proximity switch or PC board faulty . Replace the proximity switch or the Multi-Monitor.
6.12 .5 .4 Does not operate when the power switch is set to ON.
• Power to the control anel is off . Turn on ower.
• Fuse in the control panel b own (Fiq . 6-11) Check and re p lace the fuse.
6.12 .5 .5 Alarm is not output .

• Is dischar a si nal received? Check whin .
• Is the DD alarm output switch in the right Set to ON .
osition?
Warning LED (ed)
о~ М1Т51ПI911 КА1Ф(11 W9К ~Т6

Епог indication ®,~~.,
® г. Ргт
Епог питЬег ®~ Р —~+°
® мггм
® пхг~ гто
_® мт
Multi-Monitor KIIM)
Епог LED fed)
Fig . 6-11

6-15

6 .12 .6 Water Detector function (WD) of Multi-Monitor

[Refer to the OM3 : "Water Detector (WD)"]
6 .12 .6 .1 Alarm is frequent .(GSH-1)
• Is pressure in the circulation line is below the Apply a back pressure of 0 .1 MPa {1 .0 kgf/cm 2}.
alarm level? ; isn't back pressure applied?
6 .12 .6 .2 Incorrect alarm is g enerated.

• Isn't discharge pressure below the alarm Adjust the discharge side pressure to the preset
level? level.
~ Isn't settin on the dela timer too short? Adjust the timer Normal) 30 to 60 sec . .
• Isn't settin on the hold timer too short? Adjust the timer Normal) 10 to 20 sec . .
• Isn't the trigger range (~ W) too short? Adjust the ran e . Normal) 0 .04 to 0 .06 МР a . .
• Is the minimum pressure optimal? Adjust the minimum pressure . . (Normally 0 .02 to
0 .03 MPa . .
сАитiои
When adjusting the circulation line pressure beyond the water trigger level, follow the procedure
below. Failure to follow could result an incorrect alarm being generated.
(7) Change the position of the MM function switch on the control panel from ON to OFF.
(2) Accomplish pressure adjustment.
(3) Return the MM function switch on the control panel to ON. (In approximately 20 to 30
seconds, the flow rate LED on the Multi-Monitor is activated.)
6.12 .6 .3 No alarm is outp ut.

• Isn't there any defect in the electrical wiring to Check the wiring.
the automatic control ane)?
• Isn't the Feeding signal line open-circuited? Check the wiring.
• Is the MM function switch in the right Set to ON.

osition?
~ "Is, i pie water detection switch in the right Set to ON.
osition?
6 .12 .6 .4 Alarm output during discharge process

I• PC board faulty . I Replace the Multi-Monitor.
6 .12 .6 .5 Error/ recognition number is displayed on the Multi-Monitor.

• Pressure sensor faulty ~ Replace the sensor.

6-16

6.12 .6 .6 Does not operate when the power switch is set to ON.
• Power to the control anel is off . Switch on ower.
• Fuse in the control anel b own . Check and re lace the fuse.
• The ower switch or circuit board fault Re lace the Multi-Monitor.
OM1: Operation Manual 1

OM2: Operation Manual 2
OM3: Operation Manual ~
MM1 : Maintenance Manual
Warning LED fed)
E~o~ indication
Error number
E~or LED fed)
Fig . 6-12

6-17

Purifier

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Purifier

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

H .M .

~'~ 1 ь~~ ~у _~~ j ~~ ~~ ~ ~ ~Jk I ~~l ~~

TEI_ . N0 . SHIP NO . SHIP NAME

3918 0218 BRITISH SECURITY

NONE MAKER DWG . FINAL

Section 1. Final drawing for H.F.O Purifier

Section 2. Final drawing for MAIN L.O Purifier

Section 3. Operation Manual 1

Section 4. Operation Manual 2

Section 6. Maintenance Manual

46,000 DWT PRODUCT/CHEMICAL TANKER

OWNER BP SHIPPING CLASS LR

MESSRS HYUNDAI MIPO DOCKYARD CO ., ~~~ . SHIP N0 . 0217222, 0331 X336

REV.NO . DESCRIPTION DATE PAGE APPROVED

RECEIVED ORDERS FROM SHIPYARD . MAR .19,2003 ~

SUBMITTED DWG . FOR APPROVAL TO SHIPYARD . MAR .28,2003 ~

RECEIVED APPROVED FAX . WITH COMMENTS FROM SEP .26,2003

1 REFLECTED YARD' S COMMENTS ON WORKING DWG . SEP .27,2003

SUBMITTED WORKING DWG . TO SHIPYARD . SEP .29 ,2003 y~,~.

SC1~`'QI'1.ID FIl~1AL 1~ . AL1~D DETAIL ~ 'IO SEILPYYAi~. FEB . ]2,200!+

A~JDID PPLO : 12A-12J, 16~, 16B, 17A, 17B,

FOR REFERENCE HYUNDAI MIPO DOCKYARD CO ., LTD.

FOR WORKING 15 PJT. NAME(SHIP N0 .)

Refer to the following pub ication

before designing and setting out

the installation work aboard the ship.

© 03 .03 .27 ~(~~

SAMGONG NONE SJ—101—1G ~

CONTROL N0 . ~MO217P — 3 ~ ,~-

* N0 . NAME Q'TY REMARKS

2 Automatic Control Device 2 Control Panel and Valves

3 Temperature Transmitter 2 For temp . high/low alarm

4 Em 'cy stop push button box 2

The items marked in a circle in the first column(*) show items to be

DESCRIPTION DATE BY ~,~~ CHEC~ APPROV~

CONTROL N0 . ~MO217P — ~' / ~-~

TYРЕ/MODEL SAMGONG—MITSUBISHI SELFJECTOR TYP Е : SJ30G

CABLE Detector & Solenoid valves Gland

REMARKS 1 . Set . value of oil inlet temp . alarm(Temp . transmitter)

DESCRIPTION DATE BY CHECKED APPROVE

© SPECIFICATIONS 03.03 .27 ,,(!,Ei/►м /1~ %

(Model SJ30G /GH) scA~E Owc . ~o . REV.

CONTROL N0. ~MO217P — ,S`' / ,j

Test items Test particulars

Continuous Load running test(performance state) for about two hours

Start—up Keeping the voltage and frequency(in case of A .C.) of

и Overhauling After completion of the above mentioned tests, the gear

z Remarks This test will be carried out with temporary pipings.

© TESTING METHOD SCALE DWG . NO . REV.

SAMGONG NONE SL003000 O

File name Purifier model SJ10- JG Withou{ :ar Pump

Scole None Control system GBC Without Dischrge Detector

~ ~EEOLE vALVE © co~~ou~o cnucE _

PRESS. REDUCING V/V MO MOTOR p

~ s 3-WAY SOLENOID V/V ---- ELECTRIC WIRING

DESCRIPTION DATE BY CHECKED APPROVED ~

~SAMGONG~ © FLOW DIAGRAM 03 .03 .27 ,~/(,/~i~i>y ~~'` • l/~l~

Oestri tion ~ode~ s,ilo~~ac S,JS O~~oc s~1oo~ 15oc

© GENERAL THREE VIEW scA~E Ошс . ио . REV.

SAMGONG NONE ~206892

DIMENSIONS OF GENERAL THREE VIEW DRAWING

а1 996 1002 1027 1216 1216 1236 1407 1407 1444

а2 435 435 435 500 500 500 623 623 643

а5 245 245 245 315 315 315 330 330 330

~'~ 1 ь~~ ~у _ j ~~ ~ ~ ~Jk I l

Oestri tion ~ode~ s,iloac S,JS Ooc s~1oo~ 15oc